TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Pictorial index
Search by illustration
1
For safety
and security
Make sure to read through them
2
Instrument
cluster
How to read the gauges and meters, the variety of
warning lights and indicators, etc.
3
Operation of
each
component
Opening and closing the doors and windows,
adjustment before driving, etc.
4
Driving
Operations and advices which are necessary for
driving
5
Interior features
Usage of the interior features, etc.
6
Maintenance
and care
Caring for your vehicle and maintenance
procedures
7
When trouble
arises
What to do in case of malfunction or emergency
8
Vehicle
specifications
Vehicle specifications, customizable features, etc.
9
For owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners, and seat
belt and SRS airbag instructions for Canadian
owners
Index
Search by symptom
Search alphabetically
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
For your information....................... 8
Reading this manual.................... 14
How to search.............................. 15
Pictorial index .............................. 16
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 26
For safe driving ................... 28
Seat belts ............................ 30
SRS airbags........................ 36
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 48
Safety information
for children ........................ 53
Child restraint systems........ 54
Installing child restraints...... 58
Exhaust gas precautions..... 71
1-2. Emergency assistance
Safety Connect.................... 72
1-3. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system............................... 78
Alarm................................... 88
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators........................... 92
Gauges and meters............. 98
Multi-information display ... 102
Fuel consumption
information ...................... 109
3-1. Key information
Keys...................................112
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Doors.................................119
Tailgate..............................126
Smart key system ..............131
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats.........................139
Rear seats .........................142
Head restraints ..................145
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel...................149
Inside rear view mirror .......151
Outside rear view
mirrors .............................154
3-5. Opening, closing the
windows and moon roof
Power windows..................156
Back window (vehicles
with sliding type)..............159
Power back window...........160
Moon roof ..........................162
1
For safety and security
2
Instrument cluster
3
Operation of
each component
3
1
8
7
5
4
3
2
9
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
6
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 168
Cargo and luggage............ 178
Vehicle load limits ............. 182
Trailer towing..................... 183
Dinghy towing.................... 200
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without
a smart key system)........ 201
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with a smart
key system)..................... 204
Automatic transmission..... 210
Manual transmission ......... 215
Turn signal lever................ 217
Parking brake.................... 218
4-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch................ 219
Automatic High Beam ....... 223
Fog light switch ................. 228
Windshield wipers and
washer ............................ 229
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap .................................. 232
4-5. Using the driving support
systems
Toyota Safety Sense P......236
PCS
(Pre-Collision System).....243
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert).....257
Dynamic radar
cruise control...................265
Cruise control ....................279
Intuitive parking assist .......283
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor).........289
• The Blind Spot Monitor
function..........................291
• The Rear Cross Traffic
Alert function .................294
Four-wheel drive system ...297
AUTO LSD system ............301
Rear differential lock
system .............................303
Active traction control
system .............................306
Multi-terrain Select.............308
Crawl Control.....................312
Clutch start cancel
switch ..............................316
Driving assist systems .......317
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips..............323
Off-road precautions..........327
4
Driving
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
5-1. Using the air conditioning
system
Manual air conditioning
system............................. 332
Automatic air conditioning
system............................. 338
Seat heaters...................... 345
5-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................ 347
• Interior light ................... 348
• Front personal lights ..... 348
• Cargo lamp main
switch............................ 349
5-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features...... 350
• Glove box...................... 351
• Front console box ......... 352
• Overhead console......... 352
• Cup holders .................. 353
• Bottle holders................ 354
• Storage box .................. 355
Luggage compartment
features........................... 358
5-4. Other interior features
Other interior features........368
• Sun visors .....................368
• Vanity mirrors ................368
• Power outlet
(12 V DC) ......................369
• Power outlet
(120 V AC) ....................370
• USB charging ports .......375
• Wireless charger ...........377
• Assist grips....................382
Garage door opener ..........383
Compass ...........................390
5
Interior features
5
1
8
7
5
4
3
2
9
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
6
6-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 396
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 400
6-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements ................... 403
General maintenance........ 405
Emission inspection
and maintenance (I/M)
programs......................... 408
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ..................... 409
Hood.................................. 411
Engine compartment ......... 413
Tires .................................. 425
Tire inflation pressure........ 434
Wheels .............................. 437
Air conditioning filter.......... 440
Wireless remote control/
electronic key battery...... 443
Checking and replacing
fuses ............................... 446
Light bulbs......................... 449
7-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers...........464
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in
an emergency..................465
If the vehicle is trapped
in rising water ..................467
7-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed..........................468
If you think something is
wrong...............................473
Fuel pump shut off
system .............................474
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds.............................475
If a warning message is
displayed .........................482
If you have a flat tire ..........504
If the engine will not
start .................................519
If the electronic key
does not operate properly
(vehicles with a smart
key system) ....................521
If the vehicle battery is
discharged.......................523
If your vehicle overheats....527
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................529
6
Maintenance and care
7
When trouble arises
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
8-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.) .......... 532
Fuel information ................ 546
Tire information ................. 549
8-2. Customization
Customizable features ...... 560
8-3. Items to initialize
Items to initialize................ 567
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners........................ 570
Seat belt instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 571
SRS airbag instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French) .............................. 573
Camper information ................... 581
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting).....................588
Alphabetical index......................592
8
Vehicle specifications
9
For owners
Index
For vehicles with a navigation system or a multimedia system, refer
to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MAN-
UAL” for information regarding the equipment listed below.
• Navigation system
• Audio system
• Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)
• Rear view monitor system
7
1
8
7
5
4
3
2
9
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
6
8
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
For your information
Please note that this manual applies to all models and all equipment, includ-
ing options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not
installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of equipment.
Approximately five hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear sound
coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a fuel
evaporation leakage check and it does not indicate a malfunction.
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehi-
cles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does
not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance,
repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse
effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products. Modi-
fication with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety
or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition,
damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be
covered under warranty.
Main Owner’s Manual
Noise from under vehicle after turning off the engine
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
9
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect
electronic systems such as:
l Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
l Toyota Safety Sense P (if equipped)
l Dynamic radar cruise control system (if equipped)
l Cruise control system (if equipped)
l Anti-lock brake system
l SRS airbag system
l Seat belt pretensioner system
Be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or spe-
cial instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.
The vehicle is equipped with sophisticated computers that will record certain
data, such as:
The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options
with which it is equipped
These computers do not record conversations or sounds, and only record
images outside of the vehicle in certain situations.
• Engine speed / Electric motor speed (traction motor speed)
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Operation status of the driving assist systems, such as the ABS and pre-
collision system
• Images from the camera (available only when certain safety systems are
activated, which varies depending on the vehicle specifications).
l Data Transmission
Your vehicle may transmit the data recorded in these computers to Toyota
without notification to you.
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
Vehicle data recording
10
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in these computer to diagnose malfunc-
tions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if
the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit.
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or
vehicle owner
l Recorded image information can be erased by your Toyota dealer.
The image recording function can be disabled. However, if the function is
disabled, data from when the pre-collision system operates will not be avail-
able.
l To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by
Toyota, please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/
.
If your Toyota has Safety connect and if you have subscribed to those ser-
vices, please refer to the Safety connect Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement for information on data collected and its usage.
To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by Toyota,
please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/
Usage of data collected through Safety connect (U.S.mainland
only)
11
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main pur-
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fas-
tened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ-
ation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi-
tions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access
to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer,
other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can
read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
Event data recorder
12
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Disclosure of the EDR data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except
when:
• An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the lessee for a leased vehi-
cle) is obtained
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
However, if necessary, Toyota may:
• Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance
• Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing
information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer
before you scrap your vehicle.
Special handling may apply,
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These compo-
nents may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote con-
trol batteries.
Scrapping of your Toyota
Perchlorate Material
13
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influ-
ence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehi-
cle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that
distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
n General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, the moon roof, or other features of the vehicle. In addition,
heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal
to children.
14
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Reading this manual
WARNING:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or
serious injury to people.
NOTICE:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to
or a malfunction in the vehicle or its equipment.
Indicates operating or working procedures. Follow the steps
in numerical order.
Indicates the action (push-
ing, turning, etc.) used to
operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an
operation (e.g. a lid opens).
Indicates the component or
position being explained.
Means “Do not”, “Do not do
this”, or “Do not let this hap-
pen”.
1
2
3
15
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
How to search
n Searching by name
• Alphabetical index.......P. 592
n Searching by installation
position
• Pictorial index................P. 16
n Searching by symptom or
sound
• What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) ........P. 588
n Searching by title
• Table of contents.............P. 2
16
Pictorial index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Pictorial index
n
Exterior
The illustration represents the Double Cab models and may differ from the
body shape of other models.
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 119
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 119
Opening/closing the door windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 156
Locking/unlocking by using the mechanical key
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . P. 521
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 488
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 126
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 126
Opening/closing the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 126
Removing the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 127
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154
Adjusting the mirror angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154
Folding the mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154
Defogging the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 334, 341
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 229
Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 323
Back window (vehicles with sliding type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 159
Power back window
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 160
1
2
3
4
5
17
Pictorial index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 232
Refueling method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 232
Fuel type/fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 536
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 425
Tire size/inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 543
Winter tires/tire chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 323
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system
*
3
. . . . . . . . . P. 425
Coping with flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 504
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 411
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 411
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 537
Coping with overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 527
Camera
*
2
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
Fog lights
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 228
Front turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 217
Parking lights (bulb type)
*
3
/
daytime running lights (bulb type)
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
Parking lights (LED type)
*
3
/
daytime running lights (LED type)
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
Rear turn signal/tail lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 217
Stop/tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
Hill-start assist control
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 318
License plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
Back-up lights
Shifting the shift lever to R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 210, 215
Side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
6
7
8
9
Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving
(Replacing method: P. 449, Watts: P. 545)
*
1
: Vehicles with a smart key system
*
2
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”
*
3
: If equipped
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
18
Pictorial index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
nInstrument panel
Engine switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 201, 204
Starting the engine/changing the positions
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 201
Starting the engine/changing the modes
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 205
Emergency stop of the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 465
When the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 519
Warning message
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 498
Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 210, 215
Changing the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 210, 215
Precautions against towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 468
When the shift lever does not move
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 213
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 98
Reading the meters/adjusting the instrument panel light. . . . . . P. 98
Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 92
When the warning lights come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 475
Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 102
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 102
When the warning message or indicator is displayed . . . . . . . P. 482
1
2
3
4
19
Pictorial index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 218
Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 218
Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 324
Warning light/warning buzzer/warning message . . . . . . . P. 476, 489
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 217
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
Headlights/parking lights/tail lights/daytime running lights. . . . P. 219
Fog lights
*
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 228
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 229
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 229
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 424
Warning messages
*
5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 486
Hood lock release lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 411
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . P. 149
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 332, 338
Usage (manual type)
*
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 332
Usage (automatic type)
*
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 338
Audio system
*
6
*
1
: Vehicles without a smart key system
*
2
: Vehicles with a smart key system
*
3
: Vehicles with an automatic transmission
*
4
: If equipped
*
5
: For Canada only
*
6
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
20
Pictorial index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
nSwitches
VSC off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 301, 318, 319
VIEW switch
*
4
Cargo lamp main switch*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 349
Automatic High Beam switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 223
Power outlet main switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 370
“CLUTCH START CANCEL” switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 316
Outside rear view mirror switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154
Window lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 156
Door lock switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 121
Power window switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 156
Tire pressure warning reset switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 427
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
21
Pictorial index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 464
Front-wheel drive control switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 297
BSM main switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 289
Power mode switch
*
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 211
Intuitive parking assist switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 283
Power back window switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 160
USB port
*
4
Wireless charger switch*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 377
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Vehicles with a manual transmission
*
3
: Vehicles with an automatic transmission
*
4
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
22
Pictorial index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Audio remote control switches
*
1
Talk switch*
1
Telephone switches*
1
Meter control switches*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 103
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 272
Cruise control switch
Cruise control
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 279
Dynamic radar cruise control
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 265
LDA (Lane Departure Alert) switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 257
*
1
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”
*
2
: If equipped
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
23
Pictorial index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
nInterior
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 36
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 26
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 139
Rear seats
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 142
Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 145
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 30
Front console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 352
Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 121
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 353
Bottle holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 354
*: If equipped
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
24
Pictorial index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 151
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 368
Vanity mirrors
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 368
Front personal lights/interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 348
“SOS” button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 72
Active traction control switch
*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 306
Rear differential lock switch
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 303
Moon roof switches
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 162
Multi-terrain Select/Crawl Control switches
* . . . . . . . P. 308, 312
Garage door opener switches
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 383
*: If equipped
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
25
For safety and security
1
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 26
For safe driving ................... 28
Seat belts............................ 30
SRS airbags........................ 36
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 48
Safety information
for children........................ 53
Child restraint systems........ 54
Installing child restraints...... 58
Exhaust gas precautions..... 71
1-2. Emergency assistance
Safety Connect ................... 72
1-3. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system .............................. 78
Alarm................................... 88
26
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Before driving
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.
Insert the retaining hooks (clips)
into the floor mat eyelets.
Turn the upper knob of each
retaining hook (clip) to secure
the floor mats in place.
*: Always align the marks.
The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the
illustration.
Floor mat
1
*
2
27
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle. This could lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
n When installing the driver’s floor mat
l Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
l Only use floor mats designed for the driver’s seat.
l Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
l Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
l Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
n Before driving
l Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
l With the engine stopped and the shift
lever in P (automatic transmission) or N
(manual transmission), fully depress
each pedal to the floor to make sure it
does not interfere with the floor mat.
28
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
For safe driving
Adjust the angle of the seat-
back so that you are sitting
straight up and so that you do
not have to lean forward to
steer. (→P. 139)
Adjust the seat so that you can
depress the pedals fully and so
that your arms bend slightly at
the elbow when gripping the
steering wheel. (→P. 139, 149)
Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint
closest to the top of your ears. (→P. 145)
Wear the seat belt correctly. (→P. 30)
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driv-
ing the vehicle. (→P. 30)
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
(→P. 54)
Make sure that you can see rearward of the vehicle clearly, by adjust-
ing the inside and outside rear view mirrors properly. (→P. 151, 154)
For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate
position before driving.
Correct driving posture
1
2
Correct use of the seat belts
Adjusting the mirrors
3
4
29
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
l Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
l Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.
l Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an acci-
dent and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
l Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads.
l When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to
feel tired.
Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to con-
tinue driving and take a break immediately.
30
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Seat belts
l Extend the shoulder belt so that
it comes fully over the shoulder,
but does not come into contact
with the neck or slide off the
shoulder.
l Position the lap belt as low as
possible over the hips.
l Adjust the position of the seat-
back. Sit up straight and well
back in the seat.
l Do not twist the seat belt.
To fasten the seat belt, push the
plate into the buckle until a click
sound is heard.
To release the seat belt, press
the release button.
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before
driving the vehicle.
Correct use of the seat belts
Fastening and releasing the seat belt
Release button
1
2
31
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor down while pressing the
release button.
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor up.
Move the height adjuster up and
down as needed until you hear a
click.
The pretensioners help the seat
belts to quickly restrain the occu-
pants by retracting the seat belts
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal col-
lision or a vehicle rollover.
The front seat belt pretensioners
also activate when the vehicle is
subjected to certain types of
severe side collision.
The pretensioners do not activate in the event of a minor frontal impact, a
minor side impact or a rear impact.
Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
1
2
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
32
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
n Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This
feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly. To free the belt
again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more. (→P. 5 8)
n Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
l Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 5 4)
l When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt, follow the instructions regarding seat belt usage. (→P. 3 0 )
n Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for
the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
n Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened
securely because they are not long
enough, a personalized seat belt extender
is available from your Toyota dealer free
of charge.
33
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
n Wearing a seat belt
l Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
l Always wear a seat belt properly.
l Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
l Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
l To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than
necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
l Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
l Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
n Pregnant women
n People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (→P. 3 0 )
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (→P. 30)
Women who are pregnant should posi-
tion the lap belt as low as possible over
the hips in the same manner as other
occupants, extending the shoulder belt
completely over the shoulder and avoid-
ing belt contact with the rounding of the
abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only the pregnant woman, but also the
fetus could suffer death or serious injury
as a result of sudden braking or a colli-
sion.
34
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
n Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
l Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger’s seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger’s weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger’s weight properly. As a result, the seat belt
pretensioner for the front passenger’s seat may not activate in the event of
a collision.
l If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In
that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at
your Toyota dealer.
n Adjustable shoulder anchor (front seats)
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off
your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an
accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or an accident. (→P. 31)
n Seat belt damage and wear
l Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
l Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
l Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
l Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
l Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer.
Inappropriate handling of the pretensioner may prevent it from operating
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
35
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Using a seat belt extender
l Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without
the extender.
l Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increas-
ing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident.
l The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when
used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the
one originally intended.
NOTICE
n When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the
extender, not on the seat belt.
This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.
36
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.
37
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
u SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passen-
ger from impact with interior components
SRS knee airbags
Can help provide driver and front passenger protection
u SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
SRS curtain shield airbags
l Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer
seats
l Can help prevent the occupants from being thrown from the vehi-
cle in the event of vehicle rollover
1
2
3
4
38
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based
on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag
sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on infor-
mation obtained from the sensors, etc., shown in the system compo-
nents diagram above. This information includes crash severity and
occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in
the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain
the motion of the occupants.
SRS airbag system components
Seat belt pretensioners
Knee airbags
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG
OFF” indicator lights
Front passenger airbag
Curtain shield airbags
Side airbags (front seats)
Front passenger occupant
classification system (ECU
and sensors)
SRS warning light
Driver airbag
Driver’s seat position sensor
Side impact sensors (rear)
Side impact sensors (front)
Driver’s seat belt buckle
switch
Front passenger’s seat belt
buckle switch
Front impact sensors
Airbag sensor assembly
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
39
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
l The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
l The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises:
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm)
of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag pro-
vides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from
the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than
10 in. (250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in sev-
eral ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the ped-
als comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in.
(250 mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply
by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your
seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-
slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the air-
bag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.
l If the seat belt extender has been con-
nected to the front seat belt buckles but
the seat belt extender has not also been
fastened to the latch plate of the seat
belt, the SRS front airbags will judge
that the driver and front passenger are
wearing the seat belt even though the
seat belt has not been connected. In
this case, the SRS front airbags may
not activate correctly in a collision,
resulting in death or serious injury in the
event of a collision. Be sure to wear the
seat belt with the seat belt extender.
40
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n SRS airbag precautions
l The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the air-
bag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
l Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint sys-
tem. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (→P. 5 4 )
l Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
l Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
l Do not allow the front seat occupants to
hold items on their knees.
l Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pil-
lars.
41
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n SRS airbag precautions
l Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of
these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious
injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
l If a vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS knee airbag will deploy,
be sure to remove it.
l Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seats toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
l Do not attach anything to or lean any-
thing against areas such as the dash-
board, steering wheel pad and lower
portion of the instrument panel.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver, front passenger
and knee airbags deploy.
l Do not attach anything to areas such as
a door, windshield, side windows, front
or rear pillar, roof side rail and assist
grip.
l Do not attach any heavy, sharp or hard
objects such as keys and accessories
to the key. The objects may restrict the
SRS knee airbag inflation or be thrust
into the driver’s seat area by the force
of the deploying airbag, thus causing a
danger.
42
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n SRS airbag precautions
l Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the airbags. Such
accessories may prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, disable
the system or cause the side airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in
death or serious injury.
l Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS air-
bag components.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
l Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS air-
bags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
l If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
l If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by your Toyota dealer.
l Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger’s seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger’s weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger’s weight properly. As a result, the SRS front
airbags for the front passenger may not deploy in the event of a collision.
n Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or
deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury.
l Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
l Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rails
l Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment
l Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows,
winches or roof luggage carrier
l Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system
l Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios and CD
players
l Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability
43
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
l Slight abrasions, burns, bruising, etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags,
due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by hot gases.
l A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
l Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as
well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails,
may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
l The windshield may crack.
l For Safety Connect subscribers, if the SRS airbags deploy or in the event of
a severe rear-end collision, the system is designed to send an emergency
call to the response center, notifying them of the vehicle’s location (without
needing to push the “SOS” button) and an agent will attempt to speak with
the occupants to ascertain the level of emergency and assistance required.
If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automatically treats
the call as an emergency and helps to dispatch the necessary emergency
services. (→P. 72)
• An SRS airbag is deployed.
• A seat belt pretensioner is activated.
• The vehicle is involved in a severe rear-end collision.
n SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags)
l The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the
set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately
12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not
move or deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following
situations:
• If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which
can move or deform on impact
• If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a truck
l Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt pre-
tensioners will activate.
l The SRS front airbags for the front passenger will not activate if there is no
passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS front air-
bags for the front passenger may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, even if
the seat is unoccupied. (→P. 48 )
44
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
l The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an
impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding
to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle
colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle
orientation at an approximate speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]).
l The SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover.
l The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of a severe
frontal collision.
n Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than
a collision
The SRS front airbags and SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also
deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some
examples are shown in the illustration.
The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situation shown in
the illustration.
l Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard
surface
l Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
l Landing hard or vehicle falling
l The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal.
l The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone.
45
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front air-
bags)
The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward
deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
n Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags
(SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is
subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the
side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side or low-
speed frontal collision.
l Collision from the side
l Collision from the rear
l Vehicle rollover
l Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compart-
ment
l Collision from the side at an angle
l Collision from the rear
l Vehicle rollover
46
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a
low-speed side or low-speed frontal collision.
n When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Con-
tact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
l Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
l Collision from the rear
l Pitching end over end
l The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.
l A portion of a door or its surrounding
area is damaged or deformed, or the
vehicle was involved in an accident that
was not severe enough to cause the
SRS side and curtain shield airbags to
inflate.
l The pad section of the steering wheel,
dashboard near the front passenger air-
bag or lower portion of the instrument
panel is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
47
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
l The portion of the front pillars, rear pil-
lars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
48
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Front passenger occupant classification
system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classi-
fication system. This system detects the conditions of the front
passenger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for the
front passenger.
Seat belt reminder light
SRS warning light
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light
“AIR BAG ON” indicator light
1
2
3
4
49
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Adult*
1
n Child*
4
or child restraint system*
5
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classi-
fication system
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG ON”
SRS warning light Off
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Activated
Front passenger knee airbag
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF”
*
6
SRS warning light Off
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Deactivated
Front passenger knee airbag
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
50
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Unoccupied
n There is a malfunction in the system
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
Not illuminated
SRS warning light
Off
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Deactivated
Front passenger knee airbag
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
Deactivated*
7
or
activated
*
8
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
SRS warning light On
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light On
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Deactivated
Front passenger knee airbag
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
51
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
1
: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller
adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her
as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*
2
: In the event the front passenger is wearing a seat belt.
*
3
: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
*
4
: When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the
front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult
depending on his/her physique or posture.
*
5
: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be installed on
the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (→P. 54)
*
6
: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual on how
to install the child restraint system properly. (→P. 58)
*
7
: In the event of a frontal collision or rollover.
*
8
: In the event of a side collision.
WARNING
n Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant
classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
l Wear the seat belt properly.
l Make sure the front passenger’s seat belt plate has not been left inserted
into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat.
l Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using
the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat
belt buckle, and reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender
after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you
use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi-
nated, the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not activate, which
could cause death or serious injury in the event of a collision.
l Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g.
seatback pockets).
l Vehicles with rear seats: Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by
putting your hands or feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the
rear passenger seat.
l Vehicles with rear seats: Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passen-
ger seat with their feet or press on the seatback with their legs.
l Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.
52
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
l Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a rear
seat or a back wall. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to
be illuminated, which indicates that the SRS airbags for the front passen-
ger will not activate in the event of a severe accident. If the seatback
touches the rear seat or back wall, return the seatback to a position where
it does not touch the rear seat or back wall. Keep the front passenger seat-
back as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving. Reclining the
seatback excessively may lessen the effectiveness of the seat belt sys-
tem.
l If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light is illuminated. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the
passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and
with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still
remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or
if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.
l When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat in the proper order. (→P. 58)
l Do not modify or remove the front seats.
l Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Other-
wise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the
front passenger occupant classification system. In this case, contact your
Toyota dealer immediately.
l Vehicles with rear seats: Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat
should not contact the front seatbacks.
l Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that cov-
ers the seat cushion surface.
l Do not attach a commercial seatback table or other heavy item to the back
of the front passenger seat.
l Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.
53
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Safety information for children
l Vehicles with rear seats: It is recommended that children sit in the
rear seats to avoid accidental contact with the shift lever, wiper
switch, etc.
l Use the rear door child-protector lock (Double Cab models only) or
the window lock switch to avoid children opening the door while
driving or operating the power window accidentally.
l Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or
pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, tailgate, seats,
etc.
Observe the following precautions when children are in the vehi-
cle.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the
child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt.
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, the moon roof or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat
build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to
children.
54
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Child restraint systems
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one on the front passenger seat.
l Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appro-
priate to the age and size of the child.
l For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the child
restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(→P. 5 8)
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be
properly restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/
shoulder belt.
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. and Canada now require
the use of child restraint systems.
Points to remember
55
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types
according to the age and size of the child:
n Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
l Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes
large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
l If the child is too large for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat
and use the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 3 0 )
Types of child restraints
Rear facing ⎯ Infant seat/con-
vertible seat
Forward facing ⎯ Convertible
seat
Booster seat
56
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Child restraint precautions
l For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle’s interior.
l Vehicles without rear seats: Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child
restraint system that conforms to the size of the child.
l Vehicles with rear seats: Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child
restraint system that conforms to the size of the child, installed on the rear
seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.
l Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated.
In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-fac-
ing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.
l Vehicles without rear seats: A forward-facing child restraint system may be
installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Adjust
the seatback as upright as possible and always move the seat as far back
as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated,
because the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable speed
and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured.
l Vehicles with rear seats: A forward-facing child restraint system may be
installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child
restraint system that requires a top tether strap should not be used in the
front passenger seat since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front
passenger seat. Adjust the seatback as upright as possible and always
move the seat as far back as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator
light is illuminated, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with
considerable speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seri-
ously injured.
57
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Child restraint precautions
l Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system
with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child or other passengers in the event of an accident.
l Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side
rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy
even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if
the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact
could cause death or serious injury to the child.
l Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop or an accident.
n When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
n When the child restraint system is not in use
l Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the pas-
senger compartment.
l If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle. This will prevent it from injuring passengers in the event of a sud-
den stop or an accident.
58
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Installing child restraints
Access Cab models (vehicles with rear seats)
Child restraint LATCH anchors
LATCH anchors are provided for
each of rear seats.
Double Cab models
Child restraint LATCH anchors
LATCH anchors are provided for
the outer rear seats. (Buttons dis-
playing the location of the anchors
are attached to the seats.)
Follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions.
Firmly secure child restraints to the seats using the LATCH
anchors or a seat belt. Attach the top tether strap when installing
a child restraint.
The lap/shoulder belt can be used if your child restraint system
is not compatible with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children) system.
Using the LATCH anchors (→P. 61, 62)
59
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Seat belts equipped with a child
restraint locking mechanism
(ALR/ELR belts except driver’s
seat belt) (→P. 32)
Access Cab models (vehicles without rear seats)
Anchor bracket (for top tether
strap)
Anchor bracket is provided for pas-
senger seat.
Using the seat belts (→P. 63)
Using the top tether strap (→P. 66, 68)
60
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Access Cab models (vehicles with rear seats)
Anchor bracket (for top tether
strap)
Anchor bracket is provided for
each rear seat.
Double Cab models
Anchor bracket (for top tether
strap)
Anchor bracket is provided for
each rear seat.
61
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Type A
Latch the hooks of the lower
straps onto the LATCH anchors. If
the child restraint has a top tether
strap, the top tether strap should
be latched onto the top tether
strap anchor.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint sys-
tem indicates the presence of a lower
connector system.
Type B
Latch the buckles onto the LATCH
anchors. If the child restraint has a
top tether strap, the top tether
strap should be latched onto the
top tether strap anchor.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint sys-
tem indicates the presence of a lower
connector system.
Installation with LATCH system (Access Cab models [vehicles
with rear seats])
Canada
only
Canada
only
62
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Type A
Widen the gap between the seat cushion and seatback slightly.
Latch the hooks of the lower
straps onto the LATCH
anchors. If the child restraint
has a top tether strap, the top
tether strap should be latched
onto the top tether strap anchor.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of a
lower connector system.
Type B
Widen the gap between the seat cushion and seatback slightly.
Latch the buckles onto the
LATCH anchors. If the child
restraint has a top tether strap,
the top tether strap should be
latched onto the top tether strap
anchor.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of a
lower connector system.
Installation with LATCH system (Double Cab models)
1
Canada
only
2
1
Canada only
Canada
only
2
63
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Rear-facing (vehicles without rear seats) ⎯ Infant seat/con-
vertible seat
Never install a rear-facing child restrain. Your vehicle is not
designed to carry and infant.
n Rear-facing (vehicles with rear seats) ⎯ Infant seat/convertible
seat
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the seat facing the
rear of the vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.
Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock
function belt)
1
2
3
64
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
While pushing the child
restraint system down into
the rear seat, allow the
shoulder belt to retract until
the child restraint system is
securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.
n
Forward-facing ⎯ Convertible seat
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the seat facing the
front of the vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.
4
1
2
3
65
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
While pushing the child
restraint system into the rear
seat, allow the shoulder belt
to retract until the child
restraint system is securely
in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.
If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. (→P. 66, 68)
n Booster seat
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the seat facing the
front of the vehicle.
Sit the child in the child
restraint system. Fit the seat
belt to the child restraint sys-
tem according to the manu-
facturer’s instructions and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is correctly positioned over the child’s
shoulder and that the lap belt is as low as possible. (→P. 30 )
4
5
1
2
66
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
Vehicles without rear seats
Remove the head restraint.
Remove the anchor bracket
cover.
Store the removed cover in a safe
place such as the glove box.
Secure the child restraint system using a seat belt.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top
tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.
Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
Child restraint systems with a top tether strap (Access Cab mod-
els)
1
2
3
4
67
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Replace the head restraint.
Vehicles with rear seats
Remove the anchor bracket
covers.
Store the removed covers in a safe
place such as the glove box.
Secure the child restraint system using the seat belt or the lower
anchors.
Route the top tether strap
through the routing device as
shown in the illustration.
Make sure the top tether strap is
not twisted.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top
tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.
5
1
2
3
4
68
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Remove the head restraint.
Installing position:
Outer rear seat
Center rear seat
Latch the hook onto the anchor bracket.
Swing the seatback forward slightly. (→P. 142)
Latch the hook onto the anchor bracket.
Return the seatback.
Make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing it forward and rear-
ward on the top.
Secure the child restraint system using the seat belt or the lower
anchors, ant tighten the top tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is securely latched.
Replace the head restraint.
Installing position:
Outer rear seat
Center rear seat
If the head restraint interferes with
the top tether strap installation and
the head restraint can be removed
and stored the storage box.
(→P. 355, 367)
Child restraint systems with a top tether strap (Double Cab mod-
els)
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
Outer rear seat Center rear seat
3
4
1
2
69
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifica-
tions can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to the SAE J1819.
WARNING
n When installing a booster seat
To prevent the belt from going into ALR lock mode, do not fully extend the
shoulder belt. ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only. This could cause
injury or discomfort to the child. (→P. 32)
n When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of a sudden
braking or an accident.
l Vehicles with rear seats: If the driver’s
seat interferes with the child restraint
system and prevents it from being
attached correctly, attach the child
restraint system to the right-hand rear
seat.
l Vehicles with rear seats: Adjust the front
passenger seat so that it does not inter-
fere with the child restraint system.
l Only put a forward-facing child restraint
system on the front seat when unavoid-
able. When installing a forward-facing
child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat, move the seat as far back
as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious
injury if the airbags deploy (inflate).
70
1-1. For safe use
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When installing a child restraint system
l When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of an accident or a sudden braking.
l Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
l Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
l After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
l Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
l Double Cab models only: When securing some types of child restraint sys-
tems in rear seats, it may not be possible to properly use the seat belts in
positions next to the child restraint without interfering with it or affecting
seat belt effectiveness. Be sure your seat belt fits snugly across your
shoulder and low on your hips. If it does not, or if it interferes with the child
restraint, move to a different position. Failure to do so may result in death
or serious injury.
l Double Cab models only: When installing the child restraint system with
the head restraint being lowered, be sure to have the top tether strap pass
over the top of the head restraint. If the belt passes below the head
restraint, it is possible that the child restraint system may not be securely
fixed.
n Do not use a seat belt extender
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the
seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause
death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sud-
den braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
n To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchors (vehicles
with rear seats)
When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint system. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached,
or it may cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in
the event of a sudden braking or an accident.
71
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Exhaust gas precautions
Harmful substance to the human body is included in exhaust
gases if inhale.
WARNING
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and
odorless. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases to enter the vehicle and may lead
to an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
n Important points while driving
l Vehicles with a sliding type back window: Keep the back window closed.
l If you smell exhaust gases in the vehicle even when the back window
(vehicles with a sliding type) is closed, open the windows and have the
vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
l Toyota does not recommend occupying the rear cargo area when it is fitted
with a slide-in camper, camper shell or other type cover while the engine is
running. This caution applies to both driving and stopped, or parked situa-
tions with the engine running. Particular care should be taken to prevent
exhaust gases from entering camper bodies, trailers or other enclosures
on or around your vehicle. If exhaust fumes are detected, open all win-
dows and thoroughly ventilate the area.
n When parking
l If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a
garage, stop the engine.
l Do not leave the vehicle with the engine on for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space
and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
l Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it
is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is
running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
n Exhaust pipe
The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a hole or
crack caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be
sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer.
72
1-2. Emergency assistance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Safety Connect
∗
n System components
Microphone
LED light indicators
“SOS” button
Safety Connect is a subscription-based telematics service that
uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cel-
lular technology to provide safety and security features to sub-
scribers. Safety Connect is supported by Toyota’s designated
response center, which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per
week.
Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select,
telematics hardware-equipped vehicles.
By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be
bound by the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and
its Terms and Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to
time, a current copy of which is available at Toyota.com in the
United States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in
Canada. All use of the Safety Connect service is subject to such
then-applicable Terms and Conditions.
∗: If equipped
1
2
3
73
1-2. Emergency assistance
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Services
Subscribers have the following Safety Connect services available:
l Automatic Collision Notification
*
Helps drivers receive necessary response from emergency ser-
vice providers. (
→P. 75)
*
: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2
l Stolen Vehicle Location
Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (
→P. 75)
l Emergency Assistance Button (“SOS”)
Connects drivers to response-center support. (
→P. 7 5 )
l Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Provides drivers various on-road assistance. (
→P. 76)
n Subscription
After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Service Agree-
ment and are enrolled, you can begin receiving services.
A variety of subscription terms are available for purchase. Contact
your Toyota dealer, call the following appropriate Safety Connect
response center or push the “SOS” button in your vehicle for further
subscription details.
• The United States
1-800-331-4331
• Canada
1-888-869-6828
• Puerto Rico
1-877-855-8377
74
1-2. Emergency assistance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Safety Connect Services Information
l Phone calls using the vehicle’s Bluetooth
®
technology will not be possible
when Safety Connect system is active and in use.
l Safety Connect is available on select Toyota models (in the contiguous
United States only). Contact with the Safety Connect response center is
dependent upon the telematics device being in operative condition, cellular
connection availability, and GPS satellite signal reception, which can limit
the ability to reach the response center or receive emergency service sup-
port. Enrollment and Telematics Subscription Service Agreement are
required. A variety of subscription terms are available; charges vary by sub-
scription term selected and location.
l Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance and Stolen Vehicle
Location are available in the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska,
Puerto Rico and Canada, and Enhanced Roadside Assistance are available
in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada.
l Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Stolen Vehicle and
Enhanced Road Assistance are not available in the U.S. Virgin Islands. For
vehicles first sold in the U.S. Virgin Islands, no Safety Connect services will
function in or outside the U.S. Virgin Islands.
l Safety Connect services are not subject to section 255 of the Telecommuni-
cations Act and the device is not TTY compatible.
n Languages
The Safety Connect response center will offer support in multiple languages.
The Safety Connect system will offer voice prompts in English, Spanish, and
French. Please indicate your language of choice when enrolling.
n When contacting the response center
You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is busy.
When the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode, the red indi-
cator light comes on for 2 seconds then turns off. Afterward, the green
indicator light comes on, indicating that the service is active.
The following indicator light patterns indicate specific system usage
conditions:
l Green indicator light on = Active service
l Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in process
l Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunction
(contact your Toyota dealer)
l No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not active
Safety Connect LED light Indicators
75
1-2. Emergency assistance
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Automatic Collision Notification
In case of either airbag deployment or severe rear-end collision, the
system is designed to automatically call the response center. The
responding agent receives the vehicle’s location and attempts to
speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emergency.
If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automati-
cally treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest emer-
gency services provider to describe the situation, and requests that
assistance be sent to the location.
n Stolen Vehicle Location
If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local author-
ities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After filing
a police report, call the Customer Experience Center at 1-800-331-
4331 in the United States, 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico or 1-
888-869-6828 in Canada, and follow the prompts for Safety Con-
nect to initiate this service.
In addition to assisting law enforcement with recovery of a stolen
vehicle, Safety-Connect-equipped vehicle location data may, under
certain circumstances, be shared with third parties to locate your
vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com in the United
States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.
n Emergency Assistance Button (“SOS”)
In the event of an emergency on the road, push the “SOS” button to
reach the Safety Connect response center. The answering agent
will determine your vehicle’s location, assess the emergency, and
dispatch the necessary assistance required.
If you accidentally press the “SOS” button, tell the response-center
agent that you are not experiencing an emergency.
Safety Connect services
76
1-2. Emergency assistance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already
included warranty-based Toyota roadside service.
Subscribers can press the “SOS” button to reach a Safety Connect
response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs,
such as: towing, flat tire, fuel delivery, etc. For a description of the
Enhanced Roadside Assistance services and their limitations,
please see the Safety Connect Terms and Conditions, which are
available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toyotapr.com in
Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.
Important! Read this information before using Safety Connect.
n Exposure to radio frequency signals
The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power
radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio
frequency (RF) signals.
In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wire-
less phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety stan-
dards previously set by the following U.S. and international
standards bodies.
l ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992]
l NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measure-
ment) Report 86 [1986]
l ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection) [1996]
Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic eval-
uations of the relevant scientific literature. Over 120 scientists, engi-
neers, and physicians from universities, and government health
agencies and industries reviewed the available body of research to
develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1).
The design of Safety Connect complies with the FCC guidelines in
addition to those standards.
Safety information for Safety Connect
77
1-2. Emergency assistance
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Certification for Safety Connect
78
1-3. Theft deterrent system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Engine immobilizer system
Vehicles without a smart key sys-
tem:
The indicator light flashes after
the key has been removed from
the engine switch to indicate that
the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing
after the registered key has been
inserted into the engine switch to
indicate that the system has been
canceled.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The indicator light flashes after the engine switch has been turned off
to indicate that the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing after the engine switch has been
turned to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode to indicate that the
system has been canceled.
The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent
the engine from starting if a key has not been previously regis-
tered in the vehicle’s on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehi-
cle.
This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does
not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.
79
1-3. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type engine immobilizer system.
n Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
l If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object
l If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle
n Certifications for the engine immobilizer system
For vehicles sold in U.S.A. and New Caledonia
FCC ID: MOZRI-42BTY
FCC ID: NI4TMIMB-3
FCC ID: NI4TMLF12-1
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes: (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2)
l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
80
1-3. Theft deterrent system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
For vehicles sold in New Caledonia
81
1-3. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
82
1-3. Theft deterrent system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
83
1-3. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
84
1-3. Theft deterrent system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
85
1-3. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
86
1-3. Theft deterrent system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
87
1-3. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
88
1-3. Theft deterrent system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Alarm
∗
The alarm uses light and sound to give an alert when an intrusion is
detected.
The alarm is triggered in the following situations when the alarm is
set:
l A locked door is unlocked or opened in any way other than using
the entry function, wireless remote control or mechanical key. (The
doors will lock again automatically.)
l The hood is opened.
Close the doors and hood, and
lock all the doors. The system will
be set automatically after 30 sec-
onds.
The indicator light changes from
being on to flashing when the sys-
tem is set.
Do one of the following to deactivate or stop the alarms:
l Unlock the doors.
l Vehicles without a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “ON” position, or start the
engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a few sec-
onds.)
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode, or
start the engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a
few seconds.)
∗: If equipped
The alarm
Setting the alarm system
Deactivating or stopping the alarm
89
1-3. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type alarm system.
n Items to check before locking the vehicle
To prevent unexpected triggering of the alarm and vehicle theft, make sure of
the following:
l Nobody is in the vehicle.
l The windows and moon roof (if equipped) are closed before the alarm is set.
l No valuables or other personal items are left in the vehicle.
n Triggering of the alarm
The alarm may be triggered in the following situations:
(Stopping the alarm deactivates the alarm system.)
l A person inside the vehicle opens a door
or hood, or unlocks the vehicle using an
inside lock button.
l The battery is recharged or replaced
when the vehicle is locked.
90
1-3. Theft deterrent system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Alarm-operated door lock
In the following cases, depending on the situation, the door may automatically
lock to prevent improper entry into the vehicle:
l When a person remaining in the vehicle locks the door and the alarm is acti-
vated.
l While the alarm is activated, a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the
door.
l When recharging or replacing the battery.
NOTICE
n To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
91
Instrument cluster
2
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators .......................... 92
Gauges and meters ............ 98
Multi-information display ... 102
Fuel consumption
information ...................... 109
92
2. Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Warning lights and indicators
The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster and
center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s vari-
ous systems.
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustration dis-
plays all warning lights and indicators illuminated.
93
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehi-
cle’s systems.
Warning lights
*
1
(U.S.A.)
Brake system warning
light (→P. 475)
*
5
(Flashes
rapidly)
Rear differential lock
indicator (→P. 476)
*
1
(Canada)
Brake system warning
light (→P. 475)
(Flashes)
(4WD models)
Low speed four-wheel
drive indicator (→P. 476)
*
1
(U.S.A.)
Malfunction indicator
lamp (→P. 475)
Low fuel level warning
light (→P. 476, 486)
*
1
(Canada)
Malfunction indicator
lamp (→P. 475)
Seat belt reminder light
(→P. 476)
*
1
SRS warning light
(→P. 475)
(U.S.A.)
Parking brake indicator
(→P. 476)
*
1
(U.S.A.)
ABS warning light
(→P. 475)
(Canada)
Parking brake indicator
(→P. 476)
*
1
(Canada)
ABS warning light
(→P. 475)
*
1
Master warning light
(→P. 476)
*
1, 2
Slip indicator (→P. 476)
*
1, 5
Tire pressure warning
light (→P. 477)
94
2. Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
1
: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position
(vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles
with a smart key system) to indicate that a system check is being per-
formed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds.
There may be a malfunction in a system if the lights do not come on, or if
the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
for details.
*
1, 3, 5
PCS warning light
(→P. 477)
*
4
(U.S.A.)
ABS warning light
(→P. 484)
*
2, 4, 5
(Yellow)
LDA indicator (→P. 477)
*
4
(Canada)
ABS warning light
(→P. 484)
*
4
(U.S.A.)
Brake system warning
light (→P. 482)
*
2, 4
Slip indicator (→P. 484)
*
4
(Canada)
Brake system warning
light (→P. 482)
*
4, 5
Tire pressure warning
light (→P. 484)
*
4
Automatic transmission
fluid temperature warn-
ing light (→P. 483)
*
4
Brake Override System/
Drive-Start Control warn-
ing light
(→P. 485, 486, 496)
*
4
High engine coolant tem-
perature warning light
(→P. 483)
*
4
Low engine oil level
warning light (→P. 485)
*
4
Low engine oil pressure
warning light (→P. 483)
*
4
(Canada
only)
Low windshield washer
fluid warning light
(→P. 486)
*
4
Charging system warn-
ing light (→P. 483)
95
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
2
: The light comes on to indicate a malfunction.
*
3
: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
*
4
: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
*
5
: If equipped
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicle’s
various systems.
Indicators
Turn signal indicator
(→P. 217)
*
2
VSC off indicator
(→P. 301, 318, 319)
(U.S.A.)
Headlight indicator
(→P. 219)
*
2
“TRAC OFF” indicator
(→P. 318, 319)
(Canada)
Tail light indicator
(→P. 219)
*
4, 9
Active traction control
system indicator
(→P. 306)
Headlight high beam
indicator (→P. 221)
(4WD models)
Four-wheel drive indica-
tor (→P. 297)
*
9
Automatic high beam
indicator (→P. 223)
*
2, 9
Rear differential lock
indicator (→P. 303)
*
9
Fog light indicator
(→P. 228)
*
4
Cruise control indicator
(→P. 274, 279)
*
1
Power mode indicator
(→P. 2 11 )
*
4, 9
Dynamic radar cruise
control indicator
(→P. 270)
*
4
Cruise control “SET”
indicator (→P. 274, 279)
*
2
“AUTO LSD” indicator
(→P. 301)
*
2, 3
Slip indicator
(→P. 301, 306, 312, 318)
*
2, 9, 10
PCS warning light
(→P. 247)
96
2. Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
1
: Vehicles with an automatic transmission.
*
2
: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position
(vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles
with a smart key system) to indicate that a system check is being per-
formed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds.
There may be a malfunction in a system if the lights do not come on, or if
the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
for details.
*
3
: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
*
4
: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
*
5
: When the outside temperature is approximately 37°F (3°C) or lower, the
indicator will flash for 10 times, then comes on.
*
4, 9
(Green)
LDA indicator (→P. 260)
*
4, 9
Crawl Control indicator
(→P. 312)
(4WD models)
Low speed four-wheel
drive indicator (→P. 297)
*
4, 5
Low outside tempera-
ture indicator (→P. 9 8)
(U.S.A.)
Parking brake indicator
(→P. 218)
*
6, 7, 9
BSM outside rear view
mirror indicator
(→P. 289)
(Canada)
Parking brake indicator
(→P. 218)
*
8, 9
Security indicator
(→P. 78, 88)
*
4, 9
Multi-terrain Select indi-
cator (→P. 308)
“AIR BAG ON/OFF” indicators
(→P. 48)
*
2, 8
97
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
6
: In order to confirm operation, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators
illuminate in the following situations:
• When the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a
smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key
system) while the BSM main switch is set to ON.
• When the BSM main switch is set to ON while the engine switch is in the
“ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON
mode (vehicles with a smart key system).
If the system is functioning correctly, the BSM outside rear view mirror indi-
cators will turn off after a few seconds.
If the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators do not illuminate or do not
turn off, there may be a malfunction in the system.
*
7
: This light illuminates on the outside rear view mirrors.
*
8
: This light illuminates on the center panel.
*
9
: If equipped
*
10
: The light comes on when the system is turned off.
WARNING
n If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS warning light not
come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are
not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death
or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immedi-
ately if this occurs.
98
2. Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Gauges and meters
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute.
Outside temperature
Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40°F (-40°C) to
122°F (50°C). Low outside temperature indicator comes on when the
ambient temperature is 37°F (3°C) or lower.
Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank.
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data. (→P. 103)
Displays warning messages in case of a malfunction. (→P. 482)
Odometer/trip meter
→P. 9 9
Shift position and shift range (vehicles with an automatic transmis-
sion)
Displays the selected shift position or selected shift range. (→P. 210)
“ODO/TRIP” and instrument panel light control button
→P. 9 9
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
99
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Pressing the button switches the
display between the odometer, trip
meters, and a blank display.
n Odometer
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
n Trip meter A*/trip meter B*
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter
was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and dis-
play different distances independently.
*: Press and hold the button to reset.
n
Blank display
A blank screen is displayed.
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted by turn-
ing the button.
Darker
Brighter
Changing the odometer and trip meter display
Instrument panel light control
1
2
100
2. Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n The multi-information display illuminate when
Vehicles without a smart key system:
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
n The brightness of the instrument panel lights
When the tail lights are turned on, the display’s brightness will be reduced
slightly unless the meter brightness level adjustment is set to the brightest
setting.
n Outside temperature display
l In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer than normal to change.
• When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 12 mph [20 km/h])
• When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/
exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
l When “--” or “E” is displayed, the system may be malfunctioning.
Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
n Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
101
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n The information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display
monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the driver’s shifting and the new gear
number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to down-
shift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly an
accident resulting in personal death or injury.
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the engine and its components
l Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which
indicates the maximum engine speed.
l The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant temperature gauge is
in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (→P. 527)
102
2. Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Multi-information display
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of vehi-
cle data.
l Menu icons
Displays the following informa-
tion when an icon is selected.
(→P. 103)
Some of the information may be
displayed automatically
depending on the situation.
Drive information
Select to display various drive data. (→P. 103)
Navigation system-linked display (if equipped)
Select to display the following navigation system-linked information.
• Route guidance
• Compass display (north-up display/heading-up display)
Audio system-linked display
Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the meter
using the meter control switches.
Vehicle information (if equipped)
Select to display various vehicle information. (→P. 104)
Warning message display
Select to display warning messages and measures to be taken if a
malfunction is detected. (→P. 482)
Settings display
Select to change the meter display settings. (→P. 105)
Display contents
103
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Operating the meter control switches
Select an item/change pages
Press: Enters/Sets
Press and hold: Resets
Switch menu/Displays the
top screen
Returns to the previous
screen
l Average fuel economy
*
1, 2
/Tank average fuel economy*
1
/Trip aver-
age fuel economy
*
1
Displays the average fuel consumption since the function was
reset, the vehicle was refueled, and the engine was started, respec-
tively
Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
l Distance to empty*
1
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with
the quantity of fuel remaining, the distance driven after the engine
was started and the distance since the function was reset, respec-
tively.
• This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As
a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
• When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may
not be updated.
When refueling, turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position (vehicles
without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key system). If
the vehicle is refueled without turning the engine switch to the “LOCK”
position (vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a
smart key system), the display may not be updated.
l Current fuel economy*
1
Displays the current rate of fuel consumption
l Trip elapsed time
*
1
/Elapsed time*
1, 2
Displays the engine was started and the elapsed time since the
function was reset, respectively
1
2
3
4
Drive information
104
2. Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Trip average speed*
1
/Average speed*
1, 2
Displays the engine was started and the average vehicle speed
since the function was reset, respectively
l Trip distance
*
1
/Distance*
1, 2
Displays the engine was started and the distance since the function
was reset, respectively
l Digital speedometer
*
1
l Display off*
1
A blank screen is displayed
*
1
: Can be registered to Drive information 1 through 3.
*
2
: Resetting procedures:
• Select a function to be reset using the meter control switch and then
press and hold the center button to reset.
• If there is more than one function that can be reset, check boxes will be
displayed next to the functions.
l Clinometer (if equipped)
Displays the longitudinal and lateral inclination of the vehicle.
l LDA (Lane Departure Alert) (if equipped)
→P. 2 57
l Dynamic radar cruise control (if equipped)
→P. 2 65
l Intuitive parking assist (if equipped)
→P. 2 83
l Multi-terrain select (if equipped)
→P. 3 08
l Crawl control (if equipped)
→P. 3 12
l Tire inflation pressure (if equipped)
→P. 4 26
Vehicle information
105
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Changing the settings
Select using the meter control switch.
Select an item and then set it with the center button.
n Customizable items
l PCS (Pre-Collision System) (if equipped) (→P. 243)
•PCS
Select to enable/disable the PCS (Pre-Collision System) function.
• Sensitivity
Select to set up the PCS (Pre-Collision System) sensitivity.
l LDA (Lane Departure Alert) (if equipped) (→P. 257)
• LDA sensitivity
Select to set up the LDA (Lane Departure Alert) sensitivity.
• Sway warning
Select to enable/disable the Sway warning function.
• Sway warning sensitivity
Select to set up the sway warning sensitivity.
l Language
Select to change the language on the display.
l Units
Select to change the unit of measure for fuel consumption and
temperature.
l Drive information 1 through 3
Select to select up to 2 items that will be displayed on a Drive
information screen, up to 3 Drive information screens can be set.
l Pop-up display
Select to set the following pop-up displays, which may appear in
some situations, on/off.
• Instrument panel brightness adjustment display
• Route guidance display of the navigation system-linked sys-
tem
• Incoming call display of the hands-free phone system
• Shift position display (vehicles with an automatic transmission)
Settings display
1
2
106
2. Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Accent color
Select to change the accent colors on the screen, such as the
cursor color.
l Speed limit display
*
Select to set the display of speed limit information stored in the
navigation system (if equipped) to on with the speed limit caution
indicator (yellow) enabled, on with the speed limit caution not
enabled, or off. If enabled, the speed limit caution indicator will
come on if the vehicle speed exceeds the displayed speed limit.
l Programming
It is possible to set up a screen desired to be displayed as the
Top Screen by pressing and holding .
There are also screens that cannot be setup as the Top Screen.
l Maintenance system (U.S.A.)
Select to reset the message after the required maintenance is
performed. (→P. 404)
l Default settings
Registered or changed meter settings will be deleted or returned
to their default setting.
*: Speed limit display may not be available for some regions.
107
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Setting items
l Setting items are not selectable during driving and cannot be operated.
Also, the settings screen is temporarily canceled in the following situations.
• A warning message is displayed.
• The vehicle starts off.
l Settings for functions not equipped to the vehicle are not displayed.
l When a function is turned off, the related settings for that function are not
selectable.
n Pop-up display
In some situations, such as when a switch operation is performed, a pop-up
display will be temporarily displayed on the multi-information display.
n When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals
The drive information will be reset.
n Ending display
When the engine switch is turned off, each of the following will be displayed
on the multi-information display, and will extinguish after approximately
30 seconds.
l Distance traveled
l Average fuel economy
l Distance to empty
n Tire inflation pressure (vehicles with tire pressure warning system)
l It may take a few minutes to display the tire inflation pressure after the
engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key
system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system). It may
also take a few minutes to display the tire inflation pressure after inflation
pressure has been adjusted.
l “---” may be displayed if the tire position information cannot be determined
due to unfavorable radio wave conditions.
l Tire inflation pressure changes with temperature. The displayed values may
also be different from the values measured using a tire pressure gauge.
n Liquid crystal display
→P. 100
108
2. Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Caution for use while driving
l When operating the multi-information display while driving, pay extra
attention to the safety of the area around the vehicle.
l Do not look continuously at the multi-information display while driving as
you may fail to see pedestrians, objects on the road, etc. ahead of the
vehicle.
n Cautions during setting up the display
As the engine needs to be running during setting up the display, ensure that
the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area
such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO)
may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
NOTICE
n During setting up the display
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while setting
up the display features.
109
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Fuel consumption information
∗
Press the “APPS” button, and then select “Eco” on the screen.
n Trip information
If the “Past Record” screen is displayed, select “Trip Information”.
Resetting the consumption
data
Average vehicle speed since
the engine was started
Elapsed time since the
engine was started
Fuel consumption in the past
15 minutes
Cruising range (→P. 11 0)
Current fuel consumption
Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by
color into past averages and averages attained since the engine
switch was last turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a
smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart
key system). Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a ref-
erence.
These images are examples only.
∗: If equipped
The fuel consumption information can be displayed on the navi-
gation system or multimedia system.
Display the trip information or past record screen
Fuel consumption
1
2
3
4
5
6
110
2. Instrument cluster
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Past record
If the “Trip Information” screen is displayed, select “Past Record”.
Resetting the past record
data
Best recorded fuel consump-
tion
Average fuel consumption (if
equipped)
Previous fuel consumption
record
Update the average fuel consumption data
The average fuel consumption history is divided by color into past
averages and the average fuel consumption since the last updated.
Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
These images are examples only.
n Resetting the data
The fuel consumption data can be deleted by selecting “Clear”.
n Updating the past record data
Update the average fuel consumption by selecting “Update” to measure the
current fuel consumption again.
n Cruising range
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quan-
tity of fuel remaining.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As a
result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
1
2
3
4
5
111
3
Operation of
each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
3-1. Key information
Keys .................................. 112
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Doors ................................ 119
Tailgate ............................. 126
Smart key system.............. 131
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats ........................ 139
Rear seats......................... 142
Head restraints.................. 145
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel .................. 149
Inside rear view mirror....... 151
Outside rear view
mirrors............................. 154
3-5. Opening, closing the
windows and moon roof
Power windows................. 156
Back window (vehicles
with sliding type) ............. 159
Power back window .......... 160
Moon roof.......................... 162
112
3-1. Key information
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Keys
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Type A
Keys
Key number plate
Type B
Keys
Key number plate
Type C
Keys
Operating the wireless remote con-
trol function
Key number plate
The keys
1
2
1
2
1
2
113
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Type D
Electronic keys
• Operating the smart key sys-
tem
(→P. 131)
• Operating the wireless
remote control function
Mechanical keys
Key
Key number plate
Type C
Locks all the doors (→P. 119)
Unlocks all the doors (→P. 119 )
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door. Pressing the button
again within 3 seconds unlocks the
other doors.
Sounds the alarm (press and
hold) (→P. 114)
Type D
Locks all the doors (→P. 120)
Unlocks all the doors (→P. 120)
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door. Pressing the button
again within 3 seconds unlocks the
other doors.
Sounds the alarm (press and
hold) (→P. 114)
1
2
3
4
Wireless remote control (type C or type D)
1
2
3
1
2
3
114
3-1. Key information
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
To take out the mechanical key,
push the release button and take
the key out.
The mechanical key can only be
inserted in one direction, as the
key only has grooves on one side.
If the key cannot be inserted in a
lock cylinder, turn it over and reat-
tempt to insert it.
After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the
mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key
battery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you
will need the mechanical key. (→P. 521)
n Panic mode (type C or type D)
Type C
Type D
Using the mechanical key (type D)
When is pressed for longer than
about 1 second, an alarm will sound inter-
mittently and the vehicle lights will flash to
deter any person from trying to break into
or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button on the
wireless remote control.
When is pressed for longer than
about 1 second, an alarm will sound inter-
mittently and the vehicle lights will flash to
deter any person from trying to break into
or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button on the
electronic key.
115
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n When required to leave the vehicle’s key with a parking attendant (type
D)
Lock the glove box as circumstances demand. (→P. 351)
Remove the mechanical key for your own use and provide the attendant with
the electronic key only.
n If you lose your keys
Type A, B and C
New genuine key can be made by your Toyota dealer using the other key and
the key number stamped on your key number plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.
Type D
New genuine key can be made by your Toyota dealer.
The following are necessary when making new keys.
Mechanical key:
The key number for the mechanical key stamped on the number plate and the
other key.
Key:
The key number for key stamped on the key number plate.
Keep the plates in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.
There are key number plates for the mechanical key and key respectively.
When storing them, keep them in a safe place in a manner to distinguish one
from the other (such as markings, etc.).
n When riding in an aircraft (type C or type D)
When bringing an wireless remote control function onto an aircraft, make sure
you do not press any button on the key while inside the aircraft cabin. If you
are carrying the key in your bag, etc., ensure that the buttons are not likely to
be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to emit radio
waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.
n Conditions affecting operation (type C or type D)
Type C
The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the follow-
ing situations:
l Near a TV tower, radio station, electric power plant, airport or other facility
that generates strong radio waves
l When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless communi-
cation devices
l When multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity
l When the wireless key is in contact with, or is covered by a metallic object
l When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby
l When the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such as a
personal computer
Type D
→P. 134
116
3-1. Key information
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Key battery depletion (type C or type D)
Type C
If the wireless remote control function does not operate, the battery may be
depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (→P. 443)
Type D
l The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
l If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the engine
stops. (→P. 501)
l As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become
depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The following symptoms indi-
cate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery
when necessary. (→P. 443)
• The smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate.
• The detection area becomes smaller.
• The LED indicator on the key surface does not turn on.
l To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 1 m
(3 ft.) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field:
•TVs
• Personal computers
• Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
• Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
• Table lamps
• Induction cookers
n Replacing the battery (type C or type D)
→P. 443
n Confirmation of the registered key number
The number of keys already registered to the vehicle can be confirmed. Ask
your Toyota dealer for details.
n Customization (type C or type D)
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 560)
117
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Certification for wireless remote control (type C)
For vehicles sold in U.S.A. and New Caledonia
FCC ID: HYQ23AAH
FCC ID: HYQ23AAN
FCC ID: HYQ12BEL
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
<For 12BEL>
The FCC ID/IC Certification number is affixed inside the equipment. You can
find the ID/number when replacing the battery.
For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
This device complies with Industry Canada’s licence-exempt RSSs. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference; and
(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
<For 12BEL>
The FCC ID/IC Certification number is affixed inside the equipment. You can
find the ID/number when replacing the battery.
NOTE:
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes:
(1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage;
(2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
<Pour 12BEL>
L’identification FCC/Ie numéro d’accréditation IC est apposé(e) à l’intérieur
de l’appareil. Cette identification/ce numéro est visible au remplacement de la
pile.
n Certification for wireless remote control (type D)
→P. 137
118
3-1. Key information
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n To prevent key damage
l Do not drop the keys, subject them to strong shocks or bend them.
l Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time.
l Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer, etc.
l Do not attach metallic or magnetic materials to the keys or place the keys
close to such materials.
l Do not disassemble the keys.
l Do not attach a sticker or anything else to the surface of the electronic key.
l Do not place the keys near objects that produce magnetic fields, such as
TVs, audio systems and induction cookers, or medical electrical equip-
ment, such as low-frequency therapy equipment.
n Carrying the electronic key on your person (type D)
Carry the electronic key 10 cm (3.9 in.) or more away from electric appli-
ances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances
within 10 cm (3.9 in.) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, caus-
ing the key to not function properly.
n In case of a smart entry & start system malfunction or other key-related
problems (type D)
Take your vehicle with all the electronic keys provided with your vehicle to
your Toyota dealer.
n When an electronic key is lost (type D)
If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases signifi-
cantly. Visit your Toyota dealer immediately with all remaining electronic
keys that was provided with your vehicle.
119
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Doors
u Key
Vehicles without a smart key system
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
Turning the key unlocks the
driver’s door. Turning the key
again unlocks the other doors.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical
key. (→P. 521)
u Wireless remote control (if equipped)
Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely locked.
Unlocks all the doors
Pressing the button unlocks the driver’s door. Pressing the button again
within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside
1
2
Vehicles without a smart key
system
Vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem
1
2
120
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
u Smart key system (if equipped)
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.
Grip the driver’s door handle
to unlock the door. Grip the
passenger’s door handle to
unlock all the doors.
Make sure to touch the sensor
on the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked
for 3 seconds after the doors are
locked.
Touch the lock sensor (the indentation on the upper part or lower
part of the front door handle) to lock the doors.
Check that the door is securely locked.
n Operation signals (vehicles with a wireless remote control or smart key
system)
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: once; Unlocked: twice)
n Security feature (vehicles with a wireless remote control or smart key
system)
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.
n When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the upper part of
the door handle (vehicles with a smart key system)
n Door lock buzzer (vehicles with a smart key system)
If an attempt to lock the doors is made when a door is not fully closed, a
buzzer sounds continuously for 5 seconds. Fully close the door to stop the
buzzer, and lock the vehicle once more.
n Alarm (if equipped)
Locking the doors will set the alarm system. (→P. 8 8 )
1
If the door will not lock even when the top-
side sensor area is touched, try touching
both the topside and underside sensor
areas at the same time.
2
121
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n If the smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate
properly (if equipped)
Use the mechanical key to lock and unlock the doors. (→P. 521)
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted. (→P. 443)
u Door lock switches
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
u Inside lock buttons
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
The front doors can be opened
by pulling the inside handle
even if the lock buttons are in
the lock position.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside
1
2
1
2
122
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
Close the door.
Vehicles without a smart key system
The door cannot be locked if either of the front doors is open and the
key is in the engine switch.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The door cannot be locked if the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.
The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked.
The access door (rear door) can be opened using the inside handle.
Open the front door widely
Pull (from the outside) or
push (from the inside) the
inside handle of the access
door.
Open the access door
You can open and close the
access door only when the front
door is widely opened.
Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
Access doors (Access Cab models only)
1
2
1
2
3
123
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the lock is
set.
Unlock
Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear doors.
The following functions can be set or canceled:
Rear door child-protector lock (Double Cab models only)
1
2
Automatic door locking and unlocking systems (vehicles with an
automatic transmission)
Function Operation
Shift position linked door locking
function
Shifting the shift lever out of P locks
all the doors.
Shift position linked door unlocking
function
Shifting the shift lever to P unlocks
all the doors.
Speed linked door locking function
All
the
doors are locked when the
vehicle speed is approximately 12 mph
(20 km/h) or higher.
Driver’s door linked door unlocking
function
Vehicles without a smart key system
All
the
doors are unlocked when the
driver’s door is opened within 10 sec-
onds after turning the engine switch to
the “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
All the doors are unlocked when the
driver’s door is opened within
10 seconds after turning the engine
switch off.
124
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Setting and canceling the functions
The automatic door locking and unlocking functions can be set or
canceled on the Audio system screen (→P. 560) or by following the
procedure below.
Vehicles without a smart key system: Close all the doors and turn
the engine switch to the “ON” position. (Perform step within
10 seconds.)
Vehicles with a smart key system: Close all the doors and turn
the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode. (Perform step
within 10 seconds.)
Shift the shift lever to P or N,
and press and hold the
driver's door lock switch
(
or ) for
approximately 5 seconds and
then release.
The shift lever and switch posi-
tions corresponding to the
desired function to be set are
shown as follows.
Use the same procedure to cancel the function.
When the setting or canceling operation is complete, all doors are
locked and then unlocked.
1
2
2
2
Function
Shift lever
position
Driver’s door lock
switch position
Shift position linked door lock-
ing function
P
Shift position linked door
unlocking function
Speed linked door locking func-
tion
N
Driver’s door linked door
unlocking function
125
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. unlocking function using a key) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 560)
WARNING
n To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant throwing out
of the vehicle, resulting in death or serious injury.
l Ensure that all doors are properly closed and locked.
l Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened even
if the inside lock buttons are in locked position.
l Double Cab models only: Set the rear door child-protector locks when chil-
dren are seated in the rear seats.
NOTICE
n When opening or closing the front door and access door (Access Cab
models only)
The front door and access door could be damaged if they hit each other
when being opened or closed.
126
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Tailgate
Unlock the tailgate
Lock the tailgate
Pull the handle
Open the tailgate slowly
Tailgate will open slowly due to
damper.
The support cables will hold the
tailgate horizontal.
Lift and closing the tailgate
After closing the tailgate, try pulling
it toward you to make sure it is
securely locked.
The tailgate can be opened using the tailgate handle. The tail-
gate can be locked/unlocked using a key.
Locking/unlocking the tailgate
1
2
Opening/closing the tailgate
1
2
3
127
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Before removing the tailgate
These connector covers are used when removing the tailgate, to
prevent the back-up camera wire harness connectors from being
contaminated.
Connector cover (Gray)
Connector cover (White)
Store the connector covers in the
glove box in a plastic bag when not
using.
To disconnect the wire harness
connectors ( and ),
depress small plastic tab on
connector and pull apart
from connector .
Tailgate wire harness con-
nector (White)
Frame wire harness connec-
tor (Gray)
Attach the connector cover
(White) to the frame wire har-
ness connector (Gray).
Connector cover (White)
Frame wire harness connec-
tor (Gray)
Removing the tailgate
1
1 2
1
2
1
2
2
2
128
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Pull out the plastic wire protec-
tor located in the vehicle bed by
pressing the tabs and pulling
the protector.
Be careful not to pull out all of the
tailgate wire harness. Doing so
may result in damage to vehicle
components.
Plastic wire protector
Open the tailgate.
Pull out the wire harness from
the vehicle bed.
Attach the connector cover
(Gray) to the tailgate wire har-
ness connector (White).
Tailgate wire harness con-
nector (White)
Connector cover (Gray)
3
4
5
6
1
129
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Removing the tailgate
Open the tailgate to the angle
where you can release the
brackets on the support cables
from the lugs on both sides.
Lift the support cable bracket
up and slide it off.
To unhook the support cable
bracket, keep pulling up the clip on
the bracket and unhook the
bracket.
Support cable bracket
Tilt the tailgate to about 45°
from vertical and pull up the
right side of the tailgate to
unhook the right side.
Slide the tailgate a little to the
right to unhook the left side
being mindful of tailgate right-
hand side clearance to vehi-
cle’s rear bumper.
To attach the tailgate, follow the
removal procedure in reverse
order.
1
1
2
3
130
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
For rear end protection and easier
step-up loading.
To get on the rear step bumper,
use the shaded area in the illustra-
tion.
Rear step bumper
WARNING
n Before removing the tailgate
Disconnect the wire harness between the back-up camera and the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in serious personal injury or damage to the vehi-
cle components.
n Caution while driving
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious personal injury.
l Do not drive with the tailgate open.
l Do not allow others to get on the rear step bumper.
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the tailgate wire harness
Do not pull out all of the tailgate wire harness before opening the tailgate.
n To prevent damage to the camera lens
Store the removed tailgate with the back-up camera lens facing upward.
n After closing the tailgate
Try pulling it toward you to make sure it is securely locked.
n To prevent damage to the rear step bumper
Do not allow more than one person to get on the rear step bumper at a time.
n To prevent damage to the tailgate and rear step bumper
Avoid possible contact between tailgate and rear bumper during tailgate
removal and reinstall.
131
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Smart key system
∗
l Locks and unlocks the doors (→P. 120)
l Starts the engine (→P. 204)
n Antenna location
∗: If equipped
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying
the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
The driver should always carry the electronic key.
Antennas outside the cabin
Antennas inside the cabin
1
2
132
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected)
n Alarms and warning indicators
A combination of exterior and interior alarms as well as warning messages
shown on the multi-information display are used to prevent theft of the vehicle
and accidents resulting from erroneous operation. Take appropriate mea-
sures in response to any warning message on the multi-information display.
(→P. 482)
The following table describes circumstances and correction procedures when
only alarms are sounded.
When locking or unlocking the
doors
The system can be operated
when the electronic key is within
about 2.3 ft. (0.7 m) either of the
outside front door handles. (Only
the door detecting the key can be
operated.)
When starting the engine or changing engine switch modes
The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the
vehicle.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Exterior alarm sounds
once for 5 seconds
An attempt was made
to lock the vehicle while
a door was open.
Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.
Exterior alarm sounds
once for 5 seconds
An attempt was made
to lock the doors using
the smart key system
while the electronic key
was still inside the vehi-
cle.
Retrieve the electronic
key from the vehicle
and lock the doors
again.
An attempt was made
to lock either front door
by opening a door and
putting the inside lock
button into the lock
position, then closing
the door by pulling on
the outside door handle
with the electronic key
still inside the vehicle.
133
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Battery-saving function
The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic
key battery and the battery from being discharged while the vehicle is not in
operation for a long time.
l In the following situations, the smart key system may take some time to
unlock the doors.
• The electronic key has been left in an area of approximately 6 ft. (2 m) of
the outside of the vehicle for 10 minutes or longer.
• The smart key system has not been used for 5 days or longer.
l If the smart key system has not been used for 14 days or longer, the doors
cannot be unlocked at any door except the driver’s door. In this case, take
hold of the driver’s door handle, or use the wireless remote control or the
mechanical key, to unlock the doors.
The system will resume operation when
l The vehicle is locked using the door handle lock switch when carrying the
electronic key on your person.
l The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the wireless remote control. (→P. 119)
l The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the mechanical key. (→P. 521)
n Electronic Key Battery-Saving Function
When battery-saving mode is set, battery depletion is minimized by stopping
the electronic key from receiving radio waves.
Interior alarm sounds
continuously
An attempt was made
to open the door and
exit the vehicle when
the shift lever was not
in P.
Shift the shift lever to P.
The engine switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode while the driver’s
door was open (or the
driver’s door was
opened while the
engine switch was in
ACCESSORY mode).
Turn the engine switch
off and close the
driver’s door.
Press twice while pressing and
holding . Confirm that the electronic
key indicator flashes 4 times.
While the battery-saving mode is set, the
smart key system cannot be used. To
cancel the function, press any of the elec-
tronic key buttons.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
134
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations, the
communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be affected,
preventing the smart key system, wireless remote control and engine immobi-
lizer system from operating properly. (Ways of coping: →P. 521)
l When the electronic key battery is depleted
l Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
l When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication device
l When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following
metallic objects
• Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
• Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins
• Hand warmers made of metal
• Media such as CDs and DVDs
l When multiple electronic keys are in the vicinity
l When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby
l When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that
emit radio waves
• Another vehicle’s electronic key or a wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs)
• Digital audio players
• Portable game systems
l If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
back window
l When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or electronic
devices
135
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Note for the entry function
l Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas),
the system may not operate properly in the following cases:
• The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near
the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked.
• The electronic key is on the instrument panel or floor, or in the console
box or glove box when the engine is started or engine switch modes are
changed.
l Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave recep-
tion conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin and the
door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic
key inside the vehicle.
l As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be
locked or unlocked by anyone. However, only the doors detecting the elec-
tronic key can be used to unlock the vehicle.
l Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start
the engine if the electronic key is near the window.
l The doors may unlock or lock if a large amount of water splashes on the
door handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash, when the electronic key is
within the effective range. (The doors will automatically be locked after
approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)
l If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic
key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be
unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock
the doors.)
l Touching the door lock or unlock sensor while wearing gloves may prevent
lock or unlock operation. Remove the gloves and touch the lock sensor
again.
l When the lock operation is performed using the lock sensor, recognition sig-
nals will be shown up to two consecutive times. After this, no recognition
signals will be given.
l If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effec-
tive range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In this case, follow the
following correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
• Place the electronic key in a location 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the
vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
• Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key
system. (→P. 133)
l If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet
during a car wash, a message may be shown on the multi-information dis-
play and a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock
all the doors.
136
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice,
snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again, or
use the lock sensor on the lower part of the door handle.
l If there is another electronic key in the detection area, it may take slightly
longer to unlock the doors after the door handle is gripped.
l A sudden handle operation or a handle operation immediately after entering
the effective range may prevent the doors from being unlocked. Touch the
door unlock sensor and check that the doors are unlocked before pulling the
door handle again.
l Fingernails may scrape against the door during operation of the door han-
dle. Be careful not to injure fingernails or damage the surface of the door.
n Note for the unlocking function
l Gripping the door handle when wearing a glove may not unlock the door.
l A sudden approach to the effective range or door handle may prevent the
doors from being unlocked. In this case, return the door handle to the origi-
nal position and check that the doors unlock before pulling the door handle
again.
l If there is another electronic key in the detection area, it may take slightly
longer to unlock the doors after the door handle is gripped.
n When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
l To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft.
(2 m) of the vehicle.
l The smart key system can be deactivated in advance. (→P. 560)
n To operate the system properly
l Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from
the outside of the vehicle.
l Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the
key may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly.
(The alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention function may
not operate.)
n If the smart key system does not operate properly
l Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (→P. 521)
l Starting the engine: →P. 521
n Customization
Settings (e. g. smart key system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 560)
n If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
l Locking and unlocking the doors:
Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (→P. 119, 521)
l Starting the engine and changing engine switch modes: →P. 521
l Stopping the engine: →P. 205
137
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Certification for the smart key system
For vehicles sold in U.S.A. and New Caledonia
FCC ID: HYQ23AAP
FCC ID: HYQ14FBA
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
This device complies with Industry Canada’s licence-exempt RSSs. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference; and
(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
NOTE:
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes:
(1) I’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage;
(2) l’utilisateur de I’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
138
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
l People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep
away from the smart key system antennas. (→P. 131)
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary,
the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such
as the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves.
Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.
l User of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac pace-
makers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implantable
cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device for
information about its operation under the influence of radio waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details for disabling the entry function.
139
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Front seats
Manual seat
Power seat (driver’s seat only) (if equipped)
Adjustment procedure
Seat position adjustment lever
Seatback angle adjustment
lever
Seat lumbar support adjust-
ment knob (driver’s seat only)
1
2
3
Seat position adjustment
switch
Seatback angle adjustment
switch
Seat cushion (front) angle
adjustment switch
Vertical height adjustment
switch
Lumbar support adjustment
switch
1
2
3
4
5
140
3-3. Adjusting the seats
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
When the occupant’s back
presses against the seatback
during a rear-end collision, the
head restraint moves slightly for-
ward to help reduce the risk of
whiplash on the seat occupant.
n Active head restraints
Even small forces applied to the seatback may cause the head restraint to
move. Pushing up a locked head restraint forcibly may show the head
restraint inner structure. These do not indicate problems.
Active head restraints
Inner
structure
During
rear-end
collision
141
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When adjusting the seat position
l Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passen-
gers are not injured by the moving seat.
l Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
n Seat adjustment
l To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
l After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position.
n When adjusting the seat positions
Make sure to leave enough space around the feet so they do not get stuck.
142
3-3. Adjusting the seats
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Rear seats
∗
Stow the seat belt buckles.
This prevents the seat belt buckles
from interfering with raising the
bottom cushion.
Raise the bottom cushion up
while pulling the lever until it
locks.
When returning the bottom cushion
to its original position, push the
bottom cushion down while pulling
the lever until the bottom cushion
locks into the seat position.
n
Before folding down the rear seats
Pass the seat belts through the
seat belt hangers.
This prevents the shoulder belt
from being damaged.
Make sure that the seat belts are
removed from the hangers before
using them.
∗: If equipped
Raising the bottom cushion (Access Cab models)
1
2
Folding down the rear seats (Double Cab models)
143
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Folding down the rear seats
Make sure to slide the front seat forward as much as possible.
Remove the head restraints
and swing the bottom cush-
ion up by pulling the lock
release strap.
Attach the head restraints to
the holders located on the
back sides of the bottom
cushions.
Installing the head restrains in
the following manner:
Outer head restraints: The front
of the head restraint facing rear-
ward.
Center head restraint: The front of the head restraint facing forward.
Fold down the seatback by
pulling the lock release strap.
n Returning the rear seats
Reverse the steps for folding down the rear seats.
1
2
3
4
144
3-3. Adjusting the seats
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When raising the bottom cushion or fold the seatbacks down
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
l Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift
lever to P (automatic transmission) or N (manual transmission).
Access Cab models
l Do not allow anyone to raise the bottom cushion while driving.
l Do not allow anyone to sit on the auxiliary box
Double Cab models
l Do not allow anyone to fold the seatbacks down while driving.
l Do not allow anyone to sit on the folded seatbacks while driving.
n When returning the seats to their original position
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
l Be careful not to get your hands or feet pinched in the seat.
Access Cab models
l Make sure the bottom cushions are securely locked.
Double Cab models
l Make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing it forward and rear-
ward on the top.
l Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seat.
l Arrange the seat belts in the proper positions for ready use.
NOTICE
n Stowing the seat belts
The seat belts and the buckles must be stowed before you raise the bottom
cushion or fold down the rear seatbacks.
145
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Head restraints
Vertical adjustment
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Access Cab models
Folding the head restraints
To use
Lift up the head restraint until it
locks.
To fo ld
Pull the head restraint lock release
lever to fold the head restraint.
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
Front seats
Lock release button
1
2
Rear seats
1
2
146
3-3. Adjusting the seats
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Double Cab models
Folding the head restrains (outer head restraints)
To use
Lift up and push down the head
restraint to the lowest lock position.
To fo ld
Pull the head restraint up while
pressing the lock release buttons.
Vertical adjustment (center head restraint)
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Lock release button
1
2
Lock release button
1
2
147
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Removing the head restraints
Front seats
Rear seats (Double Cab models only)
n Installing the head restraints
Front seats
Rear seats (Double Cab models only)
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
Outer head restraints: Pull the head
restraint up while pressing the both lock
release buttons.
Center head restraints: Pull the head
restraint up while pressing the lock
release button.
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Rear center head restraint: Press and
hold the lock release button when low-
ering the head restraint.
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Rear center head restraint: Press and
hold the lock release button when low-
ering the head restraint.
Lock release button
Lock release button
Lock release button
Lock release button
148
3-3. Adjusting the seats
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Adjusting the height of the head restraints
n Adjusting the rear center seat head restraint (Double Cab models only)
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
WARNING
n Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
l Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
l Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
l After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
l Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
149
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Steering wheel
Hold the steering wheel and
push the lever down.
Adjust to the ideal position by
moving the steering wheel hori-
zontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever up
to secure the steering wheel.
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the mark.
n After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
The horn may not sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.
Adjustment procedure
1
2
Horn
150
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
n After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Also, the horn may not
sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.
151
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Inside rear view mirror
The height of the rear view mirror can be adjusted to suit your driving
posture.
Adjust the height of the rear view
mirror by moving it up and down.
u Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Reflected light from the headlights of vehicles behind can be
reduced by operating the lever.
Normal position
Anti-glare position
The rear view mirror’s position can be adjusted to enable suffi-
cient confirmation of the rear view.
Adjusting the height of rear view mirror
Anti-glare function
1
2
152
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
u Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles
behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare function mode
On/off
When the automatic anti-glare function is in on mode, the indicator illu-
minates.
Vehicles without a smart key system:
The function will set to on mode each time the engine switch is turned to
the “ON” position.
Pressing the button turns the function to off mode. (The indicator also
turns off.)
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The function will set to on mode each time the engine switch is turned to
IGNITION ON mode.
Pressing the button turns the function to off mode. (The indicator also
turns off.)
Type A Type B
153
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n To prevent sensor error (vehicles with auto anti-glare inside rear view
mirror)
To ensure that the sensors operate prop-
erly, do not touch or cover them.
WARNING
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
154
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Outside rear view mirrors
To select a mirror to adjust, turn
the switch.
Left
Right
To adjust the mirror, press the
switch.
Up
Right
Down
Left
Push the mirror back in the direc-
tion of the vehicle’s rear.
Adjustment procedure
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
4
Folding the mirrors
155
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Mirror angle can be adjusted when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
n When the mirrors are fogged up
Turn on the mirror defoggers to defog the mirrors. (→P. 334, 341)
WARNING
n Important points while driving
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
l Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
l Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
l Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
n When a mirror is moving
To avoid personal injury and mirror malfunction, be careful not to get your
hand caught by the moving mirror.
n When the mirror defoggers are operating
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot
and burn you.
156
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Power windows
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches.
Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
Type A
Closing
Opening
One-touch opening
* (driver’s
window only)
*: To stop the window partway, oper-
ate the switch in the opposite direc-
tion.
Type B
Closing
One-touch closing
* (front seat
windows)
Opening
One-touch opening
* (front seat
windows)
*: To stop the window partway, oper-
ate the switch in the opposite direc-
tion.
Press the switch down to lock the
passenger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent children
from accidentally opening or clos-
ing a passenger window.
Opening and closing procedures
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
Window lock switch
157
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n The power windows can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
n Operating the power windows after turning the engine off
Vehicles without a smart key system
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even
after the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. They can-
not, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even
after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They
cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
n Jam protection function (type B only)
If an object becomes caught between the window and the window frame, win-
dow travel is stopped and the window is opened slightly.
n When the power window does not close normally (type B only)
If the jam protection function is operating abnormally and a window cannot be
closed, perform the following operations using the power window switch on
the relevant door.
l After stopping the vehicle, the window can be closed by holding the power
window switch in the one-touch closing position while the engine switch is
turned to IGNITION ON mode.
l If the window still cannot be closed even by carrying out the operation as
explained above, initialize the function by performing the following proce-
dure.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position. Continue
holding the switch for a further 4 seconds after the window has closed.
If jam detection occurs during step , repeat step within 4 seconds of
jam occurrence.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening position. Con-
tinue holding the switch for more than 1 second after the window has
opened completely.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position once
again. Continue holding the switch for more than 1 second after the win-
dow has closed.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning.
If the window continues to close but then re-open slightly even after perform-
ing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
1
1 1
2
3
158
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
n Closing the windows
l The driver is responsible for all the power window operations, including the
operation for the passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation,
especially by a child, do not let a child operate the power windows. It is
possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in
the power window. Also, when riding with a child, it is recommended to use
the window lock switch. (→P. 156)
l Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
l When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position
(vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem), carry the key and exit the vehicle along with the child. There may be
accidental operation, due to mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an
accident.
n Jam protection function (type B only)
l Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
l The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window fully closes.
159
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Back window (vehicles with sliding type)
Open/close
Push the lock release lever and
slide the back window.
n Closing the back window
Make sure that the back window is securely closed after closing it.
Opening and closing
WARNING
n Caution while driving
Keep the back window closed.
This not only keeps personal belongings from being thrown out, but also
prevents exhaust gases from entering the vehicle.
160
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Power back window
∗
Opening
Closing
n The power back window can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
n Operating the power back window after turning the engine off
Vehicles without a smart key system
The power back window can be operated for approximately 43 seconds even
after the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. They can-
not, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The power back window can be operated for approximately 43 seconds even
after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. It can-
not, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
∗: If equipped
Opening and closing
1
2
161
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
n Caution while driving
Keep the back window closed while driving.
If the back window is left open, the luggage may be unexpectedly thrown
out, causing an accident.
In addition, exhaust gases may enter the vehicle, causing death or a seri-
ous health hazard. Make sure to close the back window before driving.
n Closing the power back window
l The driver is responsible for power back window opening and closing
operation. In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child,
do not let a child operate the power back window. It is possible for children
and other passengers to have body parts caught in the power back win-
dow.
l Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
l When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position
(vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem), carry the key and exit the vehicle along with the child. There may be
accidental operation, due to mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an
accident.
162
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Moon roof
∗
Opens the moon roof*
Closes the moon roof*
*
: Lightly press either way of the
moon roof switch to stop the moon
roof partway.
Tilts the moon roof up*
Tilts the moon roof down*
*
: Lightly press either way of the
moon roof switch to stop the moon
roof partway.
∗: If equipped
Use the overhead switches to open and close the moon roof and
tilt it up and down.
Opening and closing
1
2
Tilting up and down
1
2
163
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n The moon roof can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
n Operating the moon roof after turning the engine off
Vehicles without a smart key system
The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even after the
engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. It cannot, however,
be operated once either front door is opened.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even after the
engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They cannot,
however, be operated once either front door is opened.
n Jam protection function
If an object is detected between the moon roof and the frame while the moon
roof is closing or tilting down, travel is stopped and the moon roof opens
slightly.
n To reduce moon roof wind noise
When the moon roof is opened automatically, it will stop slightly before the
fully open position. Driving with the moon roof in this position can help reduce
wind noise.
n Sunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sunshade
will open automatically when the moon roof is opened.
164
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n When the moon roof does not close normally
Perform the following procedure:
l If the moon roof closes but then re-opens slightly
Stop the vehicle.
Press and hold the “CLOSE” (sliding close) switch.
*
1
The moon roof will close, reopen and pause for approximately 10 sec-
onds.
*
2
Then it will close again, tilt up and pause for approximately 1 sec-
ond. Finally, it will tilt down, open and close.
Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.
l If the moon roof tilts down but then tilts back up
Stop the vehicle.
Press and hold the “UP” (tilt up) switch
*
1
until the moon roof moves into
the tilt up position and stops.
Release the “UP” (tilt up) switch once and then press and hold the “UP”
(tilt up) switch again.
*
1
The moon roof will pause for approximately 10 seconds in the tilt up posi-
tion.
*
2
Then it will adjust slightly and pause for approximately 1 second.
Finally, it will tilt down, open and close.
Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.
*
1
: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to
be performed again from the beginning.
*
2
: If the switch is released after the above mentioned 10 seconds pause,
automatic operation will be disabled. In that case, press and hold the
“CLOSE” (sliding close) or “UP” (tilt up) switch, and the moon roof will tilt
up and pause for approximately 1 second. Then it will tilt down, open and
close. Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and
then release the switch.
If the moon roof does not fully close even after performing the above proce-
dure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
n Moon roof open reminder function
An alarm will sound and message will be shown on the multi-information dis-
play when the driver’s door is opened with the moon roof not fully closed and
the engine switch off.
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
165
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
3
Operation of each component
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n When the battery is disconnected
The moon roof must be initialized in order to ensure proper operation.
Push and hold the switch toward the “UP” (tilt up) side or “CLOSE” (slid-
ing close) side.
After the moon roof will tilt up and down, release the switch.
To ensure the initialization is complete, make sure automatic opening and
closing functions work properly.
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. linked door lock operation) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 560)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
n Opening the moon roof
l Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehi-
cle while it is moving.
l Do not sit on top of the moon roof.
n Closing the moon roof
l The driver is responsible for moon roof opening and closing operations. In
order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child, do not let a
child operate the moon roof. It is possible for children and other passen-
gers to have body parts caught in the moon roof.
l Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when the moon roof is being oper-
ated.
l When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit
the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
n Jam protection function
l Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
l The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the moon roof fully closes.
1
2
3
166
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 168
Cargo and luggage ........... 178
Vehicle load limits ............. 182
Trailer towing .................... 183
Dinghy towing ................... 200
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without
a smart key system)........ 201
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with a smart
key system)..................... 204
Automatic transmission..... 210
Manual transmission......... 215
Turn signal lever ............... 217
Parking brake.................... 218
4-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch................ 219
Automatic High Beam ....... 223
Fog light switch ................. 228
Windshield wipers and
washer ............................ 229
167
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap .................................. 232
4-5. Using the driving support
systems
Toyota Safety Sense P ..... 236
PCS
(Pre-Collision System) .... 243
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert) .... 257
Dynamic radar cruise
control ............................. 265
Cruise control.................... 279
Intuitive parking assist....... 283
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor) ........ 289
• The Blind Spot Monitor
function ......................... 291
• The Rear Cross Traffic
Alert function................. 294
Four-wheel drive system ... 297
AUTO LSD system............ 301
Rear differential lock
system ............................ 303
Active traction control
system ............................ 306
Multi-terrain Select............ 308
Crawl Control .................... 312
Clutch start cancel
switch.............................. 316
Driving assist systems ...... 317
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips ............. 323
Off-road precautions ......... 327
168
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Driving the vehicle
→P. 201, 204
Automatic transmission
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D. (→P. 210)
Release the parking brake. (→P. 218)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelera-
tor pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
Manual transmission
With the clutch pedal fully depressed, shift the shift lever to 1.
(→P. 215)
Release the parking brake. (→P. 218)
Gradually release the clutch pedal. At the same time, gently
depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
Automatic transmission
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift
lever to P or N. (→P. 210)
Manual transmission
While depressing the clutch pedal, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
When the vehicle is stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift
lever to N. (→P. 215)
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe
driving:
Starting the engine
Driving
Stopping
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
169
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Automatic transmission
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake (→P. 218), and shift the shift lever to P
(→P. 210).
Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position to stop the engine.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Press the engine switch to stop
the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed.
Manual transmission
While depressing the clutch pedal, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake. (→P. 218)
Shift the shift lever to N. (→P. 215)
If parking on a hill, shift the shift lever to 1 or R needed.
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position to stop the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed.
Automatic transmission
Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to D.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Release the parking brake.
Manual transmission
With the parking brake firmly set and the clutch pedal fully
depressed, shift the shift lever to 1.
Lightly depress the accelerator pedal at the same time as gradually
releasing the clutch pedal.
Release the parking brake.
Parking the vehicle
Starting off on a steep uphill
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
1
2
3
170
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n When starting off on an uphill (vehicles with the hill-start assist control
system)
The hill-start assist control will activate. (→P. 318)
n Driving in the rain
l Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the win-
dows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
l Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be espe-
cially slippery.
l Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road sur-
face, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
n Engine speed while driving (vehicles with an automatic transmission)
In the following conditions, the engine speed may become high while driving.
This is due to automatic up-shifting control or down-shifting implementation to
meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration.
l The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill
l When the accelerator pedal is released
l When the brake pedal is depressed while power mode is selected
n Restraining the engine output (Brake Override System)
l When the accelerator and brake pedals are depressed at the same time, the
engine output may be restrained.
l A warning message is displayed on the multi-information display while the
system is operating. (→P. 486)
n Restraining sudden start (Drive-Start Control: vehicles with an automatic
transmission)
l When the following unusual operation is performed, the engine output may
be restrained.
• When the shift lever is shifted from R to D, D to R, N to R, P to D, or P to
R (D includes S) with the accelerator pedal depressed, a warning mes-
sage appears on the multi-information display.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed too much while the vehicle is in
reverse.
l While Drive-Start Control is being activated, your vehicle may have trouble
escaping from the mud or fresh snow. In such case, perform the following
actions to cancel Drive-Start Control so that the vehicle may become able to
escape from the mud or fresh snow.
• Deactivate TRAC (→P. 318)
• When the AUTO LSD system is turned on.
(
→
P. 301)
• 4WD models: The four-wheel drive control switch is in “4L” position.
(
→
P. 297)
171
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recom-
mended:
l For the first 200 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
l For the first 500 miles (800 km):
Do not tow a trailer.
l For the first 1000 miles (1600 km):
• Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
• Avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not drive continuously in low gears.
• Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
n Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (→P. 546)
n When turning off the engine
The emission system operating sounds may continue for a short time after
the engine is turned off. This is not a malfunction, and helps to ensure optimal
performance of the emission system.
172
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
n When starting the vehicle (vehicles with an automatic transmission)
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
n When driving the vehicle
l Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accel-
erator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to difficulty
in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelera-
tor pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, result-
ing in an accident.
l Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. These hot
parts may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
l During normal driving, do not turn off the engine. Turning the engine off
while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the
power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to
steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
However, in the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible
to stop the vehicle in the normal way: →P. 465
l Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving
down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (→P. 210, 215)
l Do not adjust the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or
outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.
l Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their body
are not outside the vehicle.
173
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
n When driving the vehicle
l Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit per-
mits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has high-
speed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire
failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer
to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability
tires or not before driving at such speeds.
n When driving on slippery road surfaces
l Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle.
l Sudden acceleration, engine braking due to shifting, or changes in engine
speed could cause the vehicle to skid.
l After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected.
n When shifting the shift lever
l On vehicles with an automatic transmission, do not let the vehicle roll
backward while the shift lever is in a driving position, or roll forward while
the shift lever is in R.
Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering
performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
l On vehicles with an automatic transmission, do not shift the shift lever to P
while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
l Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
l Do not shift the shift lever to a driving position while the vehicle is moving
backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
l Moving the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage the
engine from the transmission. Engine braking is not available when N is
selected.
l On vehicles with an automatic transmission, be careful not to shift the shift
lever with the accelerator pedal depressed. Shifting the shift lever to a
gear other than P or N may lead to moving unexpectedly of the vehicle
that may cause an accident.
174
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indica-
tors)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible.
Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
n When the vehicle is stopped
l Do not race the engine.
If the vehicle is in any gear other than P (automatic transmission only) or
N, the vehicle may move suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.
l On vehicles with an automatic transmission, in order to prevent accidents
due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep depressing the brake pedal
while the engine is running, and apply the parking brake as necessary.
l If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
l Avoid revving or racing the engine.
Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause
the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible
material is nearby.
n When the vehicle is parked
l Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following:
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may rupture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s
electrical components.
l Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a
place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when
luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.
l Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place
containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard.
Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehi-
cle.
175
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
l Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a
metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.
l On vehicles with an automatic transmission, always apply the parking
brake, shift the shift lever to P, stop the engine and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
If the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in P but the parking brake is not
set, the vehicle may start to move, possibly leading to an accident.
l Do not touch the exhaust pipes while the engine is running or immediately
after turning the engine off.
Doing so may cause burns.
n When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, if you accidentally move the shift
lever or depress the accelerator pedal, this could cause an accident or fire
due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly
ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to
death or a serious health hazard.
n When braking
l When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause
one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the
parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
l If the brake booster device does not operate, do not follow other vehicles
closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require braking.
In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
l Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls.
Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted
brakes.
l The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems; if one of the
systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal
should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking distance will
increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately.
n If the vehicle becomes stuck
Do not spin the wheels excessively when any of the tires is up in the air, or
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, etc. This may damage the driveline com-
ponents or propel the vehicle forward or backward, causing an accident.
176
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n When driving the vehicle
l Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain the engine output.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
l Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill.
Vehicles with a manual transmission
l Do not shift gears unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed. After shifting,
do not release the clutch abruptly. Doing so may damage the clutch, trans-
mission and gears.
l Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving.
Doing so may cause clutch trouble.
l Do not use any gear other than the first gear when starting off and moving
forward.
Doing so may damage the clutch.
l Do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle when stopping on an uphill grade.
Doing so may damage the clutch.
l Do not shift the shift lever to R when the vehicle is still moving. Doing so
may damage the clutch, transmission and gears.
n When parking the vehicle (vehicles with an automatic transmission)
Always set the parking brake, and shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so
may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may move suddenly if the
accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.
n Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
l Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for
an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the power steering pump.
l When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
177
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehi-
cle.
l It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
l The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations.
l The vehicle will lean abnormally.
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (→P. 504)
n When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain, etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle:
l Engine stalling
l Short in electrical components
l Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following:
l Brake function
l Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine, trans-
mission, transfer (4WD models) differentials, etc.
l Lubricant condition for the propeller shaft, bearings and suspension joints
(where possible), and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.
178
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Cargo and luggage
Side rails
To use the deck rails, you must
install genuine Toyota accessories
or their equivalent for the deck
rails.
Follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
tions and precautions when install-
ing a genuine Toyota accessory or
equivalent.
Take notice of the following information about storage precau-
tions, cargo capacity and load:
l Stow cargo and luggage in the rear deck whenever possible.
l Be sure all items are secured in place.
l Be careful to keep the vehicle level. Placing the weight as far for-
ward as possible helps maintain vehicle balance.
l For better fuel economy, do not carry unnecessary weight.
Deck rails
1
WARNING
n When you secure cargo with the deck rails
Be sure to follow the instructions below in order to avoid the cargo coming
loose.
l Do not install accessories (tie-down cleats, storage boxes, etc.) at more
than the following number of locations per deck rail.
• Side rail:
Short deck—Max. 3 locations
Long deck—Max. 4 locations
l Spread out tie-down/support locations evenly along the length of the rails.
l Do not exceed a total tensile load of 440 lb. (200 kg) per deck rail.
l To prevent luggage or cargo from sliding forward during braking, make
sure the deck rail accessories such as storage box are securely attached
on the deck rails.
179
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) − (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit —
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 × 150) =
650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle. (→P. 182)
Capacity and distribution
180
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Cargo capacity
Total load capacity (vehicle
capacity weight) (→P. 533)
When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in
your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight)
of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity
will be C lb. (kg) as follows:
B
*
2
lb. (kg) − A*
1
lb. (kg) = C*
3
lb. (kg)
*
1
: A = Weight of people
*
2
: B = Total load capacity
*
3
: C = Available cargo and luggage load
In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of
D lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced
E lb. (kg) as follows:
C lb. (kg) − D*
4
lb. (kg) = E*
5
lb. (kg)
*
4
: D = Additional weight of people
*
5
: E = Available cargo and luggage load
As shown in the above example, if the number of occupants
increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount
that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In
other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an
excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus
cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on
your vehicle.
Calculation formula for your vehicle
1
2
181
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compart-
ment:
l Receptacles containing gasoline
l Aerosol cans
n Storage precautions
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly,
may block the driver’s vision, or may result in items hitting the driver or
passengers, possibly causing an accident.
l Do not stack anything behind the front seats higher than the seat-
backs.
l Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations.
• At the feet of the driver
• On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
• On the instrument panel
• On the dashboard
• On the auxiliary box or tray that has no lid
l Secure all items in the occupant compartment.
l Never allow anyone to ride in the rear deck. It is not designed for pas-
sengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat belts properly
fastened.
n Capacity and distribution
l Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle
weight rating.
l Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load is less
than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper
loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which
may cause death or serious injury.
182
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Vehicle load limits
u Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): →P. 533
Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo
and luggage.
u Seating capacity
Access Cab models
Vehicles without rear seats: 2 occupants
Vehicles with rear seats: 4 occupants (Front 2, Rear 2)
Double Cab models
5 occupants (Front 2, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose
estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.
Even if the number of occupants are within the seating capacity, do
not exceed the total load capacity.
u TWR (Trailer Weight Rating): →P. 187
TWR means the maximum gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus
its cargo weight) that your vehicle is able to tow.
u Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight
and the number of occupants.
n Total load capacity and seating capacity
These details are also described on the tire and loading information label.
(→P. 434)
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity,
TWR (Trailer Weight Rating) and cargo capacity.
WARNING
n Overloading the vehicle
Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering
and braking ability, resulting in an accident.
183
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Trailer towing
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information about additional
requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passenger-and-load-car-
rying vehicle. Towing a trailer can have an adverse impact on
handling, performance, braking, durability, and fuel consump-
tion. For your safety and the safety of others, you must not over-
load your vehicle or trailer. You must also ensure that you are
using appropriate towing equipment, that the towing equipment
has been installed correctly and used properly, and that you
employ the requisite driving habits. (→P. 198)
Vehicle-trailer stability and braking performance are affected by
trailer stability, brake performance and setting, trailer brakes,
the hitch and hitch systems (if equipped).
To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in
accordance with your trailer’s characteristics and operating
conditions.
Toyota warranties do not apply to damage or malfunction
caused by towing a trailer for commercial purposes.
184
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
combination weight. The gross
combination weight is the sum
of the total vehicle weight
(including the occupants, cargo
and any optional equipment
installed on the vehicle) and the
weight of the trailer being towed
(including the cargo in the
trailer).
n GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
vehicle weight. The gross vehi-
cle weight is the total weight of
the vehicle. When towing a
trailer, it is the sum of the vehi-
cle weight (including the occu-
pants, cargo and any optional
equipment installed on the vehi-
cle) and the tongue weight.
n GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
axle weight. The gross axle
weight is the load placed on
each axle (front and rear).
Towing related terms
Front GAWR
Rear GAWR
185
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
TWR (Trailer Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
trailer weight. The gross trailer
weight is the sum of the trailer
weight and the weight of the
cargo in the trailer.
TWR is calculated assuming
base vehicle with one driver,
one front passenger, towing
package (if available), hitch and
hitch systems (if required).
Additional optional equipment, passengers and cargo in the vehicle will
reduce the trailer weight rating so as not to exceed GCWR, GVWR and
GAWR.
If the gross trailer weight exceeds 3000 lb. (1360 kg), it is recommended
to use a trailer with 2 or more axles.
n
Unbraked TWR (Unbraked Trailer Weight Rating)
The trailer weight rating for tow-
ing a trailer without a trailer ser-
vice brake system.
n Tongue Weight
The load placed on the trailer
hitch ball. (→P. 189)
(With brakes)
(Without brakes)
186
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l The gross trailer weight must never exceed the TWR described in
the table. (→P. 187)
l The gross combination weight must never exceed the GCWR
described in the table. (→P. 187)
l The gross vehicle weight must never exceed the GVWR indicated
on the Certification Label.
l The gross axle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR
indicated on the Certification Label.
l If the gross trailer weight is over the unbraked TWR, trailer service
brakes are required.
l If the gross trailer weight is over 2000 lb. (907 kg), a sway control
device with sufficient capacity is required.
l If the gross trailer weight is over 5000 lb. (2268 kg), a weight distrib-
uting hitch with sufficient capacity is required.
Weight limits
Access Cab models Double Cab models
187
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Confirm that the gross trailer weight, gross combination weight, gross
vehicle weight, gross axle weight and tongue weight are all within the
limits.
n GCWR* and TWR*
Access Cab models
*
1
: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (→P. 535)
GCWR, TWR, Unbraked TWR, Fifth wheel and Gooseneck towing
TWR
*: These models meet the tow-vehicle trailering requirement of SAE
International per SAE J2807.
Model code*
1
Engine
Driving
system
GCWR TWR
TRN265L-CRTSKA
2TR-FE
engine
2WD
7740 lb.
(3510 kg)
3500 lb.
(1590 kg)
TRN245L-CRTSKA 4WD
7980 lb.
(3615 kg)
3500 lb.
(1590 kg)
GRN325L-CRTSHA
2GR-FKS
engine
2WD
11270 lb.
(5110 kg)
6800 lb.
(3085 kg)
GRN305L-CRFSHA
4WD
11230 lb.
(5090 kg)
6500 lb.
(2950 kg)
GRN305L-CRTSHA
11310 lb.
(5130 kg)
6500 lb.
(2950 kg)
188
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Double Cab models
*
1
: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (→P. 535)
n Unbraked TWR*
1000 lb. (450 kg)
n Fifth wheel and gooseneck towing TWR*
Toyota does not recommend fifth wheel and gooseneck towing.
Model code*
1
Engine
Driving
system
GCWR TWR
TRN265L-PRTSKA
2TR-FE
engine
2WD
7870 lb.
(3565 kg)
3500 lb.
(1590 kg)
GRN325L-PRTSHA
2GR-FKS
engine
11300 lb.
(5125 kg)
6700 lb.
(3040 kg)
GRN325L-PRTLHA
11250 lb.
(5100 kg)
6600 lb.
(2995 kg)
GRN330L-PRTSHA
11240 lb.
(5095 kg)
6600 lb.
(2995 kg)
GRN330L-PRTLHA
11290 lb.
(5120 kg)
6600 lb.
(2995 kg)
GRN305L-PRFSHA
4WD
11260 lb.
(5105 kg)
6400 lb.
(2900 kg)
GRN305L-PRTSHA
11240 lb.
(5095 kg)
6400 lb.
(2900 kg)
GRN305L-PRTLHA
11300 lb.
(5125 kg)
6400 lb.
(2900 kg)
GRN310L-PRTSHA
11290 lb.
(5120 kg)
6400 lb.
(2900 kg)
GRN310L-PRTLHA
11040 lb.
(5005 kg)
6000 lb.
(2725 kg)
*: These models meet the tow-vehicle trailering requirement of SAE
International per SAE J2807.
189
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l A recommended tongue weight or kingpin weight varies in accor-
dance with the types of trailers or towing as described below.
l To ensure the recommended values shown below, the trailer must
be loaded by referring to the following instructions.
• Tongue Weight
The gross trailer weight should be distributed so that the tongue
weight is 9% to 11%. (Tongue Weight/Gross trailer weight x 100
= 9% to 11%)
Gross trailer weight
Tongue Weight
If using a weight distributing hitch when towing, return the front
axle to the same weight as before the trailer connection.
If front axle weight cannot be measured directly, measure the
front fender height above the front axle before connection. Adjust
weight distributing hitch torque until front fender is returned to the
same height as before connection.
The gross trailer weight, gross axle weight and tongue weight
can be measured with platform scales found at a highway weigh-
ing station, building supply company, trucking company, junk
yard, etc.
Trailer Tongue Weight
1
2
190
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities. Toyota rec-
ommends the use of Toyota hitch/bracket for your vehicle. For details,
contact your Toyota dealer.
l If you wish to install a trailer hitch, contact your Toyota dealer.
l Use only a hitch that conforms to the gross trailer weight require-
ment of your vehicle.
l Follow the directions supplied by the hitch manufacturer.
l Lubricate the hitch ball and kingpin with a light coating of grease.
l Remove the hitch ball whenever you are not towing a trailer.
Remove the trailer hitch if you do not need it. After removing the
hitch, seal any mounting hole in the vehicle body to prevent entry of
any substances into the vehicle.
The rear bumper of your vehicle is
equipped with a hole to install a
trailer ball. If you have any ques-
tions, contact your Toyota dealer.
The gross trailer weight (trailer
weight plus cargo weight) when
towing with the bumper must never
exceed the TWR (→P. 187) or
3500 lb. (1590 kg) whichever is
lower.
Hitch
Bumper towing (vehicles with steel bumper only)
191
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Use the correct trailer ball for your application.
Trailer ball load rating
Matches or exceeds the gross
trailer weight rating of the trailer.
Ball diameter
Matches the size of the trailer cou-
pler. Most couplers are stamped
with the required trailer ball size.
Shank length
Protrudes beyond the bottom of the lock washer and nut by at least 2
threads.
Shank diameter
Matches the ball mount hole diameter size.
Weight carrying ball position:
52.0 in. (1320.8 mm)
Hitch receiver pin hole position:
45.2 in. (1148.8 mm)
Selecting trailer ball
1
2
Trailer class
IV II and III I
Typical trailer ball size 2 5/16 in. 2 in. 1 7/8 in.
Positions for towing hitch receiver and hitch ball
3
4
1
2
192
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Use the wire harness stored in the
rear end of the vehicle.
The tow lighting system is
designed for 54 watts/4.5 amps of
electrical current per side (right
and left) for the trailer brake/turn
light functions.
Please contact your Toyota dealer
with any questions or concerns.
n Service connector for towing brake controller (vehicles with a towing
package)
Connecting trailer lights
Your vehicle is equipped with a service
connector for the trailer brake controller
as shown.
193
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Your vehicle will handle differently when towing a trailer. To help avoid
an accident, death or serious injury, keep the following in mind when
towing:
l Speed limits for towing a trailer vary by state or province. Do not
exceed the posted towing speed limit.
l Toyota recommends that the vehicle-trailer speed limit is 65 mph
(104 km/h) on a flat, straight, dry road. Do not exceed this limit, the
posted towing speed limit or the speed limit for your trailer as set
forth in your trailer owner’s manual, whichever is lowest. Instability
of the towing vehicle-trailer combination (trailer sway) increases as
speed increases. Exceeding speed limits may cause loss of control.
l Before starting out, check the trailer lights, tires and the vehicle-
trailer connections. Recheck after driving a short distance.
l Practice turning, stopping and reversing with the trailer attached in
an area away from traffic until you become accustomed to the feel
of the vehicle-trailer combination.
l Reversing with a trailer attached is difficult and requires practice.
Grip the bottom of the steering wheel and move your hand to the
left to move the trailer to the left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to the right. (This is generally opposite to reversing
without a trailer attached.) Avoid sharp or prolonged turning. Have
someone guide you when reversing to reduce the risk of an acci-
dent.
l As stopping distance is increased when towing a trailer, vehicle-to-
vehicle distance should be increased. For each 10 mph (16 km/h)
of speed, allow at least one vehicle and trailer length.
l Avoid sudden braking as you may skid, resulting in the trailer jack-
knifing and a loss of vehicle control. This is especially true on wet or
slippery surfaces.
l Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.
l Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns, and slow down before making
a turn.
l Note that when making a turn, the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the turn. Compensate by making
a wider than normal turning radius.
Trailer towing tips
194
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Slow down before making a turn, in crosswinds, on wet or slippery
surfaces, etc.
Increasing vehicle speed can destabilize the trailer.
l Take care when passing other vehicles. Passing requires consider-
able distance. After passing a vehicle, do not forget the length of
your trailer, and be sure you have plenty of room before changing
lanes.
l Vehicles with an automatic transmission: To maintain engine brak-
ing efficiency and charging system performance when using engine
braking, do not use the transmission in D. If in the S mode, the
transmission shift range position must be in 5 or lower.
l Vehicles with a manual transmission: To maintain engine braking
efficiency and charging system performance when using engine
braking, do not use the sixth gear.
l Instability happens more frequently when descending steep or long
downhill grades. Before descending, slow down and downshift. Do
not make sudden downshifts while descending steep or long down-
hill grades.
l Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the brakes
too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result in
reduced braking efficiency.
l Due to the added load of the trailer, your vehicle’s engine may over-
heat on hot days (at temperatures over 85°F [30°C]) when driving
up a long or steep grade. If the engine coolant temperature gauge
indicates overheating, immediately turn off the air conditioning (if in
use), pull your vehicle off the road and stop in a safe spot.
(→P. 527)
195
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Always place wheel blocks under both the vehicle’s and the trailer’s
wheels when parking. Apply the parking brake firmly, and put the
transmission in P (automatic transmission) or in 1 or R (manual
transmission). Avoid parking on a slope, but if unavoidable, do so
only after performing the following:
Apply the brakes and keep them applied.
Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle’s and
trailer’s wheels.
When the wheel blocks are in place, release the brakes slowly
until the blocks absorb the load.
Apply the parking brake firmly.
Shift into P (automatic transmission) or 1 or R (manual transmis-
sion) and turn off the engine.
l When restarting after parking on a slope:
With the transmission in P (automatic transmission) or the clutch
pedal (manual transmission) depressed, start the engine. On
vehicles with an automatic transmission, be sure to keep the
brake pedal pressed.
Shift into a forward gear. If reversing, shift into R.
Release the parking brake (and also the brake pedal on vehicles
with an automatic transmission), and slowly pull or back away
from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply the brakes.
Have someone retrieve the blocks.
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
196
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Matching trailer ball height to trailer coupler height
n Before towing
Check that the following conditions are met:
l Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are properly inflated. (→P. 543)
l Trailer tires are inflated according to the trailer manufacturer’s recommen-
dation.
l All trailer lights work as required by law.
l All lights work each time you connect them.
l The trailer ball is set at the proper height for the coupler on the trailer.
l The trailer is level when it is hitched.
Do not drive if the trailer is not level, and check for improper tongue weight,
overloading, worn suspension, or other possible causes.
l The trailer cargo is securely loaded.
l The rear view mirrors conform to all applicable federal, state/provincial or
local regulations. If they do not, install rear view mirrors appropriate for tow-
ing purposes.
l Depress power mode button (vehicles with an automatic transmission).
(→P. 2 11 )
No matter which class of tow hitch
applies, for a more safe trailer hookup,
the trailer ball setup must be the proper
height for the coupler on the trailer.
Coupler
Trailer ball
1
2
197
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Break-in schedule
If your vehicle is new or equipped with any new power train components
(such as an engine, transmission, differential or wheel bearing), Toyota rec-
ommends that you do not tow a trailer until the vehicle has been driven for
over 500 miles (800 km).
After the vehicle has been driven for over 500 miles (800 km), you can start
towing. However, for the next 500 miles (800 km), drive the vehicle at a speed
of less than 50 mph (80 km/h) when towing a trailer, and avoid full throttle
acceleration.
n Maintenance
l If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. (See “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide”/“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
l Retighten the fixing bolts of the towing ball and bracket after approximately
600 miles (1000 km) of trailer towing.
n If trailer sway occurs
One or more factors (crosswinds, passing vehicles, rough roads, etc.) can
adversely affect handling of your vehicle and trailer, causing instability.
l If trailer swaying occurs:
• Firmly grip the steering wheel. Steer straight ahead.
Do not try to control trailer swaying by turning the steering wheel.
• Begin releasing the accelerator pedal immediately but very gradually to
reduce speed.
Do not increase speed. Do not apply vehicle brakes.
If you make no extreme correction with the steering or brakes, your vehicle
and trailer should stabilize. (if enabled, Trailer Sway Control can also help to
stabilize the vehicle and trailer.)
l After the trailer swaying has stopped:
• Stop in a safe place. Get all occupants out of the vehicle.
• Check the tires of the vehicle and the trailer.
• Check the load in the trailer.
Make sure the load has not shifted.
Make sure the tongue weight is appropriate, if possible.
• Check the load in the vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is not overloaded after occupants get in.
If you cannot find any problems, the speed at which trailer swaying occurred
is beyond the limit of your particular vehicle-trailer combination.
Drive at a lower speed to prevent instability. Remember that swaying of the
towing vehicle-trailer increases as speed increases.
198
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Trailer towing precautions
To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in accordance
with the trailer’s characteristics and operating conditions. Failure to do so
could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. Vehicle stability
and braking performance are affected by trailer stability, brake setting and
performance, and the hitch. Your vehicle will handle differently when towing
a trailer.
n To avoid accident or injury
l Do not exceed the TWR, unbraked TWR, GCWR, GVWR or GAWR.
l If the gross trailer weight is over 2000 lb. (907 kg), a sway control device
with sufficient capacity is required.
l If the gross trailer weight is over 5000 lb. (2268 kg), a weight distributing
hitch with sufficient capacity is required.
l Adjust the tongue weight within the appropriate range. Place heavier loads
as close to the trailer axle as possible.
l Do not exceed 65 mph (104 km/h), the posted towing speed limit or the
speed limit for your trailer as set forth in your trailer owner’s manual,
whichever is lowest. Slow down sufficiently before making a turn, in cross-
winds, on wet or slippery surface, etc., to help avoid an accident. If you
experience a vehicle-trailer instability from reducing a certain speed, slow
down and make sure you keep your vehicle speed under the speed of
which you experience the instability.
l Do not make jerky, abrupt or sharp turns.
l Do not apply the brakes suddenly as you may skid, resulting in jackknifing
and loss of vehicle control. This is especially true on wet or slippery sur-
faces.
l Do not exceed the trailer hitch assembly weight, gross vehicle weight,
gross axle weight and trailer tongue weight capacities.
l Do not use cruise control (if equipped) or dynamic radar cruise control (if
equipped) when towing.
l Slow down and downshift before descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden downshifts while descending steep or long
downhill grades.
l Vehicle-trailer instability is more likely on steep long downhills. Before
descending steep or long downhill grades, slow down and downshift. Do
not make sudden downshifts when descending steep or long downhill
grades. Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the
brakes too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result
in reduced braking efficiency.
l Do not tow a trailer when the temporary spare tire is installed on your vehi-
cle.
199
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Hitch
Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities established by the
hitch manufacturer. Even though the vehicle may be physically capable of
towing a higher weight, the operator must determine the maximum weight
rating of the particular hitch assembly and never exceed the maximum
weight rating specified for the trailer-hitch. Exceeding the maximum weight
rating set by the trailer-hitch manufacturer can cause an accident resulting
in death or serious personal injuries.
n When towing a trailer
Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to any applicable fed-
eral and state/provincial regulations.
l If the gross trailer weight exceeds unbraked TWR, trailer brakes are
required. Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to all appli-
cable federal and state/provincial regulations.
l Never tap into your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as this will lower the vehi-
cle’s braking effectiveness.
l Never tow a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both
the trailer and the vehicle. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch
ball, there is danger of the trailer wandering into another lane.
NOTICE
n When installing a trailer hitch
Use only the position recommended by your Toyota dealer. Do not install
the trailer hitch on the bumper; this may cause body damage.
n Do not directly splice trailer lights
Do not directly splice trailer lights. Directly splicing trailer lights may damage
your vehicle’s electrical system and cause a malfunction.
200
4-1. Before driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Dinghy towing
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels
on the ground) behind a motor home.
NOTICE
n To avoid serious damage to your vehicle
Do not tow your vehicle with the four wheels on the ground.
201
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without a
smart key system)
Automatic transmission
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in P.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position to start the engine.
Manual transmission
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in N.
Firmly depress the clutch pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position to start the engine.
“LOCK”
The steering wheel is locked and
the key can be removed. (Vehicles
with an automatic transmission:
The key can be removed only
when the shift lever is in P.)
“ACC”
Some electrical components such
as the audio system can be used.
“ON”
All electrical components can be used.
“START”
For starting the engine.
Starting the engine
Changing the engine switch positions
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
202
4-2. Driving procedures
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Turning the key from “ACC” to “LOCK”
Shift the shift lever to P (automatic transmission) or N (manual transmis-
sion).
n If the engine does not start (vehicles with engine immobilizer system)
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 78)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
n When the steering lock cannot be released
n Key reminder function
A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened while the engine switch is in
the “ACC” or “LOCK” position to remind you to remove the key.
Push in the key and turn it to the
“LOCK” position.
When starting the engine, the engine
switch may seem stuck in the “LOCK”
position. To free it, turn the key while turn-
ing the steering wheel slightly left and
right.
1
2
203
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
n Caution while driving
Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position while driving. If, in an
emergency, you must turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving, turn
the engine switch only to the “ACC” position to stop the engine. An accident
may result if the engine is stopped while driving. (→P. 465)
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the engine switch in the “ACC” or “ON” position for long peri-
ods of time without the engine running.
n When starting the engine
l Do not crank the engine for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may
overheat the starter and wiring system.
l Do not race a cold engine.
l If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.
204
4-2. Driving procedures
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a
smart key system)
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
and a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information dis-
play.
If it is not displayed, the engine
cannot be started.
Press the engine switch shortly
and firmly.
When operating the engine switch,
one short, firm press is enough. It
is not necessary to press and hold
the switch.
The engine will crank until it starts
or for up to 30 seconds, whichever
is less.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal until the engine is completely
started.
The engine can be started from
any engine switch mode.
Performing the following operations when carrying the elec-
tronic key on your person starts the engine or changes engine
switch modes.
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
205
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Stop the vehicle.
Set the parking brake (→P. 218), and shift the shift lever to P.
Press the engine switch.
Release the brake pedal and check that the display on the instru-
ment cluster is off.
Modes can be changed by pressing the engine switch with brake
pedal released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)
Off
*
The emergency flashers can be
used.
ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components such
as the audio system can be used.
“ACCESSORY” will be displayed
on the multi-information display.
IGNITION ON mode
All electrical components can be
used.
“IGNITION ON” will be displayed
on the multi-information display.
*: If the shift lever is in a position
other than P when turning off the
engine, the engine switch will be
turned to ACCESSORY mode, not
to off.
Stopping the engine
Changing engine switch modes
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
206
4-2. Driving procedures
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If the engine is stopped with the shift lever in a position other than P,
the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to
ACCESSORY mode. Perform the following procedure to turn the
switch off:
Check that the parking brake is set.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Check that “Turn Power OFF” is displayed on the multi-information
display and then press the engine switch once.
Check that “Turn Power OFF” on the multi-information display is off.
n Auto power off function
If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than 20 minutes or IGNI-
TION ON mode (the engine is not running) for more than an hour with the
shift lever in P, the engine switch will automatically turn off. However, this
function cannot entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle
with the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode for long peri-
ods of time when the engine is not running.
n Automatic engine shut off feature (except for New Caledonia)
l The vehicle is equipped with a feature that automatically shuts off the
engine when the shift lever is in P with the engine running for an extended
period.
l The engine will automatically shut off after approximately 1 hour if it has
been left running while the shift lever is in P.
l The timer for the automatic engine shut off feature will reset if the brake
pedal is depressed or if the shift lever is in a position other than P.
l After the vehicle is parked, if the door is locked with the door lock switch
(→P. 121) from the inside or the mechanical key (→P. 521) from the outside,
the automatic engine shut off feature will be disabled. The timer for the auto-
matic engine shut off feature will be re-enabled if the driver’s door is
opened.
n Electronic key battery depletion
→P. 11 6
n Conditions affecting operation
→P. 134
n Note for the entry function
→P. 135
When stopping the engine with the shift lever in a position other
than P
1
2
3
4
207
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n If the engine does not start
l The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 78)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
l Check that the shift lever is securely set in P. The engine may not start if the
shift lever is displaced out of P. “Shift to P Position” will be displayed on the
multi-information display.
n Steering lock
After turning the engine switch off and opening and closing the doors, the
steering wheel will be locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the
engine switch again automatically cancels the steering lock.
n When the steering lock cannot be released
n Steering lock motor overheating prevention
To prevent the steering lock motor from overheating, operation of the motor
may be suspended if the engine is turned on and off repeatedly in a short
period of time. In this case, refrain from running the engine. After about
10 seconds, the steering lock motor will resume functioning.
n When “Smart Entry & Start System Check” is displayed on the multi-
information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
n If the electronic key battery is depleted
→P. 443
n Operation of the engine switch
l If the switch is not pressed shortly and firmly, the engine switch mode may
not change or the engine may not start.
l If attempting to restart the engine immediately after turning the engine
switch off, the engine may not start in some cases. After turning the engine
switch off, please wait a few seconds before restarting the engine.
n If the smart key system has been deactivated by a customized setting
→P. 521
A message will be displayed on the multi-
information display.
Check that the shift lever is in P. Press the
engine switch while turning the steering
wheel left and right.
208
4-2. Driving procedures
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
n Caution while driving
If engine failure occurs while the vehicle is moving, do not lock or open the
doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete stop. Otherwise, the
steering lock function will activate and this may lead to an accident, result-
ing in death or serious injury.
n Stopping the engine in an emergency
If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the vehicle,
press and hold the engine switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it briefly
3 times or more in succession. (→P. 465)
However, do not touch the engine switch while driving except in an emer-
gency. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or
braking control, however, power assist to the steering will be lost. This will
make it more difficult to steer smoothly, so you should pull over and stop the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
n When parking (except for New Caledonia)
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless
and odorless. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases to enter the vehicle and may
lead to an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a
serious health hazard.
l If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a
garage, stop the engine.
l Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running for a long time. If such a
situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space and ensure
that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
l Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it
is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is
running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
209
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
l Do not leave the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode
for long periods of time without the engine running.
l If “ACCESSORY” or “IGNITION ON” is displayed on the multi-information
display while the engine is not running, the engine switch is not off. Exit the
vehicle after turning the engine switch off.
l Do not stop the engine when the shift lever is in a position other than P. If
the engine is stopped in another shift lever position, the engine switch will
not be turned off but instead be turned to ACCESSORY mode. If the vehi-
cle is left in ACCESSORY mode, battery discharge may occur.
n When starting the engine
l Do not race a cold engine.
l If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.
n Symptoms indicating a malfunction with the engine switch
If the engine switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual,
such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact
your Toyota dealer immediately.
210
4-2. Driving procedures
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Automatic transmission
∗
Vehicles without a smart key system:
While the engine switch is in the “ON” position, move the shift
lever with the brake pedal depressed.
When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the vehi-
cle is completely stopped.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
While the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode, move the shift
lever with the brake pedal depressed.
When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the vehi-
cle is completely stopped.
∗: If equipped
Shifting the shift lever
211
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
1
: To improve fuel efficiency and reduce noises, set the shift lever in the D
position for normal driving.
*
2
: Selecting shift ranges using S mode restricts the upper limit of the possible
gear ranges, controls engine braking forces, and prevents unnecessary
upshifting.
Use when high levels of response and feeling are desirable, such as
when driving in mountainous regions or when pulling a trailer.
Press the “ECT PWR” button to
select power mode.
The “ECT PWR” indicator comes
on.
Press the button again to cancel
power mode.
Shift position purpose
Shift position Function
P Parking the vehicle/starting the engine
R Reversing
N
Neutral
(Condition in which the power is not transmitted)
D Normal driving*
1
S S mode driving*
2
(→P. 212)
Selecting power mode
212
4-2. Driving procedures
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
When the shift lever is in the S position, the shift lever can be oper-
ated as follows:
Upshifting
Downshifting
The initial shift range in S mode is set automatically to 5 or 4 accord-
ing to vehicle speed. However, the initial shift range may be set to 3 if
the AI-SHIFT has operated while the shift lever was in the D position.
(→P. 212)
n Shift ranges and their functions
l You can choose from 6 levels engine braking force.
l A lower shift range will provide greater engine braking force than
a higher shift range, and the engine speed will also increase.
n AI-SHIFT
AI-SHIFT automatically selects the suitable gear according to the driver per-
formance and driving conditions.
AI-SHIFT automatically operates when the shift lever is in the D position.
(Shifting the shift lever to the S position cancels the function.)
n When driving with cruise control activated (if equipped)
Even when performing the following actions with the intent of enabling engine
braking, engine braking will not activate while driving in S mode and down-
shifting to 5 or 4 because cruise control will not be canceled. (→P. 279)
Selecting shift ranges in the S position
1
2
213
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Shift lock system
The shift lock system is a system to prevent accidental operation of the shift
lever in starting.
The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the engine switch is in the
“ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode
(vehicles with a smart key system) and the brake pedal is being depressed.
n If the shift lever cannot be shift from P
First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake pedal, there may
be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to ensure that
the shift lever can be shifted.
Releasing the shift lock:
Set the parking brake.
Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Turn the engine switch off.
Depress the brake pedal.
Pry the cover up with a flathead
screwdriver or equivalent tool.
To prevent damage to the cover,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
1
2
3
4
214
4-2. Driving procedures
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Press the shift lock override
button.
The shift lever can be shifted while
the button is pressed.
n If the “S” indicator does not come on even after shifting the shift lever to S
This may indicate a malfunction in the automatic transmission system. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer, immediately.
n Downshifting restrictions warning buzzer (S mode)
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may
sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be
possible even when the shift lever is operated. (A buzzer will sound twice.)
n Transmission protection function
If the tires spin continually when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt or
snow, or if the accelerator pedal is depressed and released repeatedly while
driving, the automatic transmission temperature may become too high and
the automatic transmission may be damaged.
To avoid damaging the automatic transmission, the system may temporarily
lock the gear.
If the automatic transmission temperature falls, the gear locking is canceled
and the automatic transmission is returned to the normal operation.
5
WARNING
n When driving on slippery road surfaces
Do not accelerate or shift gears suddenly.
Sudden changes in engine braking may cause the vehicle to spin or skid,
resulting in an accident.
n To prevent an accident when releasing the shift lock
Before pressing the shift lock override button, make sure to set the parking
brake and depress the brake pedal.
If the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed instead of the brake pedal
when the shift lock override button is pressed and the shift lever is shifted
out of P, the vehicle may suddenly start, possibly leading to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
215
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Manual transmission
∗
Fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever, and
then release it slowly.
∗: If equipped
Shifting the shift lever
216
4-2. Driving procedures
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Maximum allowable speed
Observe the following maximum allowable speeds in each gear when maxi-
mum acceleration is necessary.
mph (km/h)
n Reverse warning buzzer
A buzzer will sound to inform the driver if the shift lever is shifted to the R
position.
Shift position Transfer position Maximum speed
1
“2WD” and “4H” 32 (52)
“4L” 12 (20)
2
“2WD” and “4H” 64 (103)
“4L” 25 (39)
3
“2WD” and “4H” 97 (157)
“4L” 37 (60)
4
“2WD” and “4H” 107 (173)
“4L” 49 (80)
5
“2WD” and “4H” 107 (173)
“4L” 58 (94)
217
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Turn signal lever
Right turn
Lane change to the right (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The right hand signals will flash 3
times.
Lane change to the left (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The left hand signals will flash 3
times.
Left turn
n Turn signals can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
n If the indicator flashes faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
Operating instructions
1
2
3
4
218
4-2. Driving procedures
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Parking brake
To set the parking brake, fully
pull the parking brake lever
while depressing the brake
pedal.
To release the parking brake,
slightly raise the lever and
lower it completely while press-
ing the button.
n Parking the vehicle
→P. 169
n Usage in winter time
→P. 324
U.S.A.
Canada
1
2
NOTICE
n Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.
219
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Headlight switch
Operating the switch turns on the lights as follows:
Type A
The side marker, parking,
tail, license plate, instru-
ment panel lights and day-
time running lights
(→P. 221) turn on.
The headlights and all
lights listed above (except
daytime running lights)
turn on.
The headlights, daytime
running lights (→P. 221)
and all the lights listed
above turn on and off auto-
matically.
(When the engine switch is
in the “ON” position [vehi-
cles without a smart key
system] or IGNITION ON
mode [vehicles with a
smart key system])
Off
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
Operating instructions
1
2
3
4
220
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Type B
The side marker, parking,
tail, license plate, instru-
ment panel lights and day-
time running lights
(→P. 221) turn on.
The headlights and all
lights listed above (except
daytime running lights)
turn on.
The daytime running lights
turn on. (→P. 221)
Off
Type C
The headlights, daytime
running lights (→P. 221)
and all the lights listed
above turn on and off auto-
matically.
(When the engine switch is
in the “ON” position [vehi-
cles without a smart key
system] or IGNITION ON
mode [vehicles with a
smart key system])
The side marker, parking,
tail, license plate, instru-
ment panel lights and day-
time running lights
(→P. 221) turn on.
The headlights and all lights listed above (except daytime run-
ning lights) turn on.
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
221
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
With the headlights on, push
the lever away from you to turn
on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.
Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high
beams once.
You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off.
n Daytime running light system
l The daytime running lights illuminate using the same lights as the front turn
signal/parking lights, and illuminate brighter than the front turn signal/park-
ing lights.
l To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving,
the daytime running lights turn on automatically when all of the following
conditions are met. (The daytime running lights are not designed for use at
night.)
• The engine is running
• The parking brake is released
• The headlights switch is in “AUTO”* (type A and C) or the “DRL” (type B)
position
*: When the surroundings are bright
The daytime running lights remain on after they illuminate, even if the parking
brake is set again.
l Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system
offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help improve
fuel economy.
n Headlight control sensor (vehicles with an automatic light control sys-
tem)
Turning on the high beam headlights
1
2
The sensor may not function properly if an
object is placed on the sensor, or anything
that blocks the sensor is affixed to the
windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight sys-
tem to malfunction.
222
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Automatic light off system
When the light switch is in or : The lights turn off 30 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without a smart key
system) or off (vehicles with a smart key system) and a door is opened and all
of the doors are closed. (Vehicles with a wireless remote control function: The
lights turn off immediately if on the key is pressed while all the doors are
locked.)
When the light switch is in : The lights turn off after the engine switch is
turned to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or off
(vehicles with a smart key system) and the driver’s door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehi-
cles without a smart key system) or to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a
smart key system), or turn the light switch off, then turn it to or to .
If any of the doors is kept open and the engine switch is in the “LOCK” posi-
tion (vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key
system), the lights automatically turn off after 20 minutes.
n Light reminder function
An alarm will sound and message will be shown on the multi-information dis-
play when the driver's door is opened with the lights are turned on and the
engine switch to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or
off (vehicles with a smart key system).
n Customization
Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 560)
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not
running.
223
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Automatic High Beam
∗
Push the lever away from you
with the headlight switch in the
or (if equipped) posi-
tion.
Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indica-
tor will come on when the head-
lights are turned on automatically
to indicate that the system is
active.
∗: If equipped
The Automatic High Beam uses an in-vehicle camera sensor to
assess the brightness of streetlights, the lights of vehicles
ahead etc., and automatically turns the high beam on or off as
necessary.
WARNING
n Limitations of the Automatic High Beam
Do not rely on the Automatic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking care to
observe your surroundings and turning the high beam on or off manually if
necessary.
n To prevent incorrect operation of the Automatic High Beam system
Do not overload the vehicle.
Activating the Automatic High Beam system
1
2
224
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Switching to low beam
Pull the lever to the original
position.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off.
Push the lever away from you to
activate the Automatic High
Beam system again.
n
Switching to high beam
Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off and the high
beam indicator will turn on.
Press the switch to activate the
Automatic High Beam system
again.
Turning the high beam on/off manually
225
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n High beam automatic turning on or off conditions
l When all of the following conditions are fulfilled, the high beam will be auto-
matically turned on (after approximately 1 second):
• Vehicle speed is above approximately 21 mph (34 km/h).
• The area ahead of the vehicle is dark.
• There are no vehicles ahead with headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are few streetlights on the road ahead.
l If any of the following conditions are fulfilled, the high beam will be automat-
ically turned off:
• Vehicle speed drops below approximately 17 mph (27 km/h).
• The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark.
• Vehicles ahead have headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are many streetlights on the road ahead.
n Camera sensor detection information
l The high beam may not be automatically turned off in the following situa-
tions:
• When oncoming vehicles suddenly appear from a curve
• When the vehicle is cut off in front of by another vehicle
• When vehicles ahead are hidden from sight due to repeated curves, road
dividers or roadside trees
• When vehicles ahead appear from the faraway lane on wide road
• When vehicles ahead have no lights
l The high beam may be turned off if a vehicle ahead that is using fog lights
without using the headlights is detected.
l House lights, street lights, traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or signs
may cause the high beam to switch to the low beams, or the low beams to
remain on.
l The following factors may affect the amount of time taken to turn the high
beam on or off:
• The brightness of headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of vehicles ahead
• The movement and direction of vehicles ahead
• When a vehicle ahead only has operational lights on one side
• When a vehicle ahead is a two-wheeled vehicle
• The condition of the road (gradient, curve, condition of the road surface,
etc.)
• The number of passengers and amount of luggage
226
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l The high beam may be turned on or off when the driver does not expect it.
l Bicycles or similar objects may not be detected.
l In the situations shown below, the system may not be able to accurately
detect surrounding brightness levels. This may cause the low beams to
remain on or the high beams to cause problems for pedestrians, vehicles
ahead or other parties. In these cases, manually switch between the high
and low beams.
• In bad weather (rain, snow, fog, sandstorms, etc.)
• The windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc.
• The windshield is cracked or damaged.
• The camera sensor is deformed or dirty.
• The camera sensor temperature is extremely high.
• Surrounding brightness levels are equal to those of headlights, tail lights
or fog lights.
• Vehicles ahead have headlights that are either switched off, dirty, are
changing color, or are not aimed properly.
• When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and
darkness.
• When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or
roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved
roads, gravel tracks, etc.).
• When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a winding
road.
• There is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a sign or
a mirror.
• The back of a vehicle ahead is highly reflective, such as a container on a
truck.
• The vehicle’s headlights are damaged or dirty.
• The vehicle is listing or tilting, due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed etc.
• The high beam and low beam are repeatedly being switched between in
an abnormal manner.
• The driver believes that the high beam may be causing problems or dis-
tress to other drivers or pedestrians nearby.
227
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Temporarily lowering sensor sensitivity
The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporarily lowered.
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without a smart key
system) or off (vehicles with a smart key system) while the following condi-
tions are met.
• The headlight switch is in or (if equipped).
• The headlight switch lever is in high beam position.
• Automatic High Beam switch is on.
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key
system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).
Within 30 seconds after , repeat pulling the headlight switch lever to the
original position then pushing it to the high beam position quickly 10 times,
then leave the lever in high beam position.
If the sensitivity is changed, the Automatic High Beam indicator is turn on
and off 3 times.
Automatic High Beam (headlights) may turn on even the vehicle is stopped.
n If “Headlight System Malfunction. Visit Your Dealer.” is displayed on the
multi-information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
1
2
3
2
4
228
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Fog light switch
∗
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Turns the front fog lights
off
Turns the front fog lights
on
n Fog lights can be used when
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
The parking lights are on or the headlights are on in low beam.
For vehicles sold in the Canada
The headlights are on in low beam.
∗: If equipped
The fog lights secure excellent visibility in difficult driving con-
ditions, such as in rain and fog.
1
2
229
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Windshield wipers and washer
Operating the lever operates the wipers or washer as follows.
Vehicles without intermittent type
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Off
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Low speed windshield
wiper operation
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
High speed windshield
wiper operation
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Temporary operation
Washer operation
Pulling the lever operates the
washer.
Operating the wiper lever
1
2
3
4
5
230
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Vehicles with intermittent type
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Off
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Intermittent windshield
wiper operation
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Low speed windshield
wiper operation
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
High speed windshield
wiper operation
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Temporary operation
Wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent operation is
selected.
Increases the intermittent wind-
shield wiper frequency
Decreases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
Washer/wiper dual opera-
tion
Pulling the lever operates the wip-
ers and washer.
Wipers will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
231
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n The windshield wipers and washer can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
n If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
WARNING
n Caution regarding the use of washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes
warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
n When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
n When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
n When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
232
4-4. Refueling
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Opening the fuel tank cap
l Vehicles without a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position and ensure that all
the doors and windows are closed.
l Vehicles with a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch off and ensure that all the doors and win-
dows are closed.
l Confirm the type of fuel.
n Fuel types
→P. 546
n Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that
only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.
n If the malfunction indicator lamp illuminates
The malfunction indicator lamp may illuminate erroneously if refueling is per-
formed repeatedly when the fuel tank is nearly full.
Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap:
Before refueling the vehicle
233
4-4. Refueling
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
l After exiting the vehicle and before opening the fuel door, touch an
unpainted metal surface to discharge any static electricity. It is important to
discharge static electricity before refueling, because sparks resulting from
static electricity can cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling.
l Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot
weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and cause injury.
l Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel tank.
l Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
l Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
l Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically
charged.
This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition
hazard.
n When refueling
Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel
tank:
l Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck.
l Stop filling the tank after the fuel nozzle automatically clicks off.
l Do not top off the fuel tank.
NOTICE
n Refueling
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the emission control
system to operate abnormally, or damaging fuel system components or the
vehicle’s painted surface.
234
4-4. Refueling
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Open the fuel filler door.
Turn the fuel tank cap slowly
open.
After refueling, turn the fuel tank
cap until you hear a click. Once
the cap is released, it will turn
slightly in the opposite direction.
Opening the fuel tank cap
1
2
Closing the fuel tank cap
235
4-4. Refueling
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Closing the fuel tank cap
Tighten the fuel tank cap until 1 click is heard. Otherwise a malfunction indica-
tor lamp may come on.
WARNING
n When replacing the fuel tank cap
Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your
vehicle. Otherwise, doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may
result in death or serious injury.
236
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Toyota Safety Sense P
∗
u PCS (Pre-Collision System)
∗
→P. 2 43
u LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
∗
→P. 2 57
u Automatic High Beam
∗
→P. 2 23
u Dynamic radar cruise control
∗
→P. 2 65
∗: If equipped
The Toyota Safety Sense P consists of the following drive assist
systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driving expe-
rience:
WARNING
n Toyota Safety Sense P
The Toyota Safety Sense P is designed to operate under the assumption
that the driver will drive safely, and is designed to help reduce the impact to
the occupants and the vehicle in the case of a collision or assist the driver in
normal driving conditions.
As there is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control perfor-
mance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The
driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicle’s surround-
ings and driving safely.
237
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The pre-collision system is equipped with a sophisticated computer
that will record certain data, such as:
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Operation status of the pre-collision system functions
• Information (such as the distance and relative speed between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead or other objects)
• Images from the camera sensor (available only when the pre-colli-
sion braking function or the pre-collision brake assist function was
operating)
The pre-collision system does not record conversations, sounds or
images of the inside of the vehicle.
l Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose
malfunctions, conduct research and development, and improve
quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the
lessee if the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a
government agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific
vehicle or vehicle owner
l Recorded images can be erased using a specialized device.
The image recording function can be disabled. However, if the func-
tion is disabled, data from when the pre-collision system operates
will not be available.
Vehicle data recording
238
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Two types of sensors, located behind the front grille and windshield,
detect information necessary to operate the drive assist systems.
Radar sensor
Camera sensor
Sensors
1
2
WARNING
n To avoid malfunction of the radar sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the radar sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
l Keep the radar sensor and front grille emblem clean at all times.
Radar sensor
Front grille emblem
If the front of the radar sensor or the
front or back of the front grille emblem
is dirty or covered with water droplets,
snow, etc., clean it.
Clean the radar sensor and front grille
emblem with a soft cloth so you do not
mark or damage them.
1
2
239
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
l Do not attach accessories, stickers (including transparent stickers) or
other items to the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding area.
l Do not subject the radar sensor or surrounding area to a strong impact.
If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper has been subjected to a
strong impact, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
l Do not disassemble the radar sensor.
l Do not modify or paint the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding
area.
l If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper needs to be removed and
installed, or replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
n To avoid malfunction of the camera sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the camera sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
l Keep the windshield clean at all times.
• If the windshield is dirty or covered with an oily film, water droplets,
snow, etc., clear the windshield.
• If a glass coating agent is applied to the windshield, it will still be neces-
sary to use the windshield wipers to remove water droplets, etc., from
the area of the windshield in front of the camera sensor.
• If the inner side of the windshield where the camera sensor is installed
is dirty, contact your Toyota dealer.
B: Approximately 7.9 in. (20 cm) (Approximately 4.0 in. [10 cm] to the
right and left from the center of the camera sensor)
l Do not attach objects, such as stickers,
transparent stickers, and so forth, to the
outer side of the windshield in front of
the camera sensor (shaded area in the
illustration).
A: From the top of the windshield to
approximately 0.4 in. (1 cm) below
the bottom of the camera sensor
240
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
l If the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged up or
covered with condensation or ice, use the windshield defogger to remove
the fog, condensation or ice. (→P. 334, 341)
l If water droplets cannot be properly removed from the area of the wind-
shield in front of the camera sensor by the windshield wipers, replace the
wiper insert or wiper blade.
If the wiper inserts or wiper blades need to be replaced, contact your
Toyota dealer.
l Do not attach window tinting to the windshield.
l Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked.
If the windshield needs to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
l Do not get the camera sensor wet.
l Do not allow bright lights to shine into the camera sensor.
l Do not dirty or damage the camera sensor.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to
contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
If the lens is dirty or damaged, contact your Toyota dealer.
l Do not subject the camera sensor to a strong impact.
l Do not change the installation position or direction of the camera sensor or
remove it.
l Do not disassemble the camera sensor.
l Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the camera sensor
(inside rear view mirror, etc.) or ceiling.
l Do not attach any accessories that may obstruct the camera sensor to the
hood, front grille or front bumper. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.
l If a surfboard or other long object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure
that it will not obstruct the camera sensor.
l Do not modify the headlights or other lights.
241
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Certification
242
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
243
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
∗
∗: If equipped
The pre-collision system uses a radar sensor and camera sen-
sor to detect vehicles and pedestrians in front of your vehicle.
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal col-
lision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high, a warning operates to
urge the driver to take evasive action and the potential brake
pressure is increased to help the driver avoid the collision. If the
system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with
a vehicle or pedestrian is extremely high, the brakes are auto-
matically applied to help avoid the collision or help reduce the
impact of the collision.
The pre-collision system can be disabled/enabled and the warning
timing can be changed. (→P. 247)
244
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
u Pre-collision warning
When the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal
collision is high, a buzzer will
sound and a warning message
will be displayed on the multi-
information display to urge the
driver to take evasive action.
u Pre-collision brake assist
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion is high, the system applies greater braking force in relation to
how strongly the brake pedal is depressed.
u Pre-collision braking
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion is high, the system warns the driver. If the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal collision is extremely high, the brakes
are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or reduce the
collision speed.
245
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Limitations of the pre-collision system
l The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
Do not use the pre-collision system instead of normal braking operations
under any circumstances. This system will not prevent collisions or lessen
collision damage or injury in every situation. Do not overly rely on this sys-
tem. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious
injury.
l Although this system is designed to help avoid a collision or help reduce
the impact of the collision, its effectiveness may change according to vari-
ous conditions, therefore the system may not always be able to achieve
the same level of performance.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
• Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision: →P. 251
• Conditions under which the system may not operate properly: →P. 253
l Do not attempt to test the operation of the pre-collision system yourself.
Depending on the objects used for testing (dummies, cardboard objects
imitating detectable objects, etc.), the system may not operate properly,
possibly leading to an accident.
n Pre-collision braking
l When the pre-collision braking function is operating, a large amount of
braking force will be applied.
l If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-collision braking func-
tion, the pre-collision braking function operation will be canceled after
approximately 2 seconds. Depress the brake pedal as necessary.
l The pre-collision braking function may not operate if certain operations are
performed by the driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed
strongly or the steering wheel is being turned, the system may determine
that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly prevent the pre-colli-
sion braking function from operating.
l In some situations, while the pre-collision braking function is operating,
operation of the function may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is
depressed strongly or the steering wheel is turned and the system deter-
mines that the driver is taking evasive action.
l If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may determine that the
driver is taking evasive action and possibly delay the operation timing of
the pre-collision braking function.
246
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When to disable the pre-collision system
In the following situations, disable the system, as it may not operate prop-
erly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
l When the vehicle is being towed
l When your vehicle is towing another vehicle
l When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar means of
transportation
l When the vehicle is raised on a lift with the engine running and the tires
are allowed to rotate freely
l When inspecting the vehicle using a drum tester such as a chassis dyna-
mometer or speedometer tester, or when using an on vehicle wheel bal-
ancer
l When a strong impact is applied to the front bumper or front grille, due to
an accident or other reasons
l If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehi-
cle has been in an accident or is malfunctioning
l When the vehicle is driven in a sporty manner or off-road
l When the tires are not properly inflated
l When the tires are very worn
l When tires of a size other than specified are installed
l When tire chains are installed
l When a compact spare tire or an emergency tire puncture repair kit is used
l If equipment (snow plow, etc.) that may obstruct the radar sensor or cam-
era sensor is temporarily installed to the vehicle
247
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Enabling/disabling the pre-collision system
The pre-collision system can be enabled/disabled on the
multi-information display as following:
The system is automatically enabled each time the engine switch is
turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or
IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).
Press “<” or “>” of meter control switches and select .
Press “∧” or “∨” of meter control switches and select “PCS”, and
press .
Press “∧” or “∨” of meter control switches and select “PCS”, and
press to select the desired setting (on/off).
If the system is disabled, the
PCS warning light will turn on
and a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information
display.
Changing settings of the pre-collision system
1
2
3
248
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Changing the pre-collision warning timing
The pre-collision warning timing can be changed on the multi-infor-
mation display as following:
The operation timing setting is retained when the engine switch is
turned off.
Press “<” or “>” of meter control switches and select .
Press “∧” or “∨” of meter control switches and select “PCS”, and
press .
Press “∧” or “∨” of meter control switches and select “Sensitivity”,
and press to select the desired setting.
Far
The warning will begin to
operate earlier than with the
default timing.
Middle
This is the default setting.
Near
The warning will begin to
operate later than with the
default timing.
1
2
3
1
2
3
249
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Operational conditions
The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the pos-
sibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high.
Each function is operational at the following speeds:
l Pre-collision warning:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180 km/h).
(For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and
50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
l Pre-collision brake assist:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 20 and 110 mph (30 and 180 km/h).
(For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 20 and
50 mph [30 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) or more.
l Pre-collision braking:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180 km/h).
(For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and
50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
The system may not operate in the following situations:
l If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the
vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
l If the shift lever is in R
l If VSC is disabled (only the pre-collision warning function will be opera-
tional)
l If the low speed four-wheel drive indicator is illuminated (only the pre-colli-
sion warning function will be operational)
250
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Pedestrian detection function
n Cancelation of the pre-collision braking
If either of the following occur while the pre-collision braking function is oper-
ating, it will be canceled:
l The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
l The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.
The pre-collision system detects pedestri-
ans based on the size, profile, and motion
of a detected object. However, a pedes-
trian may not be detected depending on
the surrounding brightness and the
motion, posture, and angle of the
detected object, preventing the system
from operating properly. (→P. 253)
251
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision
l In some situations such as the following, the system may determine that
there is a possibility of a frontal collision and operate.
• When passing a vehicle or pedestrian
• When changing lanes while overtaking a preceding vehicle
• When overtaking a preceding vehicle that is changing lanes
• When rapidly closing on a vehicle ahead
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered, such as when the road sur-
face is uneven or undulating
• When approaching objects on the roadside, such as guardrails, utility
poles, trees, or walls
• When overtaking a preceding vehicle
that is making a left/right turn
• When passing a vehicle in an oncom-
ing lane that is stopped to make a
right/left turn
• When driving on a road where relative
location to vehicle ahead in an adja-
cent lane may change, such as on a
winding road
• When there is a vehicle, pedestrian,
or object by the roadside at the
entrance of a curve
252
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
• When driving on a narrow path surrounded by a structure, such as in a
tunnel or on an iron bridge
• When there is a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or a
protrusion on the road surface or roadside
• When rapidly closing on an electric toll gate barrier, parking area barrier,
or other barrier that opens and closes
• When using an automatic car wash
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc., from a vehicle ahead
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When a crossing pedestrian
approaches very close to the vehicle
• When passing through a place with a
low structure above the road (low ceil-
ing, traffic sign, etc.)
• When passing under an object (bill-
board, etc.) at the top of an uphill road
• When driving through or under
objects that may contact the vehicle,
such as thick grass, tree branches, or
a banner
253
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
• When there are patterns or paint on the road or a wall that may be mis-
taken for a vehicle or pedestrian
• When driving near an object that reflects radio waves, such as a large
truck or guardrail
• When driving near a TV tower, broadcasting station, electric power plant,
or other location where strong radio waves or electrical noise may be
present
n Situations in which the system may not operate properly
l In some situations such as the following, a vehicle may not be detected by
the radar sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating
properly:
• If an oncoming vehicle is approaching your vehicle
• If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle or bicycle
• When approaching the side or front of a vehicle
• If a preceding vehicle has a small rear end, such as an unloaded truck
• If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load which protrudes past its rear bumper
• If a vehicle ahead is irregularly shaped, such as a tractor or side car
• If the sun or other light is shining directly on a vehicle ahead
• If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle or emerges from beside a vehicle
• If a vehicle ahead makes an abrupt maneuver (such as sudden swerving,
acceleration or deceleration)
• When suddenly cutting behind a preceding vehicle
• If a preceding vehicle has a low rear
end, such as a low bed trailer
• If a vehicle ahead has extremely high
ground clearance
254
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
• When driving in inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a
sandstorm
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc., from a vehicle ahead
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes sud-
denly, such as at the entrance or exit of a tunnel
• When a very bright light, such as the sun or the headlights of oncoming
traffic, shines directly into the camera sensor
• When the surrounding area is dim, such as at dawn or dusk, or while at
night or in a tunnel
• After the engine has started the vehicle has not been driven for a certain
amount of time
• While making a left/right turn and for a few seconds after making a left/
right turn
• While driving on a curve and for a few seconds after driving on a curve
• If your vehicle is skidding
• If the wheels are misaligned
• If a wiper blade is blocking the camera sensor
• The vehicle is wobbling.
• The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds.
• When driving on a hill
• If the radar sensor or camera sensor is misaligned
• When a vehicle ahead is not directly
in front of your vehicle
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or
lowered
255
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l In some situations such as the following, sufficient braking force may not be
obtained, preventing the system from performing properly:
• If the braking functions cannot operate to their full extent, such as when
the brake parts are extremely cold, extremely hot, or wet
• If the vehicle is not properly maintained (brakes or tires are excessively
worn, improper tire inflation pressure, etc.)
• When the vehicle is being driven on a gravel road or other slippery sur-
face
l Some pedestrians such as the following may not be detected by the radar
sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating properly:
• Pedestrians shorter than approximately 3.2 ft. (1 m) or taller than approx-
imately 6.5 ft. (2 m)
• Pedestrians wearing oversized clothing (a rain coat, long skirt, etc.), mak-
ing their silhouette obscure
• Pedestrians who are carrying large baggage, holding an umbrella, etc.,
hiding part of their body
• Pedestrians who are bending forward or squatting
• Pedestrians who are pushing a stroller, wheelchair, bicycle or other vehi-
cle
• Groups of pedestrians which are close together
• Pedestrians who are wearing white and look extremely bright
• Pedestrians in the dark, such as at night or while in a tunnel
• Pedestrians whose clothing appears to be nearly the same color or
brightness as their surroundings
• Pedestrians near walls, fences, guardrails, or large objects
• Pedestrians who are on a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.)
on the road
• Pedestrians who are walking fast
• Pedestrians who are changing speed abruptly
• Pedestrians running out from behind a vehicle or a large object
• Pedestrians who are extremely close to the side of the vehicle (outside
rear view mirror, etc.)
256
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n If the PCS warning light flashes or illuminates and a warning message is
displayed on the multi-information display
The pre-collision system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be a
malfunction in the system.
l In the following situations, the warning light will turn off, the message will
disappear and the system will become operational when normal operating
conditions return:
• When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sen-
sor is hot, such as in the sun
• When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sen-
sor is cold, such as in an extremely cold environment
• When the radar sensor or front grille emblem is dirty or covered with
snow, etc.
• When the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged
up or covered with condensation or ice
(Defogging the windshield: →P. 334, 341)
• If the camera sensor is obstructed, such as when the hood is open or a
sticker is attached to the windshield near the camera sensor
l If the PCS warning light continues to flash or remains illuminated or the
warning message does not disappear even though the vehicle has returned
to normal, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer immediately.
n If VSC is disabled
l If VSC is disabled (→P. 318, 319), the pre-collision brake assist and pre-col-
lision braking functions are also disabled.
l The PCS warning light will turn on and “VSC Turned Off Pre-Collision Brake
System Unavailable” will be displayed on the multi-information display.
257
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
∗
When driving on roads with white (yellow) lines, this function alerts the
driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane.
The LDA system recognizes visi-
ble white (yellow) lines with the
camera sensor on the upper por-
tion of the windshield.
u Lane departure alert function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane, a warning is dis-
played on the multi-information
display and the warning buzzer
sounds to alert the driver.
When the warning buzzer
sounds, check the surrounding
road situation and carefully
operate the steering wheel to
move the vehicle back to the
center of the lane.
∗: If equipped
Summary of functions
Functions included in LDA system
258
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
u Vehicle sway warning
When the vehicle is swaying or
appears as if it may depart from
its lane multiple times, the
warning buzzer sounds and a
message is displayed on the
multi-information display to alert
the driver.
259
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Before using LDA system
Do not rely solely upon the LDA system. The LDA system does not auto-
matically drive the vehicle or reduce the amount of attention that must be
paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full
responsibility for driving safely by always paying careful attention to the sur-
rounding conditions and operating the steering wheel to correct the path of
the vehicle. Also, the driver must take adequate breaks when fatigued, such
as from driving for a long period of time.
Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay careful attention
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
n To avoid operating LDA system by mistake
When not using the LDA system, use the LDA switch to turn the system off.
n Situations unsuitable for LDA system
Do not use the LDA system in the following situations.
The system may not operate properly and lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
l A spare tire, tire chains, etc., are equipped.
l Objects or patterns that could be mistaken for white (yellow) lines are
present on the side of the road (guardrails, curbs, reflective poles, etc.).
l Vehicle is driven on a snow-covered road.
l White (yellow) lines are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc.
l Asphalt repair marks, white (yellow) line marks, etc., are present due to
road repair.
l Vehicle is driven in a temporary lane or restricted lane due to construction
work.
l Vehicle is driven in a construction zone.
260
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Press the LDA switch to turn the
LDA system on.
The LDA indicator illuminates and
a message is displayed on the
multi-information display.
Press the LDA switch again to turn
the LDA system off.
When the LDA system is turned on
or off, operation of the LDA system
continues in the same condition
the next time the engine is started.
WARNING
n Preventing LDA system malfunctions and operations performed by
mistake
l Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc., on the surface of the
lights.
l Do not modify the suspension, etc. If the suspension, etc., needs to be
replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
l Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a
grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).
l If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota dealer.
Turning LDA system on
261
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
LDA indicator
The illumination condition of the
indicator informs the driver of the
system operation status.
Illuminated in green:
LDA system is operating.
Flashing in yellow:
Lane departure alert function is
operating.
Lane departure alert function
display
Displayed when the multi-informa-
tion display is switched to the driv-
ing assist system information
screen.
Indications on multi-information display
1
2
Inside of displayed white lines
is white
Inside of displayed white lines
is black
Indicates that the system is recog-
nizing white (yellow) lines. When
the vehicle departs from its lane,
the white line displayed on the
side the vehicle departs from
flashes orange.
Indicates that the system is not
able to recognize white (yellow)
lines or is temporarily canceled.
262
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Operation conditions of each function
l Lane departure alert function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• LDA is turned on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
• System recognizes white (yellow) lines.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• Turn signal lever is not operated.
• Vehicle is driven on a straight road or around a gentle curve with a radius
of more than approximately 492 ft. (150 m).
• No system malfunctions are detected. (→P. 475)
l Vehicle sway warning function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• Setting for “ warning” in screen of the multi-information display is
set to on. (→P. 105)
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• No system malfunctions are detected. (→P. 475)
n Temporary cancellation of functions
When the operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be tempo-
rarily canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, oper-
ation of the function is automatically restored. (→P. 262)
n Lane departure alert function
The warning buzzer may be difficult to hear due to external noise, audio play-
back, etc.
n Vehicle sway warning function
Depending on the vehicle and road conditions, the warning may not operate.
n White (yellow) lines are only on one side of road
The LDA system will not operate for the side on which white (yellow) lines
could not be recognized.
When the system determines that the
vehicle is swaying while the vehicle sway
warning function is operating, a buzzer
sounds and a warning message urging
the driver to rest and the symbol shown in
the illustration are simultaneously dis-
played on the multi-information display.
263
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Conditions in which functions may not operate properly
In the following situations, the camera sensor may not detect white (yellow)
lines and various functions may not operate normally.
l There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white
(yellow) lines.
l The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in front
of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersection, etc.
l The white (yellow) lines are cracked, “Botts’ dots”, “Raised pavement
marker” or stones are present.
l The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand,
etc.
l The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles, etc.
l The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than
lines that are white).
l The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc.
l The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete.
l The vehicle is driven on a surface that is bright due to reflected light, etc.
l The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly,
such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc.
l Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc., enters the
camera.
l The vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc.
l The vehicle is driven on a slope.
l The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a winding road.
l The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road.
l The vehicle is driven around a sharp curve.
l The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide.
l The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having
improper tire pressure.
l The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
l The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions
during driving (poor roads or road seams).
l The headlight lenses are dirty and emit a faint amount of light at night, or the
beam axis has deviated.
l The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersection.
264
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Warning message
Warning messages are used to indicate a system malfunction or to inform the
driver of the need for caution while driving. (
→P. 475)
n Customization
The following settings can be changed.
For how to change settings, refer to P. 562.
Function Setting details
Lane departure alert function Adjust alert sensitivity
Vehicle sway warning
Turn function on and off
Adjust alert sensitivity
265
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Dynamic radar cruise control
∗
In vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle automatically
accelerates and decelerates to match the speed changes of the pre-
ceding vehicle even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. In con-
stant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed.
Use the dynamic radar cruise control on freeways and highways.
l Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode (→P. 268)
l Constant speed control mode (→P. 274)
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
switch
Display
Indicators
Set speed
Cruise control switch
∗: If equipped
Summary of functions
1
2
3
4
5
266
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Before using dynamic radar cruise control
l Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely on
the system, and drive safely by always paying careful attention to your sur-
roundings.
l The dynamic radar cruise control provides driving assistance to reduce the
driver’s burden. However, there are limitations to the assistance provided.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
• When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead:
→P. 276
• Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
may not function correctly: →P. 2 78
l Set the speed appropriately depending on the speed limit, traffic flow, road
conditions, weather conditions, etc. The driver is responsible for checking
the set speed.
l Even when the system is functioning normally, the condition of the preced-
ing vehicle as detected by the system may differ from the condition
observed by the driver. Therefore, the driver must always remain alert,
assess the danger of each situation and drive safely. Relying on this sys-
tem or assuming the system ensures safety while driving can lead to an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
l Switch the dynamic radar cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button
when not in use.
n Cautions regarding the driving assist systems
Observe the following precautions, as there are limitations to the assistance
provided by the system.
Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
l Assisting the driver to measure following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control is only intended to help the driver in
determining the following distance between the driver’s own vehicle and a
designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mechanism that allows care-
less or inattentive driving, and it is not a system that can assist the driver in
low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for driver to pay close attention
to the vehicle’s surroundings.
l Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control determines whether the following dis-
tance between the driver’s own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling
ahead is within a set range. It is not capable of making any other type of
judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely necessary for the driver to remain
vigilant and to determine whether or not there is a possibility of danger in
any given situation.
267
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
l Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control has limited capability to prevent or avoid
a collision with a vehicle traveling ahead. Therefore, if there is ever any
danger, the driver must take immediate and direct control of the vehicle
and act appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all involved.
n Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control
Do not use dynamic radar cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in inappropriate speed control and could cause an acci-
dent resulting in death or serious injury.
l Roads where there are pedestrians, cyclists, etc.
l In heavy traffic
l On roads with sharp bends
l On winding roads
l On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
l On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up
and down gradients
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
l At entrances to freeways and highways
l When weather conditions are bad enough that they may prevent the sen-
sors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.)
l When there is rain, snow, etc., on the front surface of the radar sensor or
camera sensor
l In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration and decel-
eration
l When your vehicle is towing a trailer or during emergency towing
l When an approach warning buzzer is heard often
268
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
This mode employs a radar sensor to detect the presence of vehicles
up to approximately 328 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current
vehicle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suit-
able following distance from the vehicle ahead.
Note that vehicle-to-vehicle distance will close in when traveling on down-
hill slopes.
Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
269
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Example of constant speed cruising
When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The desired vehicle-to-
vehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance switch.
Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising
When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed
appears
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically
decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is
necessary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at
this time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle
ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver.
Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate suffi-
ciently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead.
Example of acceleration
When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower
than the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then
returns to constant speed cruising.
1
2
3
270
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Radar cruise control indicator will
come on and a message will be
displayed on the multi-information
display.
Press the button again to deacti-
vate the cruise control.
If the “ON-OFF” button is pressed
and held for 1.5 seconds or more,
the system turns on in constant
speed control mode. (→P. 274)
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 30 mph
[50 km/h]) and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.
Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
1
2
271
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed
is displayed.
Increases the speed
Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired
direction.
Large adjustment: Hold the lever
up or down to change the speed,
and release when the desired
speed is reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
For the U.S. mainland, Hawaii
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
*
1
or 1 km/h
(0.6 mph)
*
2
increments for as long as the lever is held
For Canada, Puerto Rico, Guam, Saipan, Samoa and Costa Rica
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 5 mph (8 km/h)
*
1
or 5 km/h
(3.1 mph)
*
2
increments for as long as the lever is held
In the constant speed control mode (→P. 274), the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the lever is
held.
*
1
: When the set speed is shown in “MPH”
*
2
: When the set speed is shown in “km/h”
Adjusting the set speed
1
2
272
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Pressing the switch changes the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance as fol-
lows:
Long
Medium
Short
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is
set automatically to long mode
when the engine switch is turned to
the “ON” position (vehicles without
a smart key system) or the IGNI-
TION ON mode (vehicles with a
smart key system).
If a vehicle is running ahead of you, the preceding vehicle mark will also be
displayed.
Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown
correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle
distance increases/decreases in accordance with vehicle speed.
Changing the vehicle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode)
Preceding vehicle mark
1
2
3
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance settings (vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode)
Distance options Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Long Approximately 160 ft. (50 m)
Medium Approximately 130 ft. (40 m)
Short Approximately 100 ft. (30 m)
273
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the speed control.
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode: The speed control is also
canceled when the brake pedal is
depressed.
Constant speed control mode: The
speed setting is also canceled
when the brakes are applied or the
clutch pedal (manual transmission
only) is depressed.
Pushing the lever up resumes the cruise control and returns vehicle
speed to the set speed.
However, cruise control does not resume when the vehicle speed is
approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or less.
When your vehicle is too close to
a vehicle ahead, and sufficient
automatic deceleration via the
cruise control is not possible, the
display will flash and the buzzer
will sound to alert the driver. An
example of this would be if
another driver cuts in front of you
while you are following a vehicle.
Depress the brake pedal to
ensure an appropriate vehicle-to-
vehicle distance.
n Warnings may not occur when
In the following instances, warnings may not occur even when the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small.
l When the speed of the preceding vehicle matches or exceeds
your vehicle speed
l When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow
speed
l Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
l When depressing the accelerator pedal
Canceling and resuming the speed control
1
Approach warning (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
2
274
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
When constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will main-
tain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
does not function correctly due to a dirty radar sensor, etc.
With the cruise control off,
press and hold the “ON-OFF”
button for 1.5 seconds or more.
Immediately after the “ON-OFF”
button is pressed, the radar cruise
control indicator will come on.
Afterwards, it switches to the cruise
control indicator.
Switching to constant speed con-
trol mode is only possible when
operating the lever with the cruise
control off.
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 25 mph
[40 km/h]) and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.
Adjusting the speed setting: →P. 280
Canceling and resuming the speed setting: →P. 273
Selecting constant speed control mode
1
2
275
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Dynamic radar cruise control can be set when
l Vehicles with an automatic transmission: The shift lever is in D or range 4 or
higher of S has been selected.
l Vehicle speed is at or above approximately 30 mph (50 km/h).
n Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can accelerate by operating the accelerator pedal. After acceler-
ating, the set speed resumes. However, during vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode, the vehicle speed may decrease below the set speed in order
to maintain the distance to the preceding vehicle.
n Automatic cancelation of vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled in the fol-
lowing situations:
l Actual vehicle speed falls at or below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
l VSC is activated.
l TRAC is activated for a period of time.
l When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
l The sensor cannot detect correctly because it is covered in some way.
l Pre-collision braking is activated.
l 4WD models: The operation cannot be switched for 5 seconds or more after
operating the front-wheel drive control switch.
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any
other reason, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota
dealer.
276
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Automatic cancelation of constant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the following situa-
tions:
l Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below
the set vehicle speed.
l Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
l VSC is activated.
l TRAC is activated for a period of time.
l When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
l Pre-collision braking is activated.
l 4WD models: The operation cannot be switched for 5 seconds or more after
operating the front-wheel drive control switch.
If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any other rea-
son, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
n Brake system operation sound
If the brakes are applied automatically while the vehicle is in vehicle-to-vehi-
cle distance control mode, a brake system operation sound may be heard.
This does not indicate a malfunction.
n Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise control
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. If a warning message
is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the
instructions.
n When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead
In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, operate the
brake pedal when deceleration of the system is insufficient or operate the
accelerator pedal when acceleration is required.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehicles, the
approach warning (→P. 273) may not be activated.
l Vehicles that cut in suddenly
l Vehicles traveling at low speeds
l Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane
277
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board, etc.)
l Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
l When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the
detecting of the sensor
l When your vehicle is pointing upwards
(caused by a heavy load in the luggage
compartment, etc.)
l Preceding vehicle has an extremely high
ground clearance
278
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
may not function correctly
In the case of the following conditions, operate the brake pedal (or accelera-
tor pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system
may not operate properly.
l When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly
l When driving on a road surrounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on
a bridge
l While the vehicle speed is decreasing to the set speed after the vehicle
accelerates by depressing the accelerator pedal
l When the road curves or when the lanes
are narrow
l When steering wheel operation or your
position in the lane is unstable
279
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Cruise control
∗
Use the cruise control to maintain a set speed without depressing the
accelerator pedal.
Indicators
Cruise control switch
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Cruise control indicator will come
on.
Press the button again to deacti-
vate the cruise control.
Accelerate or decelerate the
vehicle to the desired speed,
and push the lever down to set
the speed.
“SET” indicator will come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.
∗: If equipped
Summary of functions
1
2
Setting the vehicle speed
1
2
280
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed
is obtained.
Increases the speed
Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired direc-
tion.
Large adjustment: Hold the lever in
the desired direction.
The set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By approximately 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
*
1
or 1 km/h
(0.6 mph)
*
2
each time the lever is operated.
Large adjustment: The set speed can be increased or decreased continu-
ally until the lever is released.
*
1
: When the meter setting is “MPH”
*
2
: When the meter setting is “km/h”
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the constant speed
control.
The speed setting is also canceled
when the brakes are applied.
Pushing the lever up resumes
the constant speed control.
Resuming is available when the
vehicle speed is more than approx-
imately 25 mph (40 km/h).
Adjusting the set speed
1
2
Canceling and resuming the constant speed control
1
2
281
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Cruise control can be set when
l Vehicles with an automatic transmission: The shift lever is in D or range 4 or
higher of S has been selected.
l Vehicle speed is above approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
n Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
l The vehicle can be accelerated normally. After acceleration, the set speed
resumes.
l Even without canceling the cruise control, the set speed can be increased
by first accelerating the vehicle to the desired speed and then pushing the
lever down to set the new speed.
n Automatic cruise control cancellation
Cruise control will stop maintaining the vehicle speed in any of the following
situations.
l Actual vehicle speed falls more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below
the preset vehicle speed.
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
l Actual vehicle speed is below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
l VSC is activated.
l TRAC is activated for a period a time.
l When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
l 4WD models: The operation cannot be switched for 5 seconds or more after
operating the front-wheel drive control switch.
n If “Cruise Control Malfunction Visit Your Dealer” is displayed on the
multi-information display
Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate the system, and then press
the button again to reactivate the system.
If the cruise control speed cannot be set or if the cruise control cancels imme-
diately after being activated, there may be a malfunction in the cruise control
system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
282
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n To avoid operating the cruise control by mistake
Switch the cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button when not in use.
n Situations unsuitable for cruise control
Do not use cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in loss of control and could cause an accident resulting
in death or serious injury.
l In heavy traffic
l On roads with sharp bends
l On winding roads
l On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
l On steep hills
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
l When your vehicle is towing a trailer or during emergency towing
283
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Intuitive parking assist
∗
Rear corner sensors
Rear center sensors
Turns the intuitive parking assist
on/off
When on, the indicator light comes
on to inform the driver that the sys-
tem is operational.
∗: If equipped
The distance from your vehicle to nearby obstacles when paral-
lel parking or maneuvering into a garage is measured by the
sensors and communicated via the multi-information display
and buzzer. Always check the surrounding area when using this
system.
Types of sensors
1
2
Intuitive parking assist switch
284
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
When the sensor detects an obstacle, the direction of and the approx-
imate distance to the obstacle are displayed and the buzzer sounds.
n Intuitive parking assist display
Rear corner sensor operation
Rear center sensor operation
n Sensor operation and distance to an obstacle
The system operates when the vehicle approaches an obstacle, as
shown by the following table.
When 2 or more obstacles are detected simultaneously, the buzzer sys-
tem responds to the nearest zone.
Rear corner sensors
Rear center sensor
The distance display and buzzer
1
2
Approximate distance to obstacle Display and buzzer
2.8 ft. (85 cm) to 2.0 ft. (60 cm) Intermittent
2.0 ft. (60 cm) to 1.3 ft. (40 cm) Fast intermittent
Less than 1.3 ft. (40 cm) Continuously
Approximate distance to obstacle Display and buzzer
5.9 ft. (180 cm) to 3.3 ft. (100 cm) Intermittent
3.3 ft. (100 cm) to 2.5 ft. (75 cm) Fast intermittent
2.5 ft. (75 cm) to 1.6 ft. (50 cm) Very fast intermittent
Less than 1.6 ft. (50 cm) Continuously
285
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
When multiple obstacles are detected in front and behind the
vehicle at the same time
The buzzer will change in the following manner.
l If an obstacle has been detected within 1.5 ft. (45 cm) of the front
or 2.8 ft. (85 cm) in rear of the vehicle (a continuous buzzer is
sounding), and a new obstacle is detected at the other end of the
vehicle, the buzzer will sound 7 times then 1 continuous buzzer.
l If an obstacle has been detected within 1.5 ft. (45 cm) of the front
or 2.8 ft. (85 cm) in rear of the vehicle (a continuous buzzer is
sounding), and a new obstacle is detected in the same way at the
other end of the vehicle, the buzzer will sound 3 times then 1
continuous buzzer.
n Detection range of the sensors
Approximately 5.9 ft. (180 cm)
Approximately 2.8 ft. (85 cm)
The diagram shows the detection
range of the sensors. Note that the
sensors may not be able to detect
obstacles that are extremely close
to the vehicle.
The range of the sensors may
change depending on the shape of
the object, etc.
1
2
286
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n The intuitive parking assist can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position and the shift lever is in R.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode and the shift lever is in R.
n If a message is displayed on the multi-information display
→P. 488
n Customization
Settings (e.g. buzzer volume) can be changed.
(Customizable features →P. 560)
n Certification (Canada only)
This ISM device complies with Canadian ICES-001.
WARNING
n When using the intuitive parking assist
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely
and possibly cause an accident.
l Do not use the sensor at speeds in excess of 6 mph (10 km/h).
l The sensors’ detection areas and reaction times are limited. When revers-
ing, check the areas surrounding the vehicle (especially the sides of the
vehicle) for safety, and drive slowly, using the brake to control the vehicle’s
speed.
l Do not install accessories within the sensors’ detection areas.
287
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Sensor detection information
Pay particular attention to the following instances in where this may occur.
Failing to do so way result in the vehicle being unable to be driven or parked
safety and possibly cause an accident.
l The sensor’s detection areas are limited to the areas around the vehicle’s
rear bumper.
l Certain vehicle conditions and the surrounding environment may affect the
ability of the sensor to correctly detect obstacles. Particular instances
where this may occur are listed below.
• There is dirt, snow or ice on the sensor. (Wiping the sensors will resolve
this problem.)
• The sensor is frozen. (Thawing the area will resolve this problem.)
• The sensor is covered in any way.
• The vehicle is leaning considerably to one side.
• On an extremely bumpy road, on an incline, on gravel, or on grass.
• The vicinity of the vehicle is noisy due to vehicle horns, motorcycle
engines, air brakes of large vehicles, or other loud noises producing
ultrasonic waves.
• There is another vehicle equipped with parking assist sensors in the
vicinity.
• The sensor is coated with a sheet of spray or heavy rain.
• The vehicle is equipped with a fender pole or radio antenna.
• The bumper or sensor receives a strong impact.
• The vehicle is approaching a tall or curved curb.
• In harsh sunlight or intense cold weather.
• The area directly under the bumpers is not detected.
• If obstacles draw too close to the sensor.
• A non-genuine Toyota suspension (lowered suspension, etc.) is
installed.
• A backlit license plate, license plate holder, etc., are installed.
• People may not be detected if they are wearing certain types and color-
ing of clothing.
• People, animals, and moving objects may not be able to be detected.
In addition to the examples above, there are instances in which, because of
their shape, signs and other objects may be judged by the sensor to be
closer than they are.
288
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
l The shape of the obstacle may prevent the sensor from detecting it. Pay
particular attention to the following obstacles:
• Wires, fences, ropes, etc.
• Cotton, snow and other materials that absorb sound waves
• Sharply-angled objects
• Low obstacles
• Tall obstacles with upper sections projecting outwards in the direction of
your vehicle
l The following situations may occur during use.
• Depending on the shape of the obstacle and other factors, the detection
distance may shorten, or detection may be impossible.
• Obstacles may not be detected if they are too close to the sensor.
• There will be a short delay between obstacle detection and display.
Even at slow speeds, there is a possibility that the obstacle will come
within the sensor’s detection areas before the display is shown and the
warning beep sounds.
• Thin posts or objects lower than the sensor may not be detected for col-
lision when approached, even if they have been detected once.
• It might be difficult to hear beeps due to the volume of audio system or
air flow noise of air conditioning system.
NOTICE
n When using intuitive parking assist
In the following situations, the system may not function correctly due to a
sensor malfunction, etc. Have the vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer.
l A beep does not sound when you turn the main switch on.
l The intuitive parking assist operation display flashes, and a beep sounds
when no obstacles are detected.
l If the area around a sensor collides with something, or is subjected to
strong impact.
l If the bumper collides with something.
l If the display shows continuously without a beep.
l If a display error occurs, first check the sensor.
If the error occurs even if there is no ice, snow or mud on the sensor, it is
likely that the sensor is malfunctioning.
n Notes when washing the vehicle
Do not apply intensive bursts of water or steam to the sensor area.
Doing so may result in the sensor malfunctioning.
289
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)
∗
The Blind Spot Monitor is a system that has 2 functions;
l The Blind Spot Monitor function
Assists the driver in making the decision when changing lanes
l The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function
Assists the driver when backing up
These functions use same sensors.
BSM main switch
Pressing the switch turns the system on or off. When the switch is set to
on, the switch’s indicator illuminates and the buzzer sounds. Common
switch for Blind Spot Monitor function and Rear Cross Traffic Alert func-
tion.
Outside rear view mirror indicators
Blind Spot Monitor function:
When a vehicle is detected in a blind spot of the outside rear view mir-
rors or approaching rapidly from behind into a blind spot, the outside
rear view mirror indicator on the detected side will illuminate. If the turn
signal lever is operated toward the detected side, the outside rear view
mirror indicator will flash.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert function:
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehi-
cle is detected, both outside rear view mirror indicators will flash.
∗: If equipped
Summary of the Blind Spot Monitor
1
2
290
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Rear Cross Traffic Alert buzzer (Rear Cross Traffic Alert function
only)
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle is
detected, a buzzer sounds from behind the left-hand rear pillar.
n The outside rear view mirror indicators visibility
When under strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be dif-
ficult to see.
n Rear Cross Traffic Alert buzzer hearing
Rear Cross Traffic Alert function may be difficult to hear over noises such as
high audio volume.
n When there is a malfunction in the Blind Spot Monitor system
If a system malfunction is detected due to any of the following reasons, warn-
ing messages will be displayed: (→P. 489)
l There is a malfunction with the sensors
l The sensors have become dirty
l The outside temperature is extremely high or low
l The sensor voltage has become abnormal
n Certification for the Blind Spot Monitor system
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: OAYSRR2A
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25 GHz
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
3
291
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Droit applicable : Canada 310
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes : (1) I’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2)
I’utilisateur de I’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le founctionnement.
Bandes de fréquences : 24.05 – 24.25 GHz
Puissance émise : Moins de 20 milliwatts
The Blind Spot Monitor function uses radar sensors to detect vehicles
that are traveling in an adjacent lane in the area that is not reflected in
the outside rear view mirror (the blind spot), and advises the driver of
the vehicles existence via the outside rear view mirror indicator.
WARNING
n Handling the radar sensor
One Blind Spot Monitor sensor is installed inside the left and right side of
the vehicle rear bumper respectively. Observe the following to ensure the
Blind Spot Monitor system can function correctly.
l Do not subject the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper to a strong
impact. If the sensor moves even slightly off position, the system may mal-
function and vehicles that enter the detection area may not be detected. If
the sensor or surrounding area is subject to a strong impact, always have
the area inspected by your Toyota dealer.
l Do not disassemble the sensor.
l Do not attach accessories or stickers to the sensor or surrounding area on
the bumper.
l Do not modify the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper.
l Do not paint the rear bumper any color other than an official Toyota color.
The Blind Spot Monitor function
l Keep the sensor and its surrounding
area on the bumper clean at all times.
292
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
The range of the detection area
extends to:
Approximately 11.5 ft. (3.5 m)
from the side of the vehicle
The first 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) from the
side of the vehicle is not in the
detection area
Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) from
the rear bumper
Approximately 3.3 ft. (1 m) for-
ward of the rear bumper
The Blind Spot Monitor function detection areas
1
2
3
WARNING
n Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The Blind Spot Monitor function is a supplementary function which alerts the
driver that a vehicle is present in the blind spot. Do not overly rely on the
Blind Spot Monitor function. The function cannot judge if it is safe to change
lanes, therefore over reliance could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
293
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n The Blind Spot Monitor function is operational when
l The BSM main switch is set to on.
l Vehicle speed is greater than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h)
n The Blind Spot Monitor function will detect a vehicle when
l A vehicle in an adjacent lane overtakes the vehicle.
l Another vehicle enters the detection area when it changes lanes.
n Conditions under which the Blind Spot Monitor function will not detect a
vehicle
The Blind Spot Monitor function is not designed to detect the following types
of vehicles and/or objects:
l Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.
*
l Vehicles traveling in the opposite direction
l Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
l Following vehicles that are in the same lane*
l Vehicles driving 2 lanes across from your vehicle*
*
: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur
n Conditions under which the Blind Spot Monitor function may not func-
tion correctly
l The Blind Spot Monitor function may not detect vehicles correctly in the fol-
lowing conditions:
• During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
• When ice or mud, etc., is attached to the rear bumper
• When driving on a road surface that is wet due to rain, standing water,
etc.
• When there is a significant difference in speed between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• When a vehicle is in the detection area from a stop and remains in the
detection area as your vehicle accelerates
• When driving up or down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, a dip
in the road, etc.
• When multiple vehicles approach with only a small gap between each
vehicle
• When vehicle lanes are wide, and the vehicle in the next lane is too far
away from your vehicle
• When the vehicle that enters the detection area is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle
• When towing anything such as trailer, boat, etc.
• When there is a significant difference in height between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• Directly after the BSM main switch is set to on
• When items such as a bicycle carrier are installed on the rear of the vehi-
cle
294
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Instances of the Blind Spot Monitor function unnecessarily detecting a vehi-
cle and/or object may increase under the following conditions:
• When there is only a short distance between your vehicle and a guardrail,
wall, etc.
• When there is only a short distance between your vehicle and a following
vehicle
• When vehicle lanes are narrow and a vehicle driving 2 lanes across from
your vehicle enters the detection area
• When items such as a bicycle carrier are installed on the rear of the vehi-
cle
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert functions when your vehicle is in reverse.
It can detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left rear of
the vehicle. It uses radar sensors to alert the driver of the other vehi-
cle’s existence through flashing the outside rear view mirror indicators
and sounding a buzzer.
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function
Approaching vehicles Detection areas
1 2
295
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
To give the driver a more consistent time to react, the buzzer can alert
for faster vehicles from farther away.
Example:
WARNING
n Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function is only an assist and is not a replace-
ment for careful driving. Driver must be careful when backing up, even
when using Rear Cross Traffic Alert function. The driver’s own visual confir-
mation of behind you and your vehicle is necessary and be sure there are
no pedestrians, other vehicles, etc., before backing up. Failure to do so
could cause death or serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function detection areas
Approaching vehicle Speed
Approximate
alert distance
Fast 18 mph (28 km/h) 65 ft. (20 m)
Slow 5 mph (8 km/h) 18 ft. (5.5 m)
1
296
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function is operational when
l The BSM main switch is set to on.
l The shift lever is in R.
l Vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
l Approaching vehicle speed is between approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and
18 mph (28 km/h).
n Conditions under which the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function will not
detect a vehicle
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function is not designed to detect the following
types of vehicles and/or objects.
l Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.
*
l Vehicles approaching from directly behind
l Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
l Vehicles moving away from your vehicle
l Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehicle
*
l Vehicles backing up in the parking space next to your vehicle*
*
: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
n Conditions under which the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function may not
function correctly
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function may not detect vehicles correctly in the
following conditions.
l When ice or mud, etc., is attached to the rear bumper
l During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
l When multiple vehicles approach continuously
l Shallow angle parking
l When a vehicle is approaching at high speed
l When parking on a steep incline, such as hills, a dip in the road, etc.
l Directly after the BSM main switch is set to on
l Directly after the engine is started with the BSM main switch on
l When towing a trailer
l Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect
because of obstacles
297
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Four-wheel drive system
∗
Use the front-wheel drive control switch to select the following transfer
modes:
“2WD” (high speed position, two-wheel drive)
Use this for normal driving on dry hard-surfaced roads. This position
gives greater economy, quietest ride and least wear.
“4H” (high speed position, four-wheel drive)
Use this for driving only on tracks that permit the tires slide, like off-road,
icy or snow-covered roads. This position provides greater traction than
two-wheel drive.
The four-wheel drive indicator will come on.
“4L” (low speed position, four-wheel drive)
Use this for maximum power and traction. Use “4L” for climbing or
descending steep hills, off-road driving, and hard pulling in sand, mud or
deep snow.
The four-wheel drive and “4LO” indicator will come on.
∗: If equipped
Summary of functions
1
2
3
298
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Shifting from “2WD” to “4H”
Reduce vehicle speed to less than 62 mph (100 km/h).
Turn the front-wheel drive control switch to “4H”.
The four-wheel drive indicator will come on.
n
Shifting from “4H” to “2WD”
Turn the front-wheel drive control switch to “2WD”.
This can be done at any speed. You need not depress the clutch
pedal. (manual transmission only)
The four-wheel drive indicator will go off.
n
Shifting from “4H” to “4L”
Automatic transmission
Stop the vehicle completely and continue to depress the brake
pedal.
Shift the shift lever to N.
Push and turn the front-wheel drive control switch to “4L”.
The “4LO” indicator will come on.
If the four-wheel drive indicator flashes and the buzzer sounds, try the
above steps again.
Manual transmission
Stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to less than 2 mph (3 km/h).
Depress and hold the clutch pedal.
Push and turn the front-wheel drive control switch to “4L”.
The “4LO” indicator will come on.
If the four-wheel drive indicator flashes and the buzzer sounds, try the
above steps again.
Shifting between “2WD” and “4H”
Shifting between “4H” and “4L”
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
299
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Shifting from “4L” to “4H”
Automatic transmission
Stop the vehicle completely and continue to depress the brake
pedal.
Shift the shift lever to N.
Push and turn the front-wheel drive control switch to “4H”.
The “4LO” indicator will go off.
If the four-wheel drive indicator flashes and the buzzer sounds, try the
above steps again.
Manual transmission
Stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to less than 2 mph (3 km/h).
Depress and hold the clutch pedal.
Push and turn the front-wheel drive control switch to “4H”.
The “4LO” indicator will go off.
If the four-wheel drive indicator flashes and the buzzer sounds, try the
above steps again.
n If the four-wheel drive indicator light or the “4LO” indicator light blinks
l Shifting from “2WD” to “4H”
• If the four-wheel drive indicator continues to blink, drive straight ahead
while accelerating or decelerating.
• If the four-wheel drive indicator continues to blink and the buzzer sounds,
stop the vehicle or reduce the vehicle speed to less than 62 mph
(100 km/h). Operate the switch again.
l Shifting from “4H” to “2WD”
If the four-wheel drive indicator continues to blink, drive straight ahead
while accelerating or decelerating, or drive forward or backward in a short
distance.
1
2
3
1
2
3
300
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Shifting to “4H” or “4L”
Automatic transmission
If the “4LO” indicator continues to blink when you operate the front-wheel
drive control switch to the “4H” or “4L” position, drive forward or backward
in a short distance, then stop the vehicle completely, shift the shift lever
securely to N and operate the switch again.
Manual transmission
If the “4LO” indicator continues to blink when you operate the front-wheel
drive control switch to the “4H” or “4L” position, drive forward or backward
in a short distance, then stop the vehicle completely, depress the clutch
pedal and operate the switch again.
If the indicator light continues to blink even if doing so, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. There may be a trouble in the four-wheel drive
system.
n Shifting to “4L”
VSC is automatically turned off.
n Four-wheel drive usage frequency
You should drive in four-wheel drive for at least 10 miles (16 km) each month.
This will assure that the front drive components are lubricated.
WARNING
n Caution while driving
l Never shift the front-wheel drive control switch from “2WD” to “4H” if the
wheels are slipping.
Stop the slipping or spinning before shifting.
l For normal driving on dry and hard surface roads, use “2WD” position.
Driving on dry and hard surface roads in “4H” or “4L” position may cause
drive component oil leakage, seizure, or other problems resulting in an
accident. Further, it may cause tire wear and increased fuel consumption.
l Avoid turning suddenly in “4H” or “4L” position. If you do turn suddenly, the
difference in turning speeds between the front and rear wheels may have
a similar effect to braking, thus making driving difficult.
l Do not shift the front-wheel drive control switch when the vehicle is turning
or when its wheels are spinning freely off the ground.
301
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
AUTO LSD system
The system can be used on 2WD models and in 2WD mode on 4WD
models.
Press the VSC off switch to turn
on the system.
At this time, the “AUTO LSD” and
VSC off indicators will come on
simultaneously.
To turn off the system, push the
switch again.
If the engine is turned off while the
“AUTO LSD” indicator is on and
then restarted, the indicator will
turn off automatically.
If the rear wheels spin, the slip
indicator flashes to indicate that
the AUTO LSD system has been
controlled the spinning of the rear
wheels.
The AUTO LSD system aids traction by using the traction con-
trol system to control engine performance and braking when
one of the rear wheels begins to spin.
The system should be used only when one of the rear wheels
spinning occurs in a ditch or rough surface.
System operation
When the AUTO LSD system is operating
302
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n If the engine is turned off and restarted
The AUTO LSD system and the indicators are automatically turned off.
n Reactivation of the VSC system linked to vehicle speed
When the AUTO LSD system is turned on, the VSC and TRAC systems will
turn on automatically if vehicle speed increases.
n If the brake system overheats
The system will cease operation and a buzzer will sound to alert the driver.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place. (There is no problem with continuing normal
driving.) The system will be automatically restored after a short time.
WARNING
n To avoid an accident
l Do not use the AUTO LSD system in conditions other than the above.
A much greater steering effort and more careful cornering control will be
required.
l Do not drive with the AUTO LSD system continuously turned on.
303
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Rear differential lock system
∗
The rear differential lock system is effective in case one of the rear
wheels is spinning.
Press the rear differential lock
switch to lock the rear differential.
At this time, the rear differential
lock indicator will blink. Wait a few
seconds for the system to com-
plete operation. After the rear dif-
ferential is locked, the indicator will
stop blinking and remain on.
To unlock the rear differential,
press the switch again.
Automatic transmission
4WD models: Before using the rear differential lock system.
Stop the vehicle, shift the shift lever to N and turn the front-wheel
drive control switch in the “4L” position to see if this is sufficient. If
this has no effect, additionally use the rear differential lock system.
Be sure to stop the wheels.
Press the rear differential lock switch.
After the rear differential is locked, the indicator will come on.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Unlock the rear differential as soon as the vehicle moves.
To unlock the rear differential, press the switch again.
∗: If equipped
The rear differential lock system is provided for use only when
wheel spinning occurs in a ditch or on a slippery or rugged sur-
face.
Using the rear differential lock system
1
2
3
4
304
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Manual transmission
Before using the rear differential lock system.
Stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to less than 2 mph (3 km/h).
Depress the clutch pedal and turn the front-wheel drive control
switch in the “4L” position to see if this is sufficient. If this has no
effect, additionally use the rear differential lock system.
Be sure to stop the wheels.
Depress the clutch pedal.
Press the rear differential lock switch.
After the rear differential is locked, the indicator will come on.
Slowly release the clutch pedal.
Unlock the rear differential as soon as the vehicle moves.
To unlock the rear differential, press the switch again.
n Locking the rear differential
l When the rear differential is locked, VSC is automatically turned off.
(The rear differential lock and VSC off indicators come on.)
l The following systems do not operate when the rear differential is locked. It
is normal operation for the ABS warning light and VSC off indicator to be on
at this time.
• ABS
• Multi Terrain ABS (if equipped)
• Brake assist system
• VSC
•TRAC
• Pre-Collision System (if equipped)
• Dynamic radar cruise control system (if equipped)
• Cruise control system (if equipped)
• Hill-start assist control (if equipped on 4WD models)
n The rear differential lock is disengaged when
l Vehicles without a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned to
the “LOCK” position
l Vehicles with a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned off
l 4WD models only: Turn the front-wheel drive control switch to “2WD” or “4H”
position.
Never forget to turn off the switch after using this feature.
1
2
3
4
5
305
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n After unlocking the rear differential
Vehicles without a smart key system
To check that the indicator goes off, turn the engine switch to the “ON” posi-
tion, but do not start the engine.
Vehicles with a smart key system
To check that the indicator goes off, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON
mode, but do not start the engine.
WARNING
n To avoid an accident
l Do not use the rear differential lock system except when wheel spinning
occurs in a ditch or on a slippery or ragged surface. Large steering effort
and careful cornering control will be required.
l Do not lock the rear differential until the wheels have stopped spinning.
Otherwise, the vehicle may move in an unexpected direction when the dif-
ferential lock is engaged, resulting in an accident. This may also lead to
possible damage to differential lock component parts.
l Do not drive over 5 mph (8 km/h) when the differential is locked.
l Do not keep driving with the rear differential lock switch on.
306
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Active traction control system
∗
Stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to less than 2 mph (3 km/h).
Depress the clutch pedal and turn the front-wheel drive control
switch in the “4L” position.
Press the “A-TRAC” switch to
activate the system.
At this time, the “A-TRAC” indicator
will come on.
To cancel the system, press the
switch again.
If four wheels spin, the slip indica-
tor flashes to indicate that the
active traction control system has
been engaged.
∗: If equipped
The active traction control system automatically helps prevent
the spinning of 4 wheels when the vehicle is started or acceler-
ated on slippery road surfaces.
System operation
1
2
When the active traction control system is operating
307
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n When the rear differential is locked (vehicles with the rear differential
lock system)
The active traction control system is activated only when the vehicle speed is
less than 3 mph (6 km/h).
n Sounds and vibrations caused by the active traction control system
l A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the engine is
started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indicate
that a malfunction has occurred in the system.
l Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering. It may occur
when the system is operating.
n If the brake system overheats
The system will cease operation, a buzzer will sound to alert the driver. Stop
the vehicle in a safe place. (There is no problem with continuing normal driv-
ing.)
The system will be automatically restored after a short time.
WARNING
n The active traction control system may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the active traction control system is operating.
Do not drive the vehicle in conditions where stability and power may be lost.
308
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Multi-terrain Select
∗
Select a mode that most closely matches the type of terrain on which
you are driving from among 5 modes.
Brake control can be optimized in accordance with the selected mode.
Multi-terrain Select on/off switch
Mode selector dial
Multi-terrain Select indicator
Multi-terrain Select indicator comes on when operating.
Mode indicator
Multi-information display
Displays status information including operating status and road type selec-
tion.
∗: If equipped
Multi-terrain Select is a system that improves driveability in off-
road situations.
Multi-terrain Select switch/indicators
1
2
3
4
5
309
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
A mode which matches the road
conditions can be selected from
among the following 5 modes.
Selectable modes
Position Symbol Mode Road conditions
“Mud & Sand”
Suitable for muddy roads, sandy
roads, snow-covered roads, dirt
trails and other slippery or dirty
conditions
“Loose Rock”
Suitable for slippery conditions
consisting of mixtures of earth and
loose rock
“Mogul”
Suitable for very bumpy road con-
ditions, such as mogul roads
“Rock & Dirt”
Suitable for very bumpy road con-
ditions, such as mogul or rocky
roads
“Rock” Suitable for rocky terrain
1
2
3
4
5
310
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Operate the Multi-terrain Select
mode selector dial during Multi-
terrain Select control to select a
mode.
n The Multi-terrain Select can be operated when
l The four-wheel drive control switch is in “4L” position.
l The Crawl Control is off.
n When using the Multi-terrain Select
The VSC system cannot be switched on or off.
A message will be shown on the multi-information display stating that this
function cannot be switched using the VSC off switch.
n When it is difficult to generate traction
“MUD & SAND” mode provides the largest amount of tire slippage, followed
by “LOOSE ROCK”, “MOGUL”, “ROCK & DIRT” and “ROCK” mode.
If the current tires slip is too large, driveability can be improved by selecting a
mode with a smaller slip amount. Conversely, selecting a mode with a larger
slip can improve driveability, if the current tire slip is too small.
n When the vehicle is stuck
Switching the transfer and differentials
For the operation of following function, refer to the following pages.
l Four-wheel drive system (→P. 297)
l Rear differential lock (→P. 303)
Selecting modes
311
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n When the active traction control operates continuously
→P. 307
n When the four-wheel drive control switch is in “4L” position
If the Multi-terrain Select system is not operating and the four-wheel drive
control switch is in “4L”, the “TRAC OFF” indicator will come on.
n When there is a malfunction in the system
The slip indicator light will come on. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
WARNING
n When using Multi-terrain Select
Observe the following precautions to avoid an accident that could result in
death or serious injuries:
l There is a chance that the selected mode may not be the most appropriate
in terms of road conditions such as pitch, slipperiness, undulation, etc.
(→P. 309)
l Multi-terrain Select is not intended to expand the limits of the vehicle.
Check the road conditions thoroughly beforehand, and drive safely and
carefully.
NOTICE
n Precaution for use
The Multi-terrain Select is intended for use during off-road driving. Do not
use the system at any other time.
312
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Crawl Control
∗
Speed selector dial
Turn the dial clockwise to increase the speed and counterclockwise to
decrease the speed.
Crawl Control on/off switch
The Crawl Control indicator comes on and the slip indicator flashes when
operating.
Crawl Control indicator
Slip indicator
Multi-information display
The operating status and speed select status of the Crawl Control are
shown on the multi-information display.
∗: If equipped
Allows travel on extremely rough off-road surfaces at a fixed low
speed without pressing the accelerator or brake pedal. Mini-
mizes loss of traction or vehicle slip when driving on slippery
road surfaces, allowing for stable driving.
Crawl Control switch
1
2
3
4
5
313
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The following table shows some
typical terrains and the recom-
mended speed modes.
Press the Crawl Control on/off switch while Crawl Control is operating.
If the switch is turned off, the slip indicator will turn off, the Crawl Con-
trol indicator will flash until the system has turned off completely, and
a message stating that Crawl Control has been turned off will be dis-
played on the multi-information display for several seconds.
When turning off Crawl Control while driving, stop the vehicle before
the Crawl Control indicator turns off, or drive extremely carefully.
n Crawl Control can be operated when
l The engine is running.
l The shift lever is in any position other than P or N.
l The front-wheel drive control switch is turned to “4L”.
l The driver’s door is closed.
Speed modes
Position Speed mode Road conditions
Low
Rock, mogul (downhill) and gravel
(downhill)
Between low and medium
Mogul (uphill)
Medium
Snow, mud, gravel (uphill), sand,
dirt, mogul (uphill) and grass
Between medium and
high
High
1
2
3
4
5
When the system is turned off
314
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Automatic system cancelation
In the following situations, the buzzer will sound intermittently and Crawl Con-
trol will be canceled automatically. In this event, the Crawl Control indicator
will flash and then goes off, and a message stating that Crawl Control has
been turned off will be displayed on the multi-information display for several
seconds.
l When the shift lever is shifted to P or N
l When the front-wheel drive control switch is turned to “4H”
l When the driver’s door is opened
n Function limitations
When the vehicle speed exceeds approximately 15 mph (25 km), engine con-
trol and brake control will stop temporarily. In this event, the Crawl Control
indicator will flash.
n When the Crawl Control system is operated continuously
l If Crawl Control is used continuously for a long time, the buzzer will sound, a
malfunction notification will be displayed on the multi-information display,
the Crawl Control indicator goes off, and Crawl Control will be temporarily
inoperable as a result of the brake system overheating. In this event, stop
the vehicle immediately in a safe place, and allow the brake system to cool
down sufficiently until the “TRAC OFF” indicator will goes off. (In the mean-
time, normal driving is possible.)
l If Crawl Control is used continuously for a long time, the buzzer will sound,
the system will be temporarily canceled, and a malfunction notification will
be displayed on the multi-information display as a result of the automatic
transmission system overheating. Stop the vehicle in a safe place until the
display goes off.
n Sounds and vibrations caused by the Crawl Control system
l A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the engine is
started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indicate
that a malfunction has occurred in Crawl Control system.
l Either of the following conditions may occur when the Crawl Control system
is operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
• Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
• A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
n When there is a malfunction in the system
Warning lights and/or warning messages will turn on. (→P. 482)
315
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When using Crawl Control
Do not rely solely on Crawl Control. This function does not extend the vehi-
cle’s performance limitations. Always check the terrain thoroughly and drive
safely.
n These conditions may cause the system may not operate correctly
When driving on the following surfaces, the system may not be able to
maintain a fixed low speed, which may result in an accident:
l Extremely steep inclines
l Extremely uneven surfaces
l Snow-covered roads, or other slippery surfaces
316
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Clutch start cancel switch
∗
Never use the switch for normal engine starting. Be sure to follow the
starting procedure. (→P. 201)
Press the “CLUTCH START CAN-
CEL” switch to cancel the clutch
start system when the engine
switch is turned to the “ON” posi-
tion.
The indicator comes on when the
clutch start system is canceled.
The clutch start cancel switch is
automatically turned off when the
engine switch is turned off.
n Clutch start system
The system is designed to keep the starter motor from operating if the clutch
pedal is not depressed all the way down.
∗: If equipped
The switch allows the vehicle to be driven out of difficult situa-
tions by cranking the engine with the clutch engaged.
317
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Driving assist systems
u ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly,
or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface
u Multi Terrain ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) (if equipped)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly,
or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface,
or in off-road conditions (such as rough roads, sand and mud)
u Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal
is depressed when the system detects a panic stop situation
u VSC (Vehicle Stability)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or
turning on slippery road surfaces
u Trailer Sway Control (if equipped)
Helps the driver to control trailer sway by selectively applying brake
pressure for individual wheels and reducing engine torque when
trailer sway is detected.
Trailer Sway Control is part of the VSC system and will not operate if
VSC system is turned off or experiences a malfunction.
u TRAC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from
spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following
systems operate automatically in response to various driving
situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supple-
mentary and should not be relied upon too heavily when operat-
ing the vehicle.
318
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
u Hill-start assist control (if equipped)
Helps to prevent the vehicle from rolling backward when starting on
an incline or slippery slope
The slip indicator light will flash
while the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway
Control/hill-start assist control
*
systems are operating.
*: If equipped with Multi-terrain Select/
Crawl Control.
If the vehicle gets stuck in fresh snow or mud, TRAC/VSC/Trailer
Sway Control systems may reduce power from the engine to the
wheels. You may need to turn the system off to enable you to rock the
vehicle in order to free it.
n Turning off TRAC (turn on the AUTO LSD system)
→P. 301
n Turning off TRAC, VSC and Trailer Sway Control
Press and hold the VSC off
switch for more than 3 seconds
while the vehicle is stopped to
turn off TRAC, VSC and Trailer
Sway Control.
The VSC off and “TRAC OFF”
indicators will come on.
Press the switch again to turn
the system back on.
When the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway Control/hill-start assist control
systems are operating
Disabling the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems (2WD
models and 2WD mode on 4WD models)
319
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If the vehicle gets stuck in fresh snow or mud, TRAC/VSC/Trailer
Sway Control systems may reduce power from the engine to the
wheels. You may need to turn the system off to enable you to rock the
vehicle in order to free it.
n Turning off TRAC
Quickly press and release the
VSC off switch to turn off
TRAC.
The “TRAC OFF” indicator will
come on.
Press the switch again to turn
the system back on.
n
Turning off TRAC, VSC and Trailer Sway Control
Press and hold the VSC off
switch for more than 3 seconds
while the vehicle is stopped to
turn off TRAC, VSC and Trailer
Sway Control.
The VSC off and “TRAC OFF”
indicators will come on.
Press the switch again to turn
the system back on.
n When the “TRAC OFF” indicator light comes on even if the VSC off
switch has not been pressed
TRAC and hill-start assist control cannot be operated. Contact your Toyota
dealer.
Disabling the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems (4WD
mode on 4WD models)
320
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, Multi Terrain ABS, brake
assist, VSC, TRAC and Trailer Sway Control systems
l A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the brake pedal
is depressed repeatedly, when the engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has
occurred in any of these systems.
l Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
• Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
• A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
• The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
• The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
n Automatic reactivation of TRAC, VSC and Trailer Sway Control systems
after turning off the engine
Turning off the engine after turning off the TRAC, VSC and Trailer Sway Con-
trol systems will automatically reactivate them.
n Automatic reactivation of TRAC system (AUTO LSD mode)
With AUTO LSD mode, VSC off and “AUTO LSD” indicator lights turn on.
The VSC and TRAC systems will turn on when the vehicle speed increases.
n Automatic reactivation of TRAC, VSC and Trailer Sway Control systems
If the TRAC, VSC and Trailer Sway Control systems are turned off, automatic
reactivation will not occur when vehicle speed increases
n If the brake system overheats
TRAC will cease operation and a buzzer will sound to alert the driver. Stop
the vehicle in a safe place. (There is no problem with continuing normal driv-
ing.)
n When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off by pressing the VSC off
switch
On vehicles with pre-collision system, pre-collision brake assist and pre-colli-
sion braking will also be disabled. The PCS warning light will come on and
the message will be shown on the multi-information display. (→P. 494)
n Operating conditions of hill-start assist control
When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will
operate:
l The shift lever is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/
backward on an upward incline).
l The vehicle is stopped.
l The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
l The parking brake is not engaged.
321
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control
The hill-start assist control will turn off in any of the following situations:
l The shift lever is moved to P or N.
l The accelerator pedal is depressed.
l The parking brake is engaged.
l Approximately 2 seconds elapse after the brake pedal is released.
WARNING
n The ABS does not operate effectively when
l The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as
excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
l The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
n Stopping distance when the ABS or Multi Terrain ABS is operating may
exceed that of normal conditions
The ABS and Multi Terrain ABS are not designed to shorten the vehicle’s
stopping distance. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front
of you, especially in the following situations:
l When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
l When driving with tire chains
l When driving over bumps in the road
l When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces
n TRAC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the TRAC system is operating.
Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be
lost.
n Hill-start assist control does not operate effectively when
l Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may
not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
l Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the
vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use
hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may
lead to an accident.
n When the VSC and Trailer Sway Control are activated
The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.
322
4-5. Using the driving support systems
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road condi-
tions. As these are the systems to help ensure vehicle stability and driving
force, do not turn the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems off unless
necessary.
n Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and
total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the
recommended tire inflation pressure level.
The ABS, Multi Terrain ABS, TRAC, VSC and Trailer Sway Control systems
will not function correctly if different tires are installed on the vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
n Handling of tires and the suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.
n Trailer Sway Control precaution
The Trailer Sway Control system is not able to reduce trailer sway in all situ-
ations. Depending on many factors such as the conditions of the vehicle,
trailer, road surface, and driving environment, the Trailer Sway Control sys-
tem may not be effective. Refer to your trailer owner’s manual for informa-
tion on how to tow your trailer properly.
n If trailer sway occurs
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
l Firmly grip the steering wheel. Steer straight ahead.
Do not try to control trailer swaying by turning the steering wheel.
l Begin releasing the accelerator pedal immediately but very gradually to
reduce speed.
Do not increase speed. Do not apply vehicle brakes.
If you make no extreme correction with the steering or brakes, your vehicle
and trailer should stabilize. (→P. 197)
323
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Winter driving tips
l Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tempera-
tures.
• Engine oil
• Engine coolant
• Washer fluid
l Have a service technician inspect the condition of the battery.
l Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire
chains for the rear tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match
the size of the tires.
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
l Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen.
Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away
the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
l To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in
front of the windshield.
l Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accu-
mulated on the exterior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, around the
tires or on the brakes.
l Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before
getting in the vehicle.
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road con-
ditions.
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before
driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a man-
ner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.
Preparation for winter
Before driving the vehicle
When driving the vehicle
324
4-6. Driving tips
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P (automatic transmis-
sion) or 1 or R (manual transmission) without setting the parking
brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from being
released. If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake,
make sure to block the wheels.
Failure to do so may be dangerous because it may cause the vehi-
cle to move unexpectedly, possibly leading to an accident.
l On vehicles with an automatic transmission, if the vehicle is parked
without setting the parking brake, confirm that the shift lever cannot
be moved out of P.
The shift lever will be locked if it is attempted to be shifted from P to
any other position without depressing the brake pedal. If the shift
lever can be shifted from P, there may be a problem with the shift
lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the tire chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain
(0.2 in. [5 mm] in diameter)
Cross chain
(0.25 in. [6.3 mm] in diameter)
Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on loca-
tion and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing
chains.
When parking the vehicle
Selecting tire chains
1
2
Regulations on the use of tire chains
325
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Tire chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains:
l Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
l Install tire chains on the rear tires. Do not install tire chains on the front tires.
l Install tire chains on rear tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after
driving 1/4 ⎯ 1/2 mile (0.5 ⎯ 1.0 km).
l Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains.
WARNING
n Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
l Use tires of the specified size.
l Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
l Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of
snow tires being used.
l Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.
l 4WD models: Do not mix tires of different makes, models, tread patterns
or treadwear.
n Driving with tire chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
l Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
l Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
l Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting
operations that cause sudden engine braking.
l Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle con-
trol is maintained.
326
4-6. Driving tips
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n Repairing or replacing snow tires
Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legiti-
mate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the opera-
tion of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
n Fitting tire chains
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly
when tire chains are fitted.
327
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Off-road precautions
l Specific design characteristics give it a higher center of gravity than
ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature causes this
type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. And, utility vehicles
have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
l An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the
road allowing you to anticipate problems.
l It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as ordinary pas-
senger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. Therefore, sharp
turns at excessive speeds may cause the vehicle to rollover.
This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class, which has
higher ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to the
height of its center of gravity to make it capable of performing in
a wide variety of off-road applications.
Off-road vehicle features
328
4-6. Driving tips
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
When driving your vehicle off-road, please observe the following pre-
cautions to ensure your driving enjoyment and to help prevent the clo-
sure of areas to off-road vehicles.
l Drive your vehicle only in areas where off-road vehicles are permit-
ted to travel.
l Respect private property. Get owner’s permission before entering
private property.
l Do not enter areas that are closed. Honor gates, barriers and signs
that restrict travel.
l Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving tech-
niques should be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to
roads.
WARNING
n Off-road vehicle precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death, seri-
ous injury or damage to your vehicle:
l In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers
should always fasten their seat belts.
l Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible.
Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or
vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury.
l Avoid loading any items on the roof that will raise the vehicle’s center of
gravity.
l Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and higher
center of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordi-
nary passenger car. Slowing down will allow you to have better control.
l When driving off-road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss
of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also
risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis.
l Do not drive horizontally across steep slopes. Driving straight up or
straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar off-road vehicle)
can tip over sideways much more easily than forward or backward.
Off-road driving
329
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Additional information for off-road driving
For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and Puerto Rico:
To obtain additional information pertaining to driving your vehicle off-road,
consult the following organizations.
l State and Local Parks and Recreation Departments
l State Motor Vehicle Bureau
l Recreational Vehicle Clubs
l U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management
WARNING
n Off-road driving precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death, seri-
ous injury or damage to your vehicle:
l Drive carefully when off the road. Do not take unnecessary risks by driving
in dangerous places.
l Do not grip the steering wheel spokes when driving off-road. A bad bump
could jerk the wheel and injure your hands. Keep both hands and espe-
cially your thumbs on the outside of the rim.
l Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in
sand, mud, water or snow.
l After driving through tall grass, mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., check that
there is no grass, bush, paper, rags, stone, sand, etc., adhering or trapped
on the underbody. Clear off any such matter from the underbody. If the
vehicle is used with these materials trapped or adhering to the underbody,
a breakdown or fire could occur.
l When driving off-road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss
of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also
risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis.
330
4-6. Driving tips
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n To prevent the water damage
Take all necessary safety measures to ensure that water damage to the
engine or other components does not occur.
l Water entering the engine air intake will cause severe engine damage.
l Water entering the automatic transmission will cause deterioration in shift
quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and ulti-
mately damage.
l Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and pre-
mature failure, and may also enter the differentials, transmission and
transfer case, reducing the gear oil’s lubricating qualities.
n When you drive through water
If driving through water, such as when crossing shallow streams, first check
the depth of the water and the bottom of the river bed for firmness. Drive
slowly and avoid deep water.
n Inspection after off-road driving
l Sand and mud that has accumulated in brake drums and around brake
discs may affect braking efficiency and may damage brake system compo-
nents.
l Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off-road driv-
ing that has taken you through rough terrain, sand, mud, or water. For
scheduled maintenance information, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
331
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
5-1. Using the air conditioning
system
Manual air conditioning
system............................. 332
Automatic air conditioning
system............................. 338
Seat heaters...................... 345
5-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................ 347
• Interior light................... 348
• Front personal lights ..... 348
• Cargo lamp main
switch............................ 349
5-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features ..... 350
• Glove box...................... 351
• Front console box ......... 352
• Overhead console......... 352
• Cup holders .................. 353
• Bottle holders................ 354
• Storage boxes............... 355
Luggage compartment
features........................... 358
5-4. Other interior features
Other interior features ....... 368
• Sun visors..................... 368
• Vanity mirrors................ 368
• Power outlet
(12 V DC)...................... 369
• Power outlet
(120 V AC).................... 370
• USB charging ports....... 375
• Wireless charger........... 377
• Assist grips ................... 382
Garage door opener.......... 383
Compass........................... 390
332
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Manual air conditioning system*
n Adjusting the temperature setting
To adjust the temperature set-
ting, turn the temperature con-
trol dial clockwise (warm) or
counterclockwise (cool).
If is not pressed, the sys-
tem will blow ambient tempera-
ture air or heated air.
For quick cooling, turn the tem-
perature control dial to the “MAX
A/C” position.
The air conditioning will automatically turn on and the air intake selector
will be set to recirculated air mode.
∗: If equipped
Air conditioning controls
333
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Fan speed setting
To adjust the fan speed, turn
the fan speed control dial clock-
wise (increase) or counterclock-
wise (decrease).
Turning the dial to “OFF” turns
off the fan.
n
Change the airflow mode
To select the airflow, set the air
outlet selector dial to the
desired position.
The positions between the air
outlet selections can also be
selected for more delicate
adjustment.
n
Other functions
l Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
(→P. 334)
l Defogging the windshield (→P. 334)
l Defogging the outside rear view mirrors (→P. 334)
334
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (introduces air from
outside the vehicle) (indicator off) and recirculated air mode (recy-
cles air inside the vehicle) (indicator on) each time the button is
pressed.
n Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Set the air outlet selector dial to position.
Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to outside air mode if the recir-
culated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the side windows early, turn the air flow and
temperature up.
n
Defogging the outside rear view mirrors
Defogger is used to defog to remove raindrops, dew and frost from
the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The defogger will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes.
Other functions
335
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Location of air outlets
Air outlets and air volume
changes according to the
selected airflow mode.
*: Double Cab models only
n
Adjusting the position and opening and closing the air outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Open the vent
Close the vent
Air outlets
*
*
1
2
336
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Fogging up of the windows
l The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the wind-
shield effectively.
l If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
l The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
n When driving on dusty roads
Close all windows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still drawn into the vehi-
cle after closing the windows, it is recommended that the air intake mode be
set to outside air mode and the fan speed to any setting except off.
n Outside/recirculated air mode
Setting to the recirculated air mode temporarily is recommended in prevent-
ing dirty air from entering the vehicle interior and helping to cool the vehicle
when the outside air temperature is high.
n When the outside temperature exceeds 75°F (24°C) and air conditioning
system is on
l In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air condition-
ing system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also
reduce fuel consumption.
l Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch
is in the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION
ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).
l It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing .
n When the outside temperature falls to nearly 32°F (0°C)
The dehumidification function may not operate even when is pressed.
n Ventilation and air conditioning odors
l To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
l During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
l To reduce potential odors from occurring:
It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
n Air conditioning filter
→P. 440
337
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n To prevent the windshield from fogging up
l Do not use
during cool air operation in extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the wind-
shield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, blocking
your vision.
n To prevent burns
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mirror
defoggers are on.
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
l Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers to
defog.
338
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Automatic air conditioning system
∗
n Adjusting the temperature setting
To adjust the temperature set-
ting, turn the temperature con-
trol dial clockwise (warm) or
counterclockwise (cool).
If is not pressed, the sys-
tem will blow ambient tempera-
ture air or heated air.
The air conditioning system
switches between individual and
simultaneous mode each time
is pressed. (→P. 340)
∗: If equipped
Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according
to the temperature setting.
Air conditioning controls
339
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Fan speed setting
To adjust the fan speed, turn
the fan speed control dial clock-
wise (increase) or counterclock-
wise (decrease).
Press to turn the fan off.
n
Change the airflow mode
To change the airflow, press
.
The air outlets used are
switched each time the button is
pressed.
Air flows to the upper body
Air flows to the upper body
and feet
Air flows to the feet
Air flows to the feet and
the windshield defogger
operates
n Other functions
l Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
(→P. 341)
l Defogging the windshield (→P. 341)
l Defogging the outside rear view mirrors (→P. 341)
1
2
3
4
340
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Press .
Adjust the temperature setting.
To stop the operation, press .
n Automatic mode indicator
If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the auto-
matic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for func-
tions other than that operated is maintained.
n Adjusting the temperature for driver and passenger seats sep-
arately (“SYNC” mode)
The air conditioning system switches between individual and simul-
taneous mode each time is pressed.
Simultaneous mode (the indicator on is on):
The driver’s side temperature control dial can be used to adjust the
temperature for driver’s and front passenger’s side. At this time,
operate the front passenger’s side temperature control dial to enter
individual mode.
Individual mode (the indicator on is off):
The temperature for the driver’s and front passenger’s side can be
adjusted separately.
Using by automatic mode
1
2
3
341
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (introduces air from
outside the vehicle) (indicator off) and recirculated air mode (recy-
cles air inside the vehicle) (indicator on) each time the button is
pressed.
n Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Press .
Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to outside air mode if the recir-
culated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.) To defog the wind-
shield and the side windows early, turn the air flow and temperature up.
To return to the previous mode, press again when the windshield is
defogged.
n
Defogging the outside rear view mirrors
Defogger is used to defog to remove raindrops, dew and frost from
the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The defogger will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes.
Other functions
342
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Location of air outlets
Air outlets and air volume
changes according to the
selected airflow mode.
*: Double Cab models only
n
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Open the vent
Close the vent
Air outlets
*
*
1
2
343
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting and
the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow
immediately after is pressed.
n Fogging up of the windows
l The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the
windshield effectively.
l If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
l The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
n When driving on dusty roads
Close all windows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still drawn into the vehi-
cle after closing the windows, it is recommended that the air intake mode be
set to outside air mode and the fan speed to any setting except off.
n Outside/recirculated air mode
l Setting to the recirculated air mode temporarily is recommended in prevent-
ing dirty air from entering the vehicle interior and helping to cool the vehicle
when the outside air temperature is high.
l Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the
temperature setting or the inside temperature.
n When the outside temperature exceeds 75°F (24°C) and the air condition-
ing system is on
l In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air condition-
ing system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also
reduce fuel consumption.
l Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch
is in the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION
ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).
l It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing .
n When the outside temperature falls to nearly 32°F (0°C)
The dehumidification function may not operate even when is selected.
344
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Ventilation and air conditioning odors
l To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
l During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
l To reduce potential odors from occurring:
• It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
• The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time
immediately after the air conditioning system is started in automatic
mode.
n Air conditioning filter
→P. 440
WARNING
n To prevent the windshield from fogging up
l Do not use
during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, block-
ing your vision.
n To prevent burns
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mirror
defoggers are on.
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
l Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers to
defog.
345
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Seat heaters
∗
∗: If equipped
WARNING
n Burns
l Use caution when seating the following persons in a seat with the seat
heater on to avoid the possibility of burns:
• Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically chal-
lenged
• Persons with sensitive skin
• Persons who are fatigued
• Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
l Do not cover the seat with anything when using the seat heater.
Using the seat heater with a blanket or cushion increases the temperature
of the seat and may lead to overheating.
l Do not use seat heater more than necessary. Doing so may cause minor
burns or overheating.
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the seat heaters
Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
n To prevent battery discharge
Turn the seat heaters off when the engine is not running.
346
5-1. Using the air conditioning system
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Turns the seat heaters on
Drivers side
Front passenger side
Each time the switch is pressed,
the operation condition changes as
follows.
Hi (3 segments lit) → Mid (2 seg-
ments lit) → Lo (1 segment lit) →
Off
The level indicator (amber) light up
during operation.
n The seat heaters can be used when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
n When not in use
Turn the seat heaters off by pressing the button. The indicator light turns off.
1
2
347
5-2. Using the interior lights
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Interior lights list
Front interior light/personal
lights (→P. 348)
Rear interior light (→P. 348)
Engine switch light (vehicles
with a wireless remote control
system)
Engine switch light (vehicles
with a smart key system)
Center tray light
Cargo lamp (if equipped)
(→P. 349)
1
2
3
4
5
6
348
5-2. Using the interior lights
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Front
Off
Door position
The personal/interior lights
come on when a door is
opened. They turn off when the
doors are closed.
On
n Rear
Door position
The personal/interior lights
come on when a door is
opened. They turn off when the
doors are closed.
On
On/off
Interior light
1
2
3
1
2
Front personal lights
349
5-2. Using the interior lights
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Off
Door position
The cargo lamp comes on when a
door is opened. They turn off when
the doors are closed.
On
n Illuminated entry system
Vehicles without a smart key system
The lights automatically turn on/off according to the engine switch position,
whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and whether the doors are opened/
closed.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The lights automatically turn on/off according to engine switch mode, the
presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and
whether the doors are opened/closed.
n To prevent battery discharge
If the following lights remain on when the door is not fully closed and the main
switch is in the door position, the lights will go off automatically after 20 min-
utes:
l Front personal lights
l Interior lights
l Cargo lamp (if equipped)
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 560)
Cargo lamp main switch (if equipped)
1
2
3
350
5-3. Using the storage features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
List of storage features
Bottle holders (→P. 354)
Front console box (→P. 352)
Overhead console
(if equipped) (→P. 352)
Glove box (→P. 351)
Cup holders (→P. 353)
Storage boxes (→P. 355)
1
2
3
4
5
6
351
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Open (pull the lever up)
Lock
Unlock
WARNING
n Items that should not be left in the storage spaces
Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may result in the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
l Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
l Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release gas,
causing a fire hazard.
n When driving or when the storage compartments are not in use
Keep the lids closed.
In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an accident may occur
due to an occupant being struck by an open lid or the items stored inside.
Glove box
1
2
3
352
5-3. Using the storage features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Lift the lid while pulling up the
knob to release the lock.
n Passing a cable from the console box
The overhead console is useful for temporarily storing sunglasses and
similar small items.
Press the lid.
Front console box
Overhead console (if equipped)
WARNING
n Items unsuitable for storing
Do not store items heavier than 0.4 lb. (0.2 kg).
Doing so may cause the overhead console to open and the items inside
may fall out, resulting in an accident.
353
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
Vehicles with a manual transmission
Cup holders
WARNING
n Items unsuitable for the cup holder
Do not place anything other than cups or beverage cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent
burns.
354
5-3. Using the storage features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Front door
Front console box
Rear door (Double Cab models only)
n When using the holder as a bottle holder
l When storing a bottle, close the cap.
l The bottle may not be stored depending on its size or shape.
Bottle holders
355
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Rear (Access Cab models [vehicles without rear seats])
Turn the knob counterclockwise
and open the lid.
Under the rear seats (Access Cab models [vehicles with rear
seats])
Pull up the lever and raise the
bottom cushion up.
WARNING
n Items unsuitable for the bottle holders
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.
NOTICE
n Items that should not be stowed in the bottle holders
Put the cap on before stowing a bottle. Do not place open bottles in the bot-
tle holders, or glasses and paper cups containing liquid. The contents may
spill and glasses may break.
Storage boxes
1
356
5-3. Using the storage features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Turn the knob counterclock-
wise.
Open the lid.
Under the rear seats (Double Cab models)
Swing the bottom cushion up by
pulling the lock release strap.
Turn the knob counterclockwise
and open the lid.
2
3
1
2
357
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Caution while driving
Keep the storage boxes closed and locked.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
n Storage box (Access cab models [vehicles without rear seat])
Never let anyone sit on the storage box. Doing so may damage the storage
box and cause injury. In addition, it may cause death or severe injury in the
event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
358
5-3. Using the storage features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Luggage compartment features
n Deck
n Tonneau cover (if equipped)
→P. 3 62
n Behind the rear seat (Double Cab models only)
Grocery bag hooks (→P. 366)
Storage boxes (→P. 367)
Left side Right side
Deck hooks (→P. 361)
Auxiliary box (→P. 359)
Tie-down cleats (→P. 359)
Power outlet
(if equipped) (→P. 370)
1
2
3
4
1
2
359
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Auxiliary box
Turn the knob and open the lid.
n Tie-down cleats
The deck rail system enables you to insert and move tie-down
cleats to their best location along deck rails to secure a load.
Locking plate
Thumb wheel
Tie-down cleat
Deck
1
2
3
360
5-3. Using the storage features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Installing the tie-down cleat
Loosen the thumb wheel in a
counterclockwise motion,
and depress the wheel so
that the locking plate main-
tains 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) gap.
Deck rail
Detent
Locking plate
Insert the locking plate into
the deck rail, rotate the tie-
down cleat 90°, and release
the thumb wheel.
Slide the cleat to the closest
detent in the rail system. You
will feel that the locking plate
snaps into a detent.
When using a tonneau cover,
confirm the cleat position will not
interfere with its proper closing
and latching.
Tighten the thumb wheel in a
clockwise motion until the
clutch mechanism ratchets.
0.5 in.
(12.7 mm)
1
1
2
3
2
3
4
361
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Check the tie-down cleat to
confirm that it is locked into a
detent and securely mounted
to the deck rail system.
n Deck hooks
Deck hooks are provided for
securing loose items.
5
362
5-3. Using the storage features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Open the tonneau cover
Open the tailgate. (→P. 126)
Pull the lever and lift to open
the rear tonneau cover.
Pull the lever and lift to open
the center tonneau cover.
Secure by using the storage
straps.
Make sure that the buckle is
fully engaged by pulling on the
strap.
Tonneau cover (if equipped)
1
2
3
4
363
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Close the tonneau cover
Remove the straps while
pushing the release lock.
Confirm that there is no tie-down
cleat in the latch position before
closing the tonneau cover.
Close the tonneau cover and
push down on the top sur-
face (latch position) until it
clicks.
After closing the tonneau cover,
try pulling it up towards you to
make sure all latches are
securely locked. Confirm cargo
and cleats do not interfere with
tonneau cover latching and
completely closing.
n
Remove and install the tonneau cover
Open the cap and remove
the bolt.
Open the rear and center tonneau cover.
Secure by using the storage straps.
Pull the lever and lift to
remove the tonneau cover.
1
2
STY63BD024
1
2
3
4
364
5-3. Using the storage features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
Push down on the top surface (latch position) until it clicks, tighten the
bolt, and then close the cap.
After closing the tonneau cover, try pulling it up towards you to make
sure all latches are securely locked.
WARNING
n Caution while driving
Keep the auxiliary boxes closed and locked.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
n When the deck hooks are not in use
To avoid injury, always return the deck hooks to their stowed positions.
n Tie-down cleat precautions
l Properly install and tighten the tie-down cleats into the deck rail system.
Failure to properly install and tighten the tie-down cleats can cause cargo
to become unsecured. Unsecured cargo can cause injury when the vehi-
cle is in motion.
l Properly secure all cargo to prevent shifting or sliding during driving.
Failure to properly secure cargo can cause injury when the vehicle is in
motion.
l Applying loads at an angle to the tie-down cleat greater than 45° or loads
greater than 220 lb. (100 kg) may cause damage to the deck, deck rail
system, tie-down cleat and/or the cargo.
l Do not exceed a total tensile load of 440 lb. (200 kg) per deck rail.
l Do not install more than the following number of tie-down cleats per deck
rail:
• Side rail:
Short deck—Max. 3 locations
Long deck—Max. 4 locations
l Confirm cargo and cleats do not interfere with tonneau cover latching and
completely closing.
5
365
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Caution for the tonneau cover
Observe the following precautions regarding the tonneau cover.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
l Confirm the tonneau cover is securely closed before driving.
l Confirm cargo and cleats do not interfere with tonneau cover latching and
completely closing.
l Bolt must be installed and properly tightened.
Tightening torque:
20 ft·lbf (27.3 N·m, 2.8 kgf·m)
l When the tonneau cover is fully opened, make sure that the buckle is
secure by pulling on the storage strap.
l Be careful not to get your hands pinched between the tonneau cover and
the deck when opening and closing the tonneau cover, or between the
panels when folding.
l Make sure that all latches are securely locked by pulling it upwards.
l Do not stand or sit on the tonneau cover.
l Do not install the tonneau cover backwards, or in any other orientation
than indicated (“TACOMA” text should be towards the tailgate, and the
safety bolt must be installed and tightened.
l Do not drive with only the front or only
the rear tonneau cover opened.
366
5-3. Using the storage features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Grocery bag hooks
Grocery bag hook is designed
to hang things like grocery bag.
NOTICE
n When using the tonneau cover
l Deck area is not waterproof, so take care when transporting items which
may be damaged by water.
l Do not drive the vehicle with objects on top of the tonneau cover.
l Take care when operating and storing the tonneau cover to avoid scratch-
ing its outer surfaces. When stowing, stand it up with the section with stor-
age straps facing upward.
l Take care when removing and installing the tonneau cover, as it is heavy.
l To avoid damage, secure the storage straps to the snaps provided. Failure
to do so could result in broken buckle, or damage deck rail.
Behind the rear seat (Double Cab models only)
367
5-3. Using the storage features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Storage boxes
Storage box is designed to place things like bottles.
Left side Right side (vehicles without a
sub woofer)
NOTICE
n Grocery bag hook weight capacity
Do not hang any object heavier than 7 lb. (3 kg) on the grocery bag hooks.
368
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Other interior features
To set the visor in the forward
position, flip it down.
To set the visor in the side posi-
tion, flip down, unhook, and
swing it to the side.
To use the side extender, place
the visor in the side position,
then slide it backward.
Open the cover
The light turns on when the cover
is opened.
Sun visors
1
2
3
Vanity mirrors (if equipped)
NOTICE
Do not leave the vanity lights on for extended periods while the engine is
stopped.
369
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Please use as a power supply for electronic goods that use less than
12 VDC/10 A (power consumption of 120 W).
When using electronic goods, make sure that the power consumption
of all the connected power outlets are less than 120 W.
Open the lid.
n The power outlet can be used when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
n When turning the engine switch off
Disconnect electrical devices with charging functions, such as mobile battery
packs.
If such devices are left connected, the engine switch may not be turned off
normally.
Power outlet (12 V DC)
NOTICE
l Close the power outlet lids when the power outlet are not in use.
Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlet may cause a short
circuit.
l Do not use the power outlet longer than necessary when the engine is not
running.
370
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The power outlet can be used for electrical appliances.
l Main switch
To use the power outlet, turn on
the main switch.
The power supply starts a few
seconds after the main switch is
pressed.
l Power outlet socket (deck)
Open the lid.
Power outlet (120 V AC) (if equipped)
371
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Maximum available capacity of the power outlet
l While the vehicle is being driven
The maximum capacity of the power outlet is always 120 V AC/
100 W.
l When the vehicle is stationary
The maximum capacity of the power outlet varies depending on
the following conditions:
• The maximum capacity is 120 V AC/100 W when the following
conditions applies:
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
The shift lever is moved to any positions other than P and N.
Vehicles with a manual transmission
The clutch pedal is depressed.
• The maximum capacity is 120 V AC/400 W when the following
conditions applies:
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
The shift lever is in P or N.
Vehicles with a manual transmission
The shift lever is in N and the clutch pedal is not depressed.
The maximum capacity of 400 W can only be restored by turning the
power outlet main switch off and then on again under condition
described above.
n The power outlet can be used when
The engine is running.
n The indicator light changes according to the maximum available capac-
ity as follows:
n When the power outlet is in operation
The sound of the cooling fan may be heard from the front console box. This is
normal and does not indicate a malfunction.
120 V AC/400 W
120 V AC/100 W
1
2
372
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n If the engine is started with the power outlet main switch on
The maximum capacity of the power supply may decrease to below the stan-
dard, or may be cut off completely, even when the vehicle is stationary.
n The protection circuit may be activated to cut the power supply if any of
the following conditions apply:
l The engine is started with the power outlet main switch on.
l Use of electrical appliances exceeding the maximum capacity is attempted.
A sound may be heard when the protection circuit is activated. This is nor-
mal and does not indicate a malfunction.
l Electrical appliances, which consume power exceeding 100 W, have been
used continuously for a long time period.
l The total power usage by all electrical features (headlights, air conditioning,
etc.) has exceeded the total vehicle maximum for an extended period of
time.
n If the protection circuit is activated and the power supply is cut, conduct
the following procedure:
Park the vehicle in a safe place, and then securely apply the parking
brake.
Check and ensure the following conditions:
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
The shift lever is in P or N.
Vehicles with a manual transmission
The shift lever is in N and the clutch pedal is not depressed.
Make sure that the power consumption of the electric appliance is within
the maximum capacity of the power outlet and the appliance is not bro-
ken.
Press the power outlet main switch again.
When the cabin temperature is high, open the windows to cool the tempera-
ture down. Once it reaches the normal temperature, turn the power outlet
main switch on again.
If the power supply does not resume even after the above procedure has
been performed, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
1
2
3
4
373
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Using a power outlet
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury.
l Use of the power outlet when it is wet with water or snow may result in
electrical shocks and is extremely dangerous. The power outlet must be
thoroughly dried before use.
l Do not allow children to use or play with the power outlet.
l Be careful not to get any part of your body caught in the power outlet lid.
l When using electrical appliances, strictly follow any cautions and notices
written on their labels and in the manufacturers’ instruction manuals.
l Do not modify, disassemble or repair the power outlet or its inverter in any
way. Doing so may result in unexpected malfunctions or accidents, which
could cause serious damage or injuries. Contact your Toyota dealer for
any necessary repairs.
n To prevent injuries and accidents, secure all electric appliances before
use and do not use any appliances that may do any of the following:
l Distract the driver while driving, or hamper safe driving.
l Result in a fire or burn injuries due to the appliance rolling, falling or over-
heating while driving.
l Emit steam while the windows of the cabin are closed.
n To prevent unexpected accidents, such as electric shocks, do not per-
form any of the following actions:
l Using the power outlet for electric heaters while sleeping.
l Contaminating the power outlet with liquid substances or mud.
l Handling electrical appliance plugs at the power outlet with wet hands or
feet.
l Inserting foreign objects into the power outlet.
l Using malfunctioning electric appliances.
l Inserting inappropriate or badly fitting plugs into the power outlet.
374
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n To avoid damaging the power outlet and the plug
l Close the power outlet lid when not in use.
l Do not allow foreign objects or liquids to enter the power outlet, as this
may cause a short circuit.
l Do not use plug adaptors to connect too many plugs to the power outlet.
l After removing a plug, gently close the power outlet lid.
n To prevent the fuse from being blown
Do not use a 120 V AC appliance that requires more than the maximum
capacity of the power outlet. If a 120 V AC appliance that consumes more
than the maximum capacity is used, the protection circuit will cut the power
supply.
n Appliances that may not operate properly (120 V AC)
The following 120 V AC appliances may not operate even if their power con-
sumption is under maximum capacity.
l Appliances with high initial peak wattage
l Measuring devices that process precise data.
l Other appliances that require an extremely stable power supply
n To prevent battery discharge
Turn off all the vehicle’s electronic equipment and accessories, such as the
headlights and air conditioning, when electrical appliances that consume in
excess of 100 W are used continuously for long periods of time.
n To prevent any damage caused by heat
l Do not use any electrical appliances that give off intense heat, such as
toasters, in any locations including the internal or external trim, seats and
deck.
l Do not use any electrical appliances that are easily affected by vibration or
heat inside the vehicle. Vibration while driving, or the heat of the sun while
parking, may result in damage to those electrical appliances.
n If any electrical appliances are to be used while driving
Securely fasten both the appliances and their cables to prevent them from
falling or getting caught in any of the power train components.
n If the power outlet is loose when an electrical appliance plug is con-
nected
Replace the outlet. Contact your Toyota dealer for any necessary replace-
ments.
n If the power outlet gets dirty
Turn the main switch off and use a soft, clean cloth to wipe it gently. Do not
use any cleansing materials, such as organic solvents, wax, or compound
cleaners, as these may damage the power outlet or cause it to malfunction.
375
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The USB charging ports are used to supply 2.1 A of electricity at 5 V
to external devices. The USB charging ports are for charging only.
They are not designed for data transfer or other purposes. Depending
on the external device, it may not charge properly. Refer to the man-
ual included with the device before using a USB charging port.
n Using the USB charging ports
Open the console box lid and
open the lid.
n The USB charging ports can be used when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
n Situations in which the USB charging ports may not operate correctly
l If a device which consumes more than 2.1 A at 5 V is connected
l If a device designed to communicate with a personal computer, such as a
USB memory device, is connected
l If the connected external device is turned off (depending on device)
l If the temperature inside the vehicle is high, such as after the vehicle has
been parked in the sun
n About connected external devices
Depending on the connected external device, charging may occasionally be
suspended and then start again. This is not a malfunction.
USB charging ports
376
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the USB charging ports
l Do not insert foreign objects into the ports.
l Do not spill water or other liquids into the ports.
l When the USB charging ports are not in use, close the lids. If a foreign
object or liquid enters a port may cause a short circuit.
l Do not apply excessive force to or impact the USB charging ports.
l Do not disassemble or modify the USB charging ports.
n To prevent damage to external devices
l Do not leave external devices in the vehicle. The temperature inside the
vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to an external device.
l Do not push down on or apply unnecessary force to an external device or
the cable of an external device while it is connected.
n To prevent battery discharge
l Do not use the USB charging ports for a long period of time with the
engine stopped.
377
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
A mobile device can be charged wirelessly on the tray.
Vehicles without a smart key system
Charging can only be performed with the engine switch in the
“ACC” or “ON” position and only on mobile devices with the “ ”
logo.
Vehicles with a smart key system
Charging can only be performed with the engine switch in ACCES-
SORY or IGNITION ON mode and only on mobile devices with the
“ ” logo.
Press the wireless charger
switch.
Place a mobile device on the
tray as shown in the illustration.
An amber indicator is illuminated
while charging is in progress.
When charging is complete, a
green indicator will also be illumi-
nated. Some phones, cases or
cover type wireless chargers may
not cause the green indicator to
illuminate even though it is fully
charged.
When placing the mobile device on the wireless charging surface of
the tray, make sure that there are no objects in-between the mobile
device and the tray. They may interfere with charging.
Wireless charger (if equipped)
1
2
378
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n If the wireless charger LED indicators flash
If the wireless charging surface of the tray becomes too hot, the LED indica-
tors will flash and charging is canceled. The LED indicators will be illuminated
if the surface of the tray cools down.
If the LED indicators flash even though the surface of the tray is not hot, the
wireless charger may be malfunctioning. Consult your Toyota dealer.
n When charging of the wireless charger stops temporarily
If any of the following operations are performed with the wireless key or elec-
tronic key present, charging may stop temporarily. Charging will start again
after a while.
• Locking/unlocking the doors by touching the door handle
(vehicles with a smart key system)
• Opening/closing the doors
• Starting the engine
• Locking the doors by pressing the lock button on the wireless key or elec-
tronic key
• When the electronic key is out of the detection area
(vehicles with a smart key system)
n Certification for the wireless charger
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
This device complies with Part 18 of the FCC Rules.
Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
19001 S. Western Avenue
Torrance, CA 90501
For vehicles sold in Canada
This ISM device complies with Canadian ICES-001.
Cet appareil ISM est conforme à la norme NMB-001 du Canada.
379
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
380
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
l People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should main-
tain a reasonable distance between themselves and the wireless charger.
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices.
l Before using the wireless charger, users of any electrical medical device
other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should con-
sult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation
under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected
effects on the operation of such medical devices.
l To avoid interference with other electrical devices, turn the wireless char-
ger off by turning off the wireless charger switch.
n To prevent damage or fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in the possibility of equipment failure or damage,
vehicle fire, burns due to heat, or even electrical shock.
l Do not put any metallic objects between the charging area and the porta-
ble device.
l Do not place anything but a device to be charged on the wireless charger.
It is not designed for use as an auxiliary box.
l Do not apply force or impact to the wireless charger.
l Do not disassemble or modify the wireless charger.
l Do not attempt to charge portable devices which are not compatible with
the Qi wireless charging standard.
l Do not bring magnetized objects close to the wireless charger.
l Do not perform charging if the charging area is dusty.
l Keep foreign objects away from the wireless charger, and do not spill liquid
on the wireless charger.
l Do not cover the wireless charger with a cloth or other object while
charging.
l Do not attach metallic objects, such as aluminum stickers, to the charging
area.
381
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n Conditions in which the wireless charger may not operate correctly
In the following situations, the wireless charger may not operate correctly:
l When a portable device is fully charged
l When there is a foreign object between the charging area and portable
device
l When a portable device becomes hot while charging
l When a portable device is placed on the wireless area with its charging
surface facing up
l When a portable device is not centered on the charging area
l When the vehicle is near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station,
radio station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong
radio waves or electrical noise
l When the portable device is in contact with, or is covered by any of the fol-
lowing metallic objects
• Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
• Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins
• Metal hand warmers
• Media such as CDs and DVDs
l When wireless keys (that emit radio waves) other than those of your vehi-
cle are being used nearby.
If in situations other than above the wireless charger does not operate prop-
erly or the operation indicator light is blinking, the wireless charger may be
malfunctioning. Contact your Toyota dealer.
n To prevent failure or damage to data
l Do not bring magnetic cards, such as a credit card, or magnetic recording
media, close to the wireless charger. Otherwise, data may be erased due
to the influence of magnetism.
Additionally, do not bring precision instruments such as wrist watches,
close to the wireless charger, as such objects may malfunction.
l Do not leave portable devices in the cabin. The temperature inside the
cabin may become high when parked in the sun, and cause damage to the
device.
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not use the wireless charger for a long period of time with the engine is
stopped.
382
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
An assist grip (type A) installed on the pillar can be used when getting
in or out of the vehicle and others.
An assist grip (type B) installed on the ceiling can be used to support
your body while sitting on the seat.
Assist grip (type A)
Assist grip (type B)
Assist grips
1
2
WARNING
n Assist grip (type B)
Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from
your seat.
Doing so could damage the assist grip, or could cause you to injure yourself
by falling over.
NOTICE
Do not hang any heavy object or put a heavy load on the assist grip.
383
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Garage door opener
∗
The HomeLink
®
wireless control system in your vehicle has 3 buttons
which can be programmed to operate 3 different devices. Refer to the
programming methods on the following pages to determine the
method which is appropriate for the device.
HomeLink
®
indicator light
Garage door operation indica-
tors
Buttons
n Before programming the HomeLink
®
l During programming, it is possible that garage doors, gates, or
other devices may operate. For this reason, make sure that peo-
ple and objects are clear of the garage door or other devices to
prevent injury or other potential harm.
l It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the remote
control transmitter for more accurate programming.
l Garage door opener motors manufactured after 1995 may be
equipped with rolling code protection. If this is the case, you may
need a stepladder or other sturdy, safe device to reach the
“learn” or “smart” button on the garage door opener motor.
∗: If equipped
The garage door opener can be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks, home lighting systems,
security systems, and other devices.
HomeLink
®
1
2
3
384
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Programming the HomeLink
®
Steps through must be performed within 60 seconds, other-
wise the indicator light will stop flashing and programming will not
be able to be completed.
Press and release the HomeLink
®
button you want to program
and check that the HomeLink
®
indicator light flashes orange.
Point the remote control
transmitter for the device at
the rear view mirror, 1 to 3 in.
(25 to 75 mm) from the
HomeLink
®
buttons.
Keep the HomeLink
®
indicator
light in view while programming.
Program a device.
Programming a device other than an entry gate (for U.S.A.
owners)
Press and hold the handheld transmitter button until the Home-
Link
®
indicator light changes from slowly flashing orange to rap-
idly flashing green (rolling code) or continuously lit green (fixed
code), then release the button.
Programming an entry gate (for U.S.A. owners)/Programming
a device in the Canadian market
Press and release the remote control transmitter button at 2 sec-
ond intervals, repeatedly, until the HomeLink
®
indicator light
changes from slowly flashing orange to rapidly flashing green
(rolling code) or continuously lit green (fixed code).
1 3
1
2
3
385
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Test the HomeLink
®
operation by pressing the newly pro-
grammed button and observing the indicator light:
l Indicator light illuminates: Programming of a fixed code device
has completed. The garage door or other device should oper-
ate when a HomeLink
®
button is pressed and released.
l Indicator light flashes rapidly: The garage door opener motor
or other device is equipped with a rolling code. To complete
programming, firmly press and hold the HomeLink
®
button for
2 seconds then release it.
l If the garage door or other device does not operate, proceed
to “Programming a rolling code system”.
Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of the
remaining HomeLink
®
buttons.
n Programming a rolling code system
2 or more people may be necessary to complete rolling code pro-
gramming.
Locate the “Learn” or “Smart”
button on the garage door
opener motor in the garage.
This button can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire
is attached to the unit. The
name and color of the button
may vary by manufacturer.
Refer to the Owner’s manual
supplied with the garage door
opener motor for details.
Press and release the
“Learn” or “Smart” button.
Perform within 30 sec-
onds after performing .
4
5
1
2
3
2
386
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Press and hold the desired
HomeLink
®
button (inside the
vehicle) for 2 seconds and
release it. Repeat this
sequence (press/hold/
release) up to 3 times to
complete programming.
If the garage door opener
motor operates when the
HomeLink
®
button is
pressed, the garage door
opener motor recognizes the
HomeLink
®
signal.
n Enabling 2-way communication with a garage door (only avail-
able for compatible devices)
When enabled, 2-way communication allows you to check the sta-
tus of the opening and closing of a garage door through indicators
in your vehicle.
2-way communication is only available if the garage door opener
motor used is a compatible device. (To check device compatibility,
refer to www.HomeLink.com
.)
Within 5 seconds after programming the garage door opener has
been completed, if the garage door opener motor is trained to
HomeLink
®
, both garage door operation indicators will flash rap-
idly green and the light on the garage door opener motor will
blink twice, indicating that 2-way communication is enabled.
If the indicators do not flash, perform and within the first 10
presses of the HomeLink
®
button after programming has been
completed.
Press a programmed HomeLink
®
button to operate a garage
door.
Within 1 minute of pressing the HomeLink
®
button, after the
garage door operation has stopped, press the “Learn” or “Smart”
button on the garage door opener motor. Within 5 seconds of the
establishment of 2-way communication with the garage door
opener, both garage door operation indicators in the vehicle will
flash rapidly green and the light on the garage door opener motor
will blink twice, indicating that 2-way communication is enabled.
3
1
2 3
2
3
387
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Reprogramming a single HomeLink
®
button
When the following procedure is performed, buttons which already
have devices registered to them can be overwritten:
With one hand, press and hold the desired HomeLink
®
button.
When the HomeLink
®
indicator starts flashing orange, release
the HomeLink
®
button and perform “Programming the Home-
Link
®
” (it takes 20 seconds for the HomeLink
®
indicator to
start flashing).
Press the appropriate HomeLink
®
button. The HomeLink
®
indicator
light should turn on.
The status of the opening and
closing of a garage door is shown
by the indicators.
Opening
Closing
This function is only available if the
garage door opener motor used is
a compatible device. (To check
device compatibility, refer to
www.HomeLink.com
.)
The indicators can operate within approximately 820 ft. (250 m) of
the garage door. However, if there are obstructions between the
garage door and the vehicle, such as houses and trees, feedback
signals from the garage door may not be received.
To recall the previous door operation status, press and release
either HomeLink
®
buttons and or and
simultaneously. The last recorded status will be displayed for 3 sec-
onds.
Operating the HomeLink
®
Garage door operation indicators
1
2
1
1
2
Color Status
Orange (flashing) Currently opening/closing
Green Opening/closing has completed
Red (flashing) Feedback signals cannot be received
388
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Press and hold the 2 outside but-
tons for 10 seconds until the
HomeLink
®
indicator light
changes from continuously lit
orange to rapidly flashing green.
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to
erase the programs stored in the
HomeLink
®
memory.
n Codes stored in the HomeLink
®
memory
l The registered codes are not erased even if the battery cable is discon-
nected.
l If learning failed when registering a different code to a HomeLink
®
button
that already has a code registered to it, the already registered code will not
be erased.
n Before programming
l Install a new battery in the transmitter.
l The battery side of the transmitter must be pointed away from the Home-
Link
®
.
Erasing the entire HomeLink
®
memory (all three codes)
389
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Certification for the garage door opener
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: NZLAECHL5
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
REMARQUE:
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes: (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2)
l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
n When support is necessary
Visit on the web at www.homelink.com/toyota
or call 1-800-355-3515.
n About HomeLink
®
HomeLink and the HomeLink house icon are registered trademarks of Gen-
tex Corporation.
WARNING
n When programming a garage door or other remote control device
The garage door or other device may operate, so ensure people and
objects are out of danger to prevent potential harm.
n Conforming to federal safety standards
Do not use the HomeLink
®
compatible transceiver with any garage door
opener or device that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by
federal safety standards.
This includes any garage door that cannot detect an interfering object. A
door or device without these features increases the risk of death or serious
injury.
n When operating or programming HomeLink
®
Never allow a child to operate or play with the HomeLink
®
buttons.
390
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Compass
∗
To turn the compass on or off,
press the button for more than 3
seconds.
∗: If equipped
The compass on the inside rear view mirror indicates the direc-
tion in which the vehicle is heading.
Operation
Displays and directions
Display Direction
N North
NE Northeast
E East
SE Southeast
S South
SW Southwest
W West
NW Northwest
391
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The direction display deviates from the true direction determined by
the earth’s magnetic field. The amount of deviation varies according to
the geographic position of the vehicle.
If you cross over a map boundary shown in illustration, the compass will
deviate.
To obtain higher precision of accurate calibration, refer to the following.
n
Deviation calibration
Stop the vehicle where it is safe to drive in a circle.
Press the hold the button for
6 seconds. A number (1 to
15) appears on the compass
display.
Press the switch, and referring to the map above, select the num-
ber of the zone where you are.
If the direction is displayed several seconds after adjustment, the cali-
bration is complete.
Calibrating the compass
Samoa: 5 Guam: 8 Saipan: 8
1
2
3
392
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Circling calibration
Stop the vehicle in a place where it is safe to drive in a circle.
Press and hold the button for
9 seconds.
“C” appears on the compass
display.
Drive the vehicle at 5 mph
(8 km/h) or less in a circle
until a direction is displayed.
If there is not enough space to
drive in a circle, drive around the
block until a direction is dis-
played.
n Conditions unfavorable to correct operation
The compass may not show the correct direction in the following conditions:
l The vehicle is stopped immediately after turning.
l The vehicle is on an inclined surface.
l The vehicle is in a place where the earth’s magnetic field is subject to inter-
ference by artificial magnetic fields (underground car park/parking lot, under
a steel tower, between buildings, roof car park/parking lot, near an intersec-
tion, near a large vehicle, etc.).
l The vehicle has become magnetized.
(There is a magnet or metal object near the inside rear view mirror.)
l The battery has been disconnected.
l A door is open.
1
2
3
393
5-4. Other interior features
5
Interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n While driving the vehicle
Do not adjust the display. Adjust the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.
n When doing the circling calibration
Secure a wide space, and watch out for people and vehicles in the vicinity.
Do not violate any local traffic rules while performing circling calibration.
NOTICE
n To avoid the compass malfunctions
Do not place magnets or any metal objects near the inside rear view mirror.
Doing this may cause a malfunction of the compass sensor.
n To ensure normal operation of the compass
l Do not perform circling calibration of the compass in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields.
l During calibration, do not operate electric systems (moon roof, power win-
dows, etc.) as they may interfere with the calibration.
394
5-4. Other interior features
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
395
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
6-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 396
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 400
6-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements................... 403
General maintenance........ 405
Emission inspection
and maintenance (I/M)
programs......................... 408
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ..................... 409
Hood ................................. 411
Engine compartment......... 413
Tires.................................. 425
Tire inflation pressure ....... 434
Wheels .............................. 437
Air conditioning filter.......... 440
Wireless remote control/
electronic key battery...... 443
Checking and replacing
fuses ............................... 446
Light bulbs......................... 449
396
6-1. Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior
l Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt
and dust.
l Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
l For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly
with water.
l Wipe away any water.
l Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
n Automatic car washes
l Fold the mirrors before washing the vehicle. Start washing from the front of
the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors before driving.
l Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and
harm your vehicle’s paint.
l In certain automatic car washes, the roof antenna may interfere with
machine operation. This may prevent the vehicle from being cleaned prop-
erly or result in damage to the antenna.
n High pressure car washes
As water may enter the cabin, do not bring the nozzle tip near the gaps
around the doors or perimeter of the windows, or spray these areas continu-
ously.
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in
prime condition:
397
6-1. Maintenance and care
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Aluminum wheels (if equipped)
l Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent.
l Wash detergent off with water immediately after use.
l To protect the paint from damage, make sure to observe the following pre-
cautions.
• Do not use acidic, alkaline or abrasive detergent
• Do not use hard brushes
• Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, such as after driv-
ing or parking in hot weather
n Bumpers and side moldings
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
n Plated portions
If dirt cannot be removed, clean the parts as follows:
l Use a soft cloth dampened with an approximately 5% solution of neutral
detergent and water to clean the dirt off.
l Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture.
l To remove oily deposits, use alcohol wet wipes or a similar product.
WARNING
n When washing the vehicle
Do not apply water to the inside of the engine compartment. Doing so may
cause the electrical components, etc., to catch fire.
n Precautions regarding the exhaust pipe
Exhaust gases cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipe until it has
cooled sufficiently, as touching hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
398
6-1. Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and compo-
nents (aluminum wheels, etc.)
l Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
• After driving near the sea coast
• After driving on salted roads
• If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
• If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
• After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
l If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
l To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
l Clean the drainage hole of the deck
regularly.
If the drainage hole is stopped up, the
water will not be able to flow, and it will
cause rust.
399
6-1. Maintenance and care
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n Cleaning the exterior lights
l Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
l Do not apply wax to the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
n When using a high pressure car wash
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or resin manufactured
cover), connectors or the following parts. The parts may be damaged if they
come into contact with high-pressure water.
• Traction related parts
• Steering parts
• Suspension parts
• Brake parts
n Cleaning the high mounted stoplight and cargo lamps
l Keep the cleaning nozzle at least 11.9 in. (30 cm) away from the vehicle
body. Otherwise resin section, such as moldings and bumpers, may be
deformed and damaged. Also, do not continuously hold the nozzle in the
same place.
l Do not spray the lower part of the windshield continuously.
If water enters the air conditioning system intake located near the lower
part of the windshield, the air conditioning system may not operate cor-
rectly.
l When using high-pressured car washers, the tip of the nozzle should be at
least 20 in. (50 cm) from the car body. Water can seep lamp housing or the
vehicle cabin if the nozzle is closer to the car body.
400
6-1. Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior
l Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces
with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
l If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with
neutral detergent diluted to approximately 1%.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
l Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
l Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.
l Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
all remaining traces of detergent.
l Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining
moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
l Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
l Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted
to approximately 1%.
l Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior
and keep it in top condition:
Protecting the vehicle interior
Cleaning the leather areas
Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
401
6-1. Maintenance and care
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to
maintain the quality of the vehicle’s interior.
n Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge
or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water.
Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keep-
ing the carpet as dry as possible.
n Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
WARNING
n Water in the vehicle
l Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle.
Doing so may cause electrical components, etc., to malfunction or catch
fire.
l Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(→P. 3 8 )
An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
n Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use a polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect
off the windshield, obstructing the driver’s view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
402
6-1. Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n Cleaning detergents
l Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehi-
cle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces:
• Non-seat portions: Organic substances such as benzene or gasoline,
alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, and bleach
• Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzene, and alcohol
l Do not use a polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel’s or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
n Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
l Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
l Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
l Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the uphol-
stery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
n Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or
under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.
n When cleaning the inside of the windshield (vehicles with Toyota
Safety Sense P)
Do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
(→P. 238)
403
6-2. Maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Maintenance requirements
General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis. This can
be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals
according to the maintenance schedule.
For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the “Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
You can perform some maintenance procedures by yourself.
Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty
coverage.
The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended.
For details about warranty coverage, see the separate “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
n Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure
performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or if
a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the war-
ranty coverage.
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and reg-
ular maintenance are essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to
perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the following main-
tenance:
General maintenance
Scheduled maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance
404
6-2. Maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Resetting the message indicating maintenance is required (U.S.A. only)
After the required maintenance is performed according to the maintenance
schedule, please reset the message.
To reset the message, follow the procedure described below:
Press “<” or “>” of meter control switches and select on the multi-infor-
mation display.
Press “
∧” or “∨” of meter control switches and select “Settings”, and then
press .
Press “
∧” or “∨” of meter control switches and select “Maintenance Reset”,
and then press .
Select the “YES” and press .
n Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer
l Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with
the latest service information. They are well informed about the operations
of all systems on your vehicle.
l Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has
been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise
while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take
care of it.
WARNING
n If your vehicle is not properly maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and
possible death or serious injury.
n Handling of the battery
l Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile
components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a
well ventilated area.
l Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by
component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Califor-
nia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid
exposure and wash any affected area immediately.
l Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands
after handling. (→P. 422)
1
2
3
4
405
6-2. Maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be
performed at the intervals specified in the “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement/Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide”. It is recommended that any problem
you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota
dealer or qualified service shop for advice.
Engine compartment
Items Check points
Battery Check the connections. (→P. 422)
Brake fluid Is the brake fluid at the correct level? (→P. 419)
Engine coolant Is the engine coolant at the correct level?(→P. 417)
Engine oil Is the engine oil at the correct level? (→P. 415)
Exhaust system There should not be any fumes or strange sounds.
Power steering fluid
Is the power steering fluid at correct level?
(→P. 420)
Radiator/condenser
The radiator and condenser should be free from for-
eign objects. (→P. 419)
Washer fluid Is there sufficient washer fluid? (→P. 424)
406
6-2. Maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Vehicle interior
Items Check points
Accelerator pedal
• The accelerator pedal should move smoothly
(without uneven pedal effort or catching).
Automatic transmission
“Park” mechanism
• When parked on a slope and the shift lever is
in P, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Brake pedal
• Does the brake pedal move smoothly?
• Does the brake pedal have appropriate clear-
ance from the floor? (→P. 542)
• Does the brake pedal have the correct
amount of free play? (→P. 542)
Brakes
• The vehicle should not pull to one side when
the brakes are applied.
• The brakes should work effectively.
• The brake pedal should not feel spongy.
• The brake pedal should not get too close to
the floor when the brakes are applied.
Clutch pedal
• Does the clutch pedal move smoothly?
• Does the clutch pedal have correct amount of
free play?
Head restraints
• Do the head restraints move smoothly and
lock securely?
Indicators/buzzers
• Do the indicators and buzzers function prop-
erly?
Parking brake
• Does the parking brake lever move smoothly?
• When parked on a slope and the parking
brake is on, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Seat belts
• Do the seat belts operate smoothly?
• The seat belts should not be damaged.
Seats • Do the seat controls operate properly?
Steering wheel
• Does the steering wheel rotate smoothly?
• Does the steering wheel have the correct
amount of free play?
• There should not be any strange sounds com-
ing from the steering wheel.
407
6-2. Maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Vehicle exterior
Items Check points
Doors • Do the doors operate smoothly?
Engine hood
• Does the engine hood lock system work prop-
erly?
Fluid leaks
• There should not be any signs of fluid leakage
after the vehicle has been parked.
Tires
• Is the tire inflation pressure correct?
• The tires should not be damaged or exces-
sively worn.
• Have the tires been rotated according to the
maintenance schedule?
• The wheel nuts should not be loose.
Lights • Do all the lights come on?
Windshield wipers
• The wiper blades should not show any signs
of cracking, splitting, wear, contamination or
deformation.
• The wiper blades should clear the windshield
without streaking or skipping.
WARNING
n If the engine is running
Turn the engine off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before per-
forming maintenance checks.
408
6-2. Maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M)
programs
The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the
emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and
may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the
vehicle.
l When the battery is disconnected or discharged
Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are erased.
Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may
not be completely set.
l When the fuel tank cap is loose
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on indicating a temporary
malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
The error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless the vehi-
cle is driven 40 or more times.
Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing.
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which
include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system
monitors the operation of the emission control system.
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test in the following situations:
When the malfunction indicator lamp still remains on after sev-
eral driving trips
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
409
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the
correct procedure as given in these sections.
Items Parts and tools
Battery condition
(→P. 422)
• Warm water • Baking soda • Grease
• Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)
Brake fluid level
(→P. 419)
• FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding brake fluid)
Engine coolant
level (→P. 417)
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high
quality ethylene glycol-based non-silicate, non-
amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long-
life hybrid organic acid technology
For the U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
50% coolant and 50% deionized water.
For Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
55% coolant and 45% deionized water.
• Funnel (used only for adding coolant)
Engine oil level
(→P. 415)
• “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding engine oil)
Fuses
(→P. 446)
• Fuse with same amperage rating as original
Light bulbs
(→P. 449)
• Bulb with same number and wattage rating as origi-
nal
• Phillips-head screwdriver
• Flathead screwdriver • Wrench
Power steering
fluid level
(
→
P. 420
)
• Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON
®
II or III
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding power steering fluid)
Radiator and
condenser
(
→
P. 419)
⎯
Tire inflation
pressure
(→P. 434)
• Tire pressure gauge
• Compressed air source
Washer fluid
(→P. 424)
• Water or washer fluid containing antifreeze (for win-
ter use)
• Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid)
410
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury, observe the following precautions.
n When working on the engine compartment
l Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fan and engine
drive belt.
l Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc., right
after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.
l Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the
engine compartment.
l Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the bat-
tery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable.
l Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
n Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc.,
from getting in your eyes.
NOTICE
n If you remove the air cleaner filter
Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear
due to dirt in the air.
411
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Hood
Pull the hood lock release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
Pull up the auxiliary catch lever
and lift the hood.
Hold the hood open by inserting
the supporting rod into the slot.
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
1
2
3
412
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
n After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely from falling down on to your
head or body.
NOTICE
n When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing
the hood with the support rod up could cause the hood to bend.
413
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Engine compartment
2TR-FE engine
Washer fluid tank (→P. 424)
Radiator cap
Engine coolant reservoir
(→P. 417)
Engine oil filler cap(→P. 416)
Power steering fluid reservoir
(→P. 420)
Engine oil level dipstick
(→P. 415)
Brake fluid reservoir
(→P. 419)
Fuse box (→P. 446)
Battery (→P. 422)
Condenser (→P. 419)
Radiator (→P. 419)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
414
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
2GR-FKS engine
Washer fluid tank (→P. 424)
Power steering fluid reservoir
(→P. 420)
Radiator cap
Engine oil level dipstick
(→P. 415)
Engine coolant reservoir
(→P. 417)
Engine oil filler cap (→P. 416)
Brake fluid reservoir
(→P. 419)
Fuse box (→P. 446)
Battery (→P. 422)
Condenser (→P. 419)
Radiator (→P. 419)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
415
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil
level on the dipstick.
n Checking the engine oil
Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming up the engine
and turning it off, wait more than 5 minutes for the oil to drain
back into the bottom of the engine.
Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out.
Wipe the dipstick clean.
Reinsert the dipstick fully.
Holding a rag under the end,
pull the dipstick out and
check the oil level.
Low
Normal
Excessive
The shape of the dipstick
may differ depending on the
type of vehicle or engine.
Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.
Engine oil
1
2
2TR-FE engine 2GR-FKS engine
3
4
5
1
2
3
6
416
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Adding engine oil
If the oil level is below or near the low level mark, add engine oil of
the same type as that already in the engine.
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed
before adding oil.
Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise.
Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick.
Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise.
n Engine oil consumption
A certain amount of engine oil will be consumed while driving. In the following
situations, oil consumption may increase, and engine oil may need to be
refilled in between oil maintenance intervals.
l When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing the vehicle or
after replacing the engine
l If low quality oil or oil of an inappropriate viscosity is used
l When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, when towing, or
when driving while accelerating or decelerating frequently
l When leaving the engine idling for a long time, or when driving frequently
through heavy traffic
2TR-FE engine 2GR-FKS engine
Engine oil selection →P. 537
Oil quantity
(Low → Full)
1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp.qt.)
Items Clean funnel
1
2
3
417
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Reservoir cap
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to
the “FULL” line. (→P. 527)
WARNING
n Used engine oil
l Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used
engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
l Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do
not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the
ground.
Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
l Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE
n To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil level on a regular basis.
n When replacing the engine oil
l Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
l Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.
l Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle.
l Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.
Engine coolant
1
2
3
418
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-
ized water. (Minimum temperature: -31°F [-35°C])
Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and 45% deion-
ized water. (Minimum temperature: -44°F [-42°C])
For more details about coolant, contact your Toyota dealer.
n If the coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir cap, drain cock
and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for
leaks in the cooling system.
WARNING
n When the engine is hot
Do not remove the radiator cap and engine coolant reservoir cap. (→P. 527)
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
n When adding coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
n If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.
419
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Check the radiator and condenser and clear away any foreign objects.
If either of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
n Checking fluid level
The brake fluid level should be between the “MAX” and “MIN” lines
on the tank.
“MAX” line
“MIN” line
n Adding fluid
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary item.
Type B only
Turn the engine off.
Depress the brake pedal 20 times or more.
Remove the reservoir cap.
Add newly opened brake fluid up to the “MAX” line.
Radiator and condenser
WARNING
n When the engine is hot
Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and cause seri-
ous injuries, such as burns.
Brake fluid
Type A Type B
1
2
Fluid type FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid
Items Clean funnel
1
2
3
4
420
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air
Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking effi-
ciency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.
n
Fluid level
The fluid level should be within the appropriate range.
2TR-FE engine
Full (when cold)
Add fluid (when cold)
Full (when hot)
Add fluid (when hot)
Hot: Vehicle has been driven around 50 mph (80 km/h) for
20 minutes, or slightly longer in frigid temperatures. (Fluid
temperature, 104°F - 175°F [40°C - 80°C])
Cold: Engine has not been run for about 5 hours. (Room tem-
perature, 32°F - 104°F [0°C - 40°C])
WARNING
n When filling the reservoir
Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean
water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
NOTICE
n If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear out or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious problem.
Power steering fluid
1
2
3
4
421
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
2GR-FKS engine
Full (when cold)
Add fluid (when cold)
Full (when hot)
Add fluid (when hot)
Hot: Vehicle has been driven around 50 mph (80 km/h) for 20
minutes, or slightly longer in frigid temperatures. (Fluid
temperature, 140°F - 175°F [60°C - 80°C])
Cold: Engine has not been run for about 5 hours. (Room tem-
perature, 50°F - 85°F [10°C - 30°C])
n Checking the fluid level
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary items.
Clean all dirt off the reservoir.
Remove the cap by turning it counterclockwise.
Wipe the dipstick clean.
Reinstall the cap and remove it again.
Check the fluid level.
1
2
3
4
Fluid type Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON
®
II or III
Items Rag or paper, clean funnel (only for adding fluid)
WARNING
n Checking the fluid level
Take care, as the reservoir may be hot.
NOTICE
n When adding fluid
Avoid overfilling, or the power steering may be damaged.
n After replacing the reservoir cap
Check the steering box case, vane pump and hose connections for leaks or
damage.
1
2
3
4
5
422
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Check the battery as follows:
n Battery exterior
Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that
there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp
n Before recharging
When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and
explosive. Therefore, observe the following before recharging:
l If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
l Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and dis-
connecting the charger cables to the battery.
n After recharging/reconnecting the battery (vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem)
The engine may not start. Follow the procedure below to initialize the system.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Open and close any of the doors.
Restart the engine.
l Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be possible imme-
diately after reconnecting the battery. If this happens, use the wireless
remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors.
l Start the engine with the engine switch in ACCESSORY mode. The engine
may not start when the engine switch turned from off. However, the engine
will operate normally from the second attempt.
l The engine switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the battery is recon-
nected, the vehicle will return the engine switch mode to the status it was in
before the battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn off the engine
before disconnect the battery. Take extra care when connecting the battery
if the engine switch mode prior to discharge is unknown.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts, contact your Toyota
dealer.
Battery
1
2
1
2
3
423
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Chemicals in the battery
Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce
hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death
or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near
battery:
l Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools.
l Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
l Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
l Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
l Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
l Keep children away from the battery.
n Where to safely charge the battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a
garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventilation.
n How to recharge the battery
Only perform a slow charge (5 A or less). The battery may explode if
charged at a quicker rate.
n Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
l If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
l If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
l If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the cloth-
ing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
l If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention
immediately.
NOTICE
n When recharging the battery
Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
424
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Add washer fluid in the following
situations:
l A washer does not work.
l The low washer fluid warning
light comes on or warning mes-
sage appears on the display
(for Canada only).
Washer fluid
WARNING
n When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the engine is hot or running as washer fluid
contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine, etc.
NOTICE
n Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces, as well as
damaging the pump leading to problems of the washer fluid not spraying.
n Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bot-
tle.
425
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Tires
Check if the treadwear indicators are showing on the tires. Also check
the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the
tread.
Check the spare tire condition and pressure if not rotated.
New tread
Worn tread
Treadwear indicator
The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a “TWI” or “Δ” mark, etc.,
molded into the sidewall of each tire.
Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.
To equalize tire wear and extend
tire life, Toyota recommends that
tire rotation is carried out at the
same interval as tire inspection.
Do not fail to initialize the tire
pressure warning system after
tire rotation.
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance sched-
ules and treadwear.
Checking tires
1
2
3
Tire rotation
Front
426
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses
tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire infla-
tion pressure before serious problems arise.
l If the tire pressure drops below a predetermined level, the driver is
warned by a warning light. (→P. 477)
l The tire pressure detected by
the tire pressure warning sys-
tem can be displayed on the
multi-information display.
u Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure
warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be
initialized. Have tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID
codes registered by your Toyota dealer. (→P. 428)
u Initializing the tire pressure warning system
n The tire pressure warning system must be initialized in the fol-
lowing circumstances:
l When rotating the tires.
l When changing the tire size.
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire
inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure.
Tire pressure warning system (if equipped)
427
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
How to initialize the tire pressure warning system
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine switch off.
Initialization cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation
pressure level. (→P. 543)
Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire infla-
tion pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will operate
based on this pressure level.
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Press and hold the tire pres-
sure warning reset switch
until the tire pressure warn-
ing light blinks slowly 3 times.
“- -” will be displayed for inflation
pressure of each tire on the
multi-information display while
the tire pressure warning sys-
tem determines the position of
each tire.
When position of each tire is
determined, the inflation pres-
sure of each tire will be dis-
played on the multi-information
display.
Drive the vehicle at approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or more for
approximately 10 minutes.
When initialization is complete, the inflation pressure of each tire
will be displayed on the multi-information display.
Initialization will take longer than approximately 10 minutes if the
vehicle is stopped for a long time, such as at traffic signals.
1
2
3
4
5
428
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
u Registering ID codes
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code
registered by your Toyota dealer.
n When to replace your vehicle’s tires
Tires should be replaced if:
l The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
l You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage
l A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size
or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
n Replacing tires and wheels (vehicles with the tire pressure warning
system)
If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not reg-
istered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driv-
ing for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for
1 minute and stays on to indicate a system malfunction.
n Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even
if it has seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
n Routine tire inflation pressure checks (vehicles with the tire pressure
warning system)
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation
pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of
your routine of daily vehicle checks.
429
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Maximum load of tire
Check that the number given by dividing the maximum load by 1.10 of the
replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
(GAWR) of either the front axle or the rear axle, whichever is greater.
n Tire types
l Summer tires
Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway
driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered
roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When install-
ing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
l All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to
be adequate for driving in most winter conditions as well as for use
year-round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction
performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all
season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance com-
pared with summer tires in highway driving.
l Snow tires
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using
snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, con-
struction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires
should be installed on all wheels. (→P. 323)
For the GAWR, see the Certification
Label. For the maximum load of the tire,
see the load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure mentioned on the
sidewall of the tire. (→P. 549)
Access Cab models
Double Cab models
430
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Initializing the tire pressure warning system (if equipped)
Initialize the system with the tire inflation pressure adjusted to the speci-
fied level.
n If the tread on snow tires wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm)
The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.
n Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not oper-
ate properly (if equipped)
l In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not operate
properly.
• If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original Equip-
ment) tire.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size.
• Tire chains, etc., are equipped.
• An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire is equipped.
• If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
• If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the
wheels or wheel housings.
• If the tire inflation pressure is extremely higher than the specified
level.
• If wheel without the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is
used.
• If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is
not registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
l Performance may be affected in the following situations.
• Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large
display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or
electrical noise
• When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or
other wireless communication device
l When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go
off could be extended.
l When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when a tire has
burst, the warning may not function.
431
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
The initialization operation (vehicles with the tire pressure warning
system)
l Make sure to carry out initialization after adjusting the tire inflation pres-
sure.
Also, make sure the tires are cold before carrying out initialization or tire
inflation pressure adjustment.
l If you have accidentally turned the engine switch to the “LOCK” position
(vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key
system) during initialization, it is not necessary to press the reset switch
again as initialization will restart automatically when the engine switch
has been turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key sys-
tem) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system) for the
next time.
l If you accidentally press the reset switch when initialization is not neces-
sary, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the
tires are cold, and conduct initialization again.
n Warning performance of the tire pressure warning system
The warning of the tire pressure warning system will change in accor-
dance with the conditions under which it was initialized. For this reason,
the system may give a warning even if the tire pressure does not reach a
low enough level, or if the pressure is higher than the pressure that was
adjusted to when the system was initialized.
n When initialization of the tire pressure warning system has failed (if
equipped)
Initialization may take longer to complete if the vehicle is driven on an
unpaved road. When performing initialization, drive on a paved road if
possible. Depending on the driving environment and condition of the tires,
initialization will be completed in approximately 10 minutes. If initialization
is not complete after driving approximately 10 minutes, continue driving
for a while.
If the inflation pressure of each tire is not displayed after driving for
approximately 1 hour, perform the following procedure.
l Park the vehicle in a safe place for approximately 20 minutes. Then
drive straight (with occasional left and right turns) at approximately
25mph (40 km/h) or more for approximately 10 to 20 minutes.
However, in the following situations, the tire inflation pressure will not be
recorded and the system will not operate properly. Perform initialization
again.
l When operating the tire pressure warning reset switch, the tire pressure
warning light does not blink 3 times.
l After performing initialization, the tire pressure warning light blinks for
1 minute then stays on while driving.
If the inflation pressure of each tire is still not displayed, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
432
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Tire pressure warning system certification (if equipped)
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
FCC ID: HYQ23AAK
FCC ID: PAXPMVC015
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
Model: PMV-C015
NOTE:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS
standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation
of the device.
WARNING
n When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drive train as well as
dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
l Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.
Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
l Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
l Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
tires).
l Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
l Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.
Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously.
n When initializing the tire pressure warning system (if equipped)
Do not operate the tire pressure warning reset switch without first
adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the
tire pressure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation
pressure is low, or it may come on when the tire inflation pressure is
actually normal.
433
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves,
transmitters and tire valve caps (vehicles with the tire pressure
warning system)
l When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pres-
sure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled
correctly.
l Make sure to install the tire valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not
installed, water could enter the tire pressure warning valves and the
tire pressure warning valves could be bound.
l When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than
those specified. The cap may become stuck.
n To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters (vehicles with the tire pressure warning system)
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (→P. 426)
n Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or pot-
holes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing
the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads
may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s
wheels and body.
n If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
434
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Tire inflation pressure
The recommended cold tire inflation pressure and tire size are dis-
played on the tire and loading information label. (→P. 543)
Tire inflation pressure
Access Cab models Double Cab models
435
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Tire valve
Tire pressure gauge
Remove the tire valve cap.
Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve.
Read the pressure using the gauge gradations.
If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended level, adjust
the pressure.
If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to deflate.
After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement and
adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage.
Put the tire valve cap back on.
n Tire inflation pressure check interval
You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least once
a month.
Do not forget to check the spare.
n Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
l Reduced fuel economy
l Reduced driving comfort and poor handling
l Reduced tire life due to wear
l Reduced safety
l Damage to the drive train
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
Inspection and adjustment procedure
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
436
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
l Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been
driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold tire
inflation pressure reading.
l Always use a tire pressure gauge.
It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its appear-
ance.
l It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving as
heat is generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after
driving.
l Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is
balanced.
WARNING
n Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated.
If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions may occur
which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
l Excessive wear
l Uneven wear
l Poor handling
l Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
l Air leaking from between tire and wheel
l Wheel deformation and/or tire damage
l Greater possibility of tire damage while driving (due to road hazards,
expansion joints, sharp edges in the road, etc.)
NOTICE
n When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.
If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or moisture may get into the valve and
cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure.
437
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Wheels
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are
equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width and
inset
*.
Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.
*: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
l Wheels of different sizes or types
l Used wheels
l Bent wheels that have been straightened
l Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with
your aluminum wheels.
l When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
l Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire
chains.
l Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plas-
tic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or
cause a loss of handling control.
Wheel selection
Aluminum wheel precautions (if equipped)
438
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n When replacing wheels (vehicles with the tire pressure warning sys-
tem)
The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to
provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure.
Whenever wheels are replaced, tire pressure warning valves and trans-
mitters must be installed. (→P. 426)
WARNING
n When replacing wheels
l Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in
the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
l Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a
tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or seri-
ous injury.
n When installing the wheel nuts
l Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or
grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
n Use of defective wheels prohibited
Do not use cracked or deformed wheels.
Doing so could cause the tire to leak air during driving, possibly causing
an accident.
l Be sure to install the wheel nuts with
the tapered ends facing inward.
Installing the nuts with the tapered
ends facing outward can cause the
wheel to break and eventually cause
the wheel to come off while driving,
which could lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
Tapered
portion
439
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters (vehicles
with the tire pressure warning system)
l Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warn-
ing valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your
Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at your
Toyota dealer.
l Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.
Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.
440
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Air conditioning filter
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the glove box.
Remove the cover by sliding up
and then pull the cover toward
you.
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain
air conditioning efficiency.
Removal method
1
2
3
441
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Remove the filter cover.
Pull the filter out of the filter out-
let.
Remove the air conditioning filter
and replace it with a new one.
When installing the filter, follow the
instructions indicated on the label.
n Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
n If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
4
5
Replacement method
442
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.
443
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Wireless remote control/electronic key bat-
tery
∗
l Flathead screwdriver
l Small flathead screwdriver
l Lithium battery CR2016 (vehicles without a smart key system), or
CR2032 (vehicles with a smart key system)
Vehicles without a smart key system
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
To prevent the buttons from being
disassembled, face the button sur-
face downward.
Remove the module.
∗: If equipped
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted.
You will need the following items:
Replacing the battery
1
2
444
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Open the case cover using a
coin protected with tape, etc.,
and remove the depleted bat-
tery using a small flathead
screwdriver.
Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.
Vehicles with a smart key system
Take out the mechanical key.
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
Remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.
3
1
2
3
445
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Use a CR2016 (vehicles without a smart key system) or CR2032 (vehicles
with a smart key system) lithium battery
l Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appliance
shops or camera stores.
l Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manu-
facturer.
l Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.
n If the key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
l The smart key system (if equipped) and wireless remote control will not
function properly.
l The operational range will be reduced.
WARNING
n Removed battery and other parts
Keep away from children. These parts are small and if swallowed by a child,
they can cause choking. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.
n Certification for the lithium battery
CAUTION: RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN
INCORRECT TYPE. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO
THE INSTRUCTIONS
NOTICE
n For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents:
l Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
l Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
l Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
446
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Checking and replacing fuses
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the fuse box cover.
Engine compartment
Push the tabs in and lift the
cover off.
Under the instrument panel
Remove the cover.
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may
have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as nec-
essary.
1
2
447
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Remove the fuse with the pull-
out tool.
Only type A fuse can be removed
using the pullout tool.
Check if the fuse is blown.
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Type A and B:
Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rat-
ing. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box cover.
Type C:
Contact your Toyota dealer.
3
4
1
2
Type A Type B
Type C
448
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n After a fuse is replaced
l If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may
need replacement. (→P. 449)
l If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
n If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
WARNING
n To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
injury.
l Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use
any other object in place of a fuse.
l Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
l Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.
NOTICE
n Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
449
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Light bulbs
Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (→P. 545)
n Front
You may replace the following bulbs by yourself. The difficulty
level of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary
bulb replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your Toyota
dealer.
For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact
your Toyota dealer.
Preparing for light bulb replacement
Bulb locations
Headlight low beam (bulb type)
Headlight high beam (bulb type)
Front turn signal lights (bulb type)/parking lights (bulb type)/day-
time running lights (bulb type)
Front side marker lights (bulb type)
Fog lights (bulb type) (if equipped)
1
2
3
4
5
450
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Rear
Tail/rear turn signal/rear side marker lights
Stop/tail/rear side marker lights
Back up lights
License plate lights
High mounted stoplight (vehicles without a cargo lamp)
1
2
3
4
5
451
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Headlight low beam (bulb type)
Unplug the connector while
pressing the lock release.
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Set the new light bulb.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting and insert.
Turn it clockwise to set.
Install the connector.
After installing the connector,
shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the headlight low beams on
once and visually confirm that
no light is leaking through the
mounting.
Replacing light bulbs
1
2
3
4
452
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Headlight high beam (bulb type)
Unplug the connector while
pressing the lock release.
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Set the new light bulb.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting and insert.
Turn it clockwise to set.
Install the connector.
After installing the connector,
shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the headlight high beams on
once and visually confirm that
no light is leaking through the
mounting.
1
2
3
4
453
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Front side marker lights (bulb type)
To allow enough working
space, turn the steering
wheel to the opposite side of
the bulb to be replaced.
Remove the fender liner clip
and screw.
Turn the steering wheel to the
left when replacing the right side
light bulb, and turn the steering
wheel to the right when replac-
ing the left side light bulb.
Open the fender liner and
turn the bulb counterclock-
wise.
1
2
454
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Remove the light bulb.
Reinstall the fender liner and install the clip and screw.
n Front turn signal lights (bulb type)/parking lights (bulb type)/
daytime running lights (bulb type)
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
3
4
1
2
3
455
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Front fog lights (bulb type) (if equipped)
To allow enough working
space, turn the steering
wheel to the opposite side of
the bulb to be replaced.
Remove the fender liner clip
and screw.
Turn the steering wheel to the
left when replacing the right side
light bulb, and turn the steering
wheel to the right when replac-
ing the left side light bulb.
Open the fender liner and
unplug the connector while
depressing the lock release.
1
2
456
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Turn the bulb counterclock-
wise.
Set the new light bulb.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting, and insert.
Turn it clockwise to set.
Install the connector.
Shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the fog lights, on once and visu-
ally confirm that no light is leak-
ing through the mounting.
Reinstall the fender liner and install the clip and screw.
3
4
5
6
457
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Tail/rear turn signal/rear side marker lights, stop/tail/rear side
marker lights and back-up lights
Remove the bolts and rear
combination assembly.
Turn the bulb bases counter-
clockwise.
Tail/rear turn signal/rear
side marker lights
Stop/tail/rear side marker
lights
Back-up lights
Remove the light bulb.
Tail/rear turn signal/rear
side marker lights
Stop/tail/rear side marker
lights
Back-up lights
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
2
1
2
3
3
1
2
3
4
458
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
License plate lights
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
2
3
459
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
High mounted stoplight (vehicles without a cargo lamp)
Remove the screws and
cover.
Remove the light bulb.
When reinstalling the outer lens,
confirm that the packing is prop-
erly seated in the groove on the
housing.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
Packing
2
3
460
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Replacing the following bulbs
If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
your Toyota dealer.
l Headlights low beam (LED type)
l Headlights high beam (LED type)
l Front turn signal lights (LED type)
l Front side marker lights (LED type)
l Fog lights (LED type)
l Parking lights (LED type)
l Daytime running lights (LED type)
l High mounted stoplight (vehicles with cargo lamp)
l Side turn signal lights (if equipped)
n LED Lights
The side turn signal lights (if equipped), parking lights (LED type), daytime
running light (LED type) and, high mounted stoplight (vehicles with cargo
lamp) consist of a number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced.
n Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Toyota lamps are vented to all surrounding environmental conditions and may
experience temporary condensation build-up that is visible from outside of the
lamp. Condensation and fogging does not indicate a malfunction of the lamp
assembly. It is normal for condensation to improve and disappear after time
and normal driving use. Visible pools of water or large droplets are a sign of a
lamp in which the seal has malfunctioned. If this is the case or condensation
and fogging remain after long periods of time, contact your Toyota dealer for
more information.
461
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
6
Maintenance and care
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Replacing light bulbs
l Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after
turning off the lights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
l Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is
unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth
to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb.
Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
l Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the lights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
l Do not attempt to repair or disassemble the bulb, bulb base, electrical wir-
ing, or subcomponents.
Doing so could result in electric shock and serious injury.
n To prevent damage or fire
l Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
l Check the wattage of the bulb before installing to prevent heat damage.
462
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
463
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
7-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .......... 464
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in
an emergency ................. 465
If the vehicle is trapped
in rising water.................. 467
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ......................... 468
If you think something is
wrong .............................. 473
Fuel pump shut off
system ............................ 474
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds ............................ 475
If a warning message is
displayed......................... 482
If you have a flat tire.......... 504
If the engine will not
start................................. 519
If the electronic key
does not operate properly
(vehicles with a smart key
system) ........................... 521
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ...................... 523
If your vehicle overheats ... 527
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ............................... 529
464
7-1. Essential information
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Emergency flashers
Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch
once again.
n Emergency flashers
If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the engine is not
operating, the battery may discharge.
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the
vehicle has to be stopped in the road due to a breakdown, etc.
465
7
When trouble arises
7-1. Essential information
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If your vehicle has to be stopped in an
emergency
Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort
required to slow the vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to N.
If the shift lever is shifted to N
After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Stop the engine.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N
Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle
speed as much as possible.
Vehicles without a smart key
system: Stop the engine by
turning the engine switch to the
“ACC” position.
Vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem: To stop the engine, press
and hold the engine switch for
2 consecutive seconds or more,
or press it briefly 3 times or
more in succession.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop
the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the follow-
ing procedure:
1
2
3
4
3
4
Press and hold for 2 seconds or more
or press briefly 3 times or more
4
5
466
7-1. Essential information
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n If the engine has to be turned off while driving
l Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, making the
brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel heavier to turn.
Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the engine.
l Vehicles without a smart key system:
Never attempt to remove the key, as doing so will lock the steering wheel.
467
7
When trouble arises
7-1. Essential information
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If the vehicle is trapped in rising water
l Remove the seat belt first.
l If the door can be opened, open the door and exit the vehicle.
l If the door can not be opened, open the window using the power
window switch and exit the vehicle through the window.
l If the window can not be opened using the power window switch,
remain calm, wait until the water level inside the vehicle rises to the
point that the water pressure inside of the vehicle equals the water
pressure outside of the vehicle, and then open the door and exit the
vehicle.
In the event the vehicle is submerged in water, remain calm and
perform the following.
WARNING
n Using an emergency hammer* for emergency escape
The front side windows and rear side windows, as well as the rear window
can be shattered with an emergency hammer
* used for emergency escape.
However, an emergency hammer can not shatter the windshield as it is lam-
inated glass.
*: Contact your Toyota dealer or aftermarket accessory manufacturer for
further information about an emergency hammer.
n Escaping the vehicle from the window
There are cases where escaping the vehicle from the window is not possi-
ble due to seating position, passenger body type, etc.
When using an emergency hammer, consider your seat location and the
size of the window opening to ensure that the opening is accessible and
large enough to escape.
468
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If your vehicle needs to be towed
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service before towing.
l The engine is running but the vehicle does not move.
l The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
Do not tow with a sling-type truck
to prevent body damage.
From the front
Use a towing dolly under the rear
wheels.
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle
towed by your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service,
using a wheel-lift type truck or flatbed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/
provincial and local laws.
Situations when it is necessary to contact dealers before towing
Towing with a sling-type truck
Towing with a wheel-lift type truck
469
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
From the rear
Use a towing dolly under the front
wheels.
If your vehicle is transported by a flatbed truck, it should be tied down
at the locations shown in the illustration.
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45°.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be dam-
aged.
Using a flatbed truck
Type A Type B
Front
Front
470
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If a tow truck is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using cables or chains secured to the emergency
towing hook(s). This should only be attempted on hard surfaced roads
for at most 50 miles (80 km) at under 18 mph (30 km/h).
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The
vehicle’s wheels, drivetrain, axles, steering and brakes must be in
good condition.
Securely attach a cables or chains to the towing hook(s).
Take care not to damage the vehicle body.
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Enter the vehicle being towed and start the engine.
If the engine does not start, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Enter the vehicle being towed and start the engine.
If the engine does not start, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
4WD models: Put the front-wheel drive control switch in “2WD”.
Shift the shift lever to N and release the parking brake.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission: When the shift lever can-
not be shifted. (→P. 213)
n While towing
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering will
not function, making steering and braking more difficult.
Emergency towing
Emergency towing procedure
1
Type A Type B
2
3
4
471
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
n When towing the vehicle
2WD models: Be sure to transport the
vehicle with all four wheels raised off the
ground. If the vehicle is towed with the
tires contacting the ground, the drivetrain
and related parts may be damaged or an
accident may occur due to a change in
direction of the vehicle.
4WD models: Be sure to transport the
vehicle with all four wheels raised off the
ground. If the vehicle is towed with the
tires contacting the ground, the drivetrain
or related parts may be damaged, the
vehicle may fly off the truck.
n While towing
l When towing using cables or chains, avoid sudden starts, etc., which
place excessive stress on the towing hook(s), cables or chains. The tow-
ing hook(s), cables or chains may become damaged, broken debris may
hit people, and cause serious damage.
l Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without a
smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key system).
There is a possibility that the steering wheel is locked and cannot be
operated.
472
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type
truck
l Vehicles without a smart key system:
Do not tow the vehicle from the rear when the engine switch is in the
“LOCK” position or the key is removed.
The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels
straight.
l Vehicles with a smart key system:
Do not tow the vehicle from the rear when the engine switch is off.
The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels
straight.
l When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
n To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
n To prevent damage to the vehicle during emergency towing
Do not secure cables or chains to the suspension components.
473
7
When trouble arises
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If you think something is wrong
l Fluid leaks under the vehicle.
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
l Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
l Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher
than normal.
l Changes in exhaust sound
l Excessive tire squeal when cornering
l Strange noises related to the suspension system
l Pinging or other noises related to the engine
l Engine misses, stumbling or running roughly
l Appreciable loss of power
l Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
l Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
l Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches
the floor
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle proba-
bly needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
Audible symptoms
Operational symptoms
474
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Fuel pump shut off system
Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is
activated.
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY or turn it off.
Restart the engine.
To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or
when an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off
system stops supply of fuel to the engine.
NOTICE
n Before starting the engine
Inspect the ground under the vehicle.
If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.
1
2
475
7
When trouble arises
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If a warning light turns on or a warning
buzzer sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights
comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then
goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the
system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Warning light and warning buzzer list
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
Brake system warning light
• Low brake fluid
• Malfunction in the brake system
*
1
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
Malfunction indicator lamp
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The emission control system;
• The electronic engine control system;
• The electronic throttle control system; or
• The electronic automatic transmission control system.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system;
• The front passenger occupant classification system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
ABS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
476
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Slip indicator light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The VSC system;
• Trailer Sway Control system (if equipped);
• The TRAC system;
• The hill-start assist control system (if equipped);
• The active traction control system (if equipped);
• The AUTO LSD system; or
• The Crawl Control system (if equipped)
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(Flashes rapidly)
Rear differential lock indicator light*
2
Indicates a malfunction in the rear differential lock system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(Flashes)
Low speed four-wheel drive indicator light*
2
Indicates a malfunction in the four-wheel drive system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Low fuel level warning light
Indicates remaining fuel is approximately 3.2 gal. (12.0 L,
2.6 Imp.gal.) or less
→ Refuel the vehicle.
Seat belt reminder light (warning buzzer)*
3
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their
seat belts
→ Fasten the seat belt.
If the front passenger’s seat is occupied, the front
passenger’s seat belt also needs to be fastened to
make the warning light (warning buzzer) turn off.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
Parking brake indicator (warning buzzer)*
4
Warns the driver to release parking brake.
→ Release the parking brake.
Master warning light (warning buzzer)
A buzzer sounds and the warning light comes on and
flashes to indicate that the master warning system has
detected a malfunction.
→ P. 482
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
477
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
1
: The buzzer sounds when Multi-terrain Select or active traction control is
equipped.
*
2
: 4WD models only
Tire pressure warning light*
5
When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure such as
• Natural causes (→P. 479)
• Flat tire (→P. 504)
→ Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified
level.
The light will turn off after a few minutes. In case
the light does not turn off even if the tire inflation
pressure is adjusted, have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer.
When the light comes on after blinking for 1 minute:
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system.
→ Have the system checked by your Toyota dealer.
(Flashes or illumi-
nates)
PCS warning light*
5
Indicates a malfunction in the PCS (Pre-Collision System)
or that the system is temporarily unavailable due to the
vehicle being extremely hot/cold, or dirt around a front
sensor, etc. (→P. 256, 482)
→ Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. (→P. 256, 482)
If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) or VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system is disabled, the PCS warning light will illu-
minate.
→ P. 256
(Yellow)
LDA (Lane Departure Alert) indicator*
5
The indicator comes on and a warning message is dis-
played to indicate that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
system is not available temporarily or has detected a mal-
function.
→ P. 492, 493, 494
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
478
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
3
: Driver’s seat belt buzzer:
The driver’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the driver that his or her seat
belt is not fastened. Once the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position
(vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles
with a smart key system), the buzzer sounds for 6 seconds. If the vehicle
reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer sounds once. If the seat
belt is still unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently
for 10 seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will
sound in a different tone for 20 more seconds.
Front passenger’s seat belt buzzer:
The front passenger’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the front passenger
that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds once if the
vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). If the seat belt is sill unfas-
tened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 10 seconds.
Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different
tone for 20 more seconds.
*
4
: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven at a speed of approximately
3 mph (5 km/h) or more.
*
5
: If equipped
n SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact
sensors, side impact sensors (front), side impact sensors (rear), driver’s seat
position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front passenger occupant
classification system (ECU and sensors), “AIR BAG ON” indicator light, “AIR
BAG OFF” indicator light, front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch, seat belt
pretensioners assemblies, airbags, interconnecting wiring and power
sources. (→P. 3 8 )
n Front passenger detection sensor, seat belt reminder and warning
buzzer
l If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detec-
tion sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to
sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.
l If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passenger,
and the warning light may not operate properly.
479
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
First check the following:
l Is the fuel tank empty?
If it is, fill the fuel tank immediately.
l Is the fuel tank cap loose?
If it is, tighten it securely.
The light will go off after several driving trips.
If the light does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
n
When the tire pressure warning light comes on (if equipped)
Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust to the appropriate level. Push-
ing the tire pressure warning reset switch will not turn off the tire pressure
warning light.
n The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes
(if equipped)
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such
as natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by tem-
perature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
warning light (after several minutes).
n When a tire is replaced with a spare tire (vehicles with the tire pres-
sure warning system)
The temporary spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will
not turn off even though the flat tire has been replaced with the temporary
spare tire. Replace the temporary spare tire with the repaired tire and
adjust the tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure warning light will go off
after several minutes.
n Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function
properly (if equipped)
→P. 430
n If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking
for 1 minute (if equipped)
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1
minute when the engine switch is turned to “ON” position (vehicles with-
out a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart
key system), have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
n Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an
audio sound.
480
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact your Toyota
dealer. The vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking, and the
ABS system may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
n If the tire pressure warning light comes on (if equipped)
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could cause a
loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
l Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire infla-
tion pressure immediately.
l If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pressure
adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires. If a tire
is flat, change it with the spare tire and have the flat tire repaired by the
nearest Toyota dealer.
l Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you
could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
n If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur (vehicles with the tire
pressure warning system)
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
n
Maintenance of the tires (vehicles with the tire pressure warning
system)
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a dif-
ferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine
the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light)
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accord-
ingly, when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light)
illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible,
and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly
under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire fail-
ure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
481
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a sub-
stitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached
the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warn-
ing system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunc-
tion indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi-
nated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups
as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illu-
minated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pres-
sure as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a vari-
ety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pres-
sure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to
continue to function properly.
NOTICE
n To ensure the tire pressure warning system operates properly (if
equipped)
Do not install tires with different specifications or makers, as the tire
pressure warning system may not operate properly.
482
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If a warning message is displayed
Master warning light
The master warning light also
comes on or flashes in order to
indicate that a message is cur-
rently being displayed on the multi-
information display.
Multi-information display
If any of the warning light comes on again after the following actions
have been performed, contact your Toyota dealer.
If a warning is shown on the multi-information display, stay calm
and perform the following actions:
1
2
Warning message and warning buzzer list
Warning message Details/Actions
Indicates the following:
• The brake fluid level is low; or,
• The brake system is malfunctioning
*
1
.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
(U.S.A.) (Canada)
483
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
(If equipped)
Indicates that the automatic transmission fluid
temperature is too high.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place, shift the shift lever to P and wait until
the message and light go off.
If the message and light go off, you may
start the vehicle again.
If the message and light do not go off, con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is
too high.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ P. 527
Indicates abnormal engine oil pressure.
The warning light may come on if the engine oil
pressure is too low.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer.
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging
system.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer. Continuing
to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.
Warning message Details/Actions
484
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The VSC system;
• Trailer Sway Control system (if equipped);
• The TRAC system;
• The hill-start assist control system (if
equipped);
• The active traction control system (if
equipped);
• The AUTO LSD system; or
• The Crawl Control system (if equipped)
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the tire pressure moni-
toring system.
The tire pressure warning light comes on after
flashing for 1 minute.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Warning message Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
(U.S.A.) (Canada)
(Flashes and then
remains on)
485
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the cruise control sys-
tem.
Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate
the system, and then press the button again to
reactivate the system.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the dynamic radar
cruise control system.
Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate
the system, and then press the button again to
reactivate the system.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Indicates a malfunction in the Brake Override
System.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer immediately.
(2GR-FKS engine only)
Indicates that the engine oil level is low.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Check the level of engine oil, and add if
necessary.
This message may appear if the vehicle is
stopped on a slope.
Move the vehicle to a level surface and
check to see if the message disappears.
Warning message Details/Actions
486
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Indicates that the accelerator and brake pedals
are being depressed simultaneously, and the
Brake Override System is operating. (
→P. 170)
→ Release the accelerator pedal and depress
the brake pedal.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the tire inflation pressure is low.
→ Check the tire inflation pressure, and
adjust to the appropriate level.
(Canada only)
Indicates that the washer fluid level is low.
→ Add washer fluid.
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately
3.2 gal. (12.0 L, 2.6 Imp.gal.) or less
→ Refuel the vehicle.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
487
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
(4WD models only)
Indicates that the transfer mode may not suc-
cessfully change.
→ Operate the front-wheel drive control
switch again. (→P. 297)
(4WD models only)
Indicates that the front differential oil temperature
is too high.
→ Drop your speed or stop the vehicle until
the message and light go off. If the mes-
sage and light do not go off, contact your
Toyota dealer.
(4WD models only)
Indicates that the front differential oil temperature
is too high.
→ Turn the front-wheel drive control switch to
“2WD” (→P. 297) and drop your speed or
stop the vehicle until the message and light
go off. If the message and light do not go
off, contact your Toyota dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the Crawl Control is canceled while
in use.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Use the Crawl Control under the proper
operating conditions. (→P. 312)
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
488
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Indicates that one or more of the doors is not fully
closed.
The system also indicates which doors are not
fully closed.
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h), flashes and a buzzer
sounds to indicate that the door(s) are not
yet fully closed.
→ Make sure that all the doors are closed.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the hood is not fully closed.
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h), flashes and a buzzer
sounds to indicate that the hood is not yet
fully closed.
→ Close the hood.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the intuitive parking
assist.
The malfunctioning assist-sensor is flashing.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer immediately.
(If equipped)
Indicates that intuitive parking assist is dirty or
covered with ice.
→ Clean the sensor.
Warning message Details/Actions
489
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Indicates that the parking brake is still engaged.
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h), flashes and a buzzer
sounds to indicate that the parking brake is
still engaged.
→ Release the parking brake.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the smart key system.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates that a Blind Spot Monitor sensor or the
surrounding area on the bumper is dirty or cov-
ered with ice.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Clean the sensor and its surrounding area
on the bumper.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the BSM (Blind Spot
Monitor) system.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Warning message Details/Actions
(U.S.A.) (Canada)
(Flashes)
490
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Indicates that the engine switch is turned to the
“LOCK” or “ACC” position (vehicles without a
smart key system), or off or ACCESSORY mode
(vehicles with a smart key system) and the
driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned
on.
→ Turn the lights off.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the moon roof is not fully closed
(with the engine switch off, and the driver’s door
open).
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Close the moon roof.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the Crawl Control is not available.
→ Select the four-wheel drive control switch
in “4L” and shift the shift lever to D or R.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the Crawl Control is not available.
→ Confirm the operating conditions of Crawl
Control. (→P. 312)
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
491
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
(U.S.A. only)
Indicates that all maintenance according to the
driven distance on the maintenance schedule
*
should be performed soon.
Comes on approximately 4500 miles (7200 km)
after the message has been reset.
→ If necessary, perform maintenance.
(U.S.A. only)
Indicates that all maintenance is required to cor-
respond to the driven distance on the mainte-
nance schedule
*
2
.
Comes on approximately 5000 miles (8000 km)
after the message has been reset. (The indicator
will not work properly unless the message has
been reset.)
→ Perform the necessary maintenance.
Please reset the message after the mainte-
nance is performed. (→P. 404)
(U.S.A. only)
Indicates that the system fails to reset.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Resetting the maintenance data again.
(→P. 404)
(If equipped)
Indicates that the transfer mode needs to be
changed to “4L”.
→ Turn the front-wheel drive control switch to
“4L”.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the VSC and active traction control
cannot be disabled while Multi-terrain Select is
operating.
→ While the Multi-terrain Select is in use, VSC
and active traction control cannot be
turned off.
Warning message Details/Actions
492
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
(If equipped)
Indicates that the Multi-terrain Select cannot be
operated because the VSC and/or 4WD system
may be malfunctioning.
→ Contact your Toyota dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the Multi-terrain Select is canceled
while in use.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Use the Multi-terrain Select under the
proper operating conditions. (→P. 308)
(If equipped)
Indicates that the Multi-terrain Select cannot be
operated because Crawl Control is operating.
→ Turn Crawl Control off. (→P. 312)
(If equipped)
Indicates that your vehicle is nearing the vehicle
ahead (in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode).
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Slow the vehicle by applying the brakes.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the LDA (Lane Depar-
ture Alert).
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Yellow)
493
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
(If equipped)
Indicates that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
system cannot be used as the vehicle speed is
lower than approximately 32 mph (50 km/h).
→ Drive the vehicle at approximately 32 mph
(50 km/h) or more.
(If equipped)
Indicates that LDA (Lane Departure Alert) system
cannot be used due to the vehicle speed being
too high.
→ Slow down.
(If equipped)
Indicates that:
• There is a high possibility of a frontal colli-
sion; or
• The pre-collision braking function is operat-
ing.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Slow the vehicle by applying the brakes.
(If equipped)
The operation conditions of the camera sensor
(temperature, etc.) are not met.
→ When the operation conditions of the cam-
era sensor (temperature, etc.) are met, the
following systems will become available.
• PCS (Pre-Collision System)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert) system
• Automatic High Beam
Warning message Details/Actions
(Yellow)
494
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
(If equipped)
Indicates that dirt, rain, condensation, ice, snow,
etc., are present on the windshield in front of the
camera sensor. The following systems will be
temporarily unusable.
• PCS (Pre-Collision System)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert) system
• Automatic High Beam
→ Turn the system off, remove any dirt, rain,
condensation, ice, snow, etc., from the
windshield, and then turn the system back
on.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the PCS (Pre-Collision
System).
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates that, since the VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system was turned off, the pre-collision
brake system operation is stopped.
→ Turn the VSC on. (→P. 318, 319)
(If equipped)
Indicates that the pre-collision system is tempo-
rarily unavailable.
→ Please wait until the system returns. If the
message does not disappear, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer immedi-
ately.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Yellow)
(Flashes)
495
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
(If equipped)
Indicates that the pre-collision system sensor is
dirty, covered with ice, etc.
→ Remove any dirt, ice, etc.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The automatic headlight leveling system; or
• The Automatic High Beam system.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the Automatic High Beam switch is
pressed while the headlights are in low beam.
→ Turn the high beam on and press the Auto-
matic High Beam switch again.
(If equipped)
Indicates that rader cruise control sensor is dirty
or covered with ice.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Clean the sensor.
Warning message Details/Actions
496
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
1
: The buzzer sounds when Multi-terrain Select or active traction control is
equipped.
*
2
: Refer to the separate “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement” for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the dynamic radar cruise control
system cannot be used temporarily due to bad
weather.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Use the dynamic radar cruise control sys-
tem when it becomes available again.
Indicates a malfunction in the Drive-Start Control.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer immediately.
Indicates that the shift position was changed and
Drive-Start Control was operated while depress-
ing the accelerator pedal.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Momentarily release the accelerator pedal.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
497
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Warning message in radar cruise mode (if equipped)
In the following cases, the warning message may not be displayed even if
vehicle-to-vehicle distance decreases:
l When your vehicle and the vehicle ahead are traveling at the same speed or
the vehicle ahead is traveling more quickly than your vehicle
l When the vehicle ahead is traveling at a very low speed
l Immediately after cruise control speed is set
l At the instant the accelerator pedal is depressed
n
Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function
properly (vehicles with the tire pressure warning system)
→P. 430
n Warning buzzer
→P. 479
498
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning message and light go off.
Have the malfunction repaired immediately. (vehicles with a
smart key system)
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
Contin-
uous
⎯
The driver’s door was opened
when the shift lever was not in
P and the engine switch was
not turned off.
→ Shift the shift lever to P.
Contin-
uous
Contin-
uous
The driver’s door was opened
and closed while the elec-
tronic key was not in the vehi-
cle, the shift lever was not in P
and the engine switch was not
turned off.
→ Shift the shift lever to P.
→ Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.
(Flashes)
(Displayed alternately)
(Flashes)
499
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Once 3 times
The driver’s door was opened
and closed while the elec-
tronic key was not in the vehi-
cle, the shift lever was in P
and the engine switch was not
turned off.
→ Turn the engine switch
off.
→ Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.
The electronic key was carried
outside the vehicle and a door
other than the driver’s door
was opened and closed while
the engine switch was in a
mode other than off.
→ Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.
Once
Contin-
uous
An attempt was made to exit
the vehicle with the electronic
key and lock the doors without
first turning the engine switch
off when the shift lever was in
P.
→ Turn the engine switch
off and lock the doors
again.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Displayed alternately)
(Flashes)
500
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Once ⎯
The electronic key is not
detected when an attempt is
made to start the engine.
→ Start the engine with the
electronic key present.
9 times ⎯
An attempt was made to drive
when the electronic key was
not inside the vehicle.
→ Confirm that the elec-
tronic key is inside the
vehicle.
⎯
Contin-
uous
An attempt was made to lock
the doors using the smart key
system while the electronic
key was still inside the vehicle.
→ Retrieve the electronic
key from the vehicle and
lock the doors again.
Once
Contin-
uous
An attempt was made to lock
either front door by opening a
door and putting the inside
lock button into the lock posi-
tion, then closing the door with
the electronic key still inside
the vehicle.
→ Retrieve the electronic
key from the vehicle and
lock the doors again.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
501
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Once ⎯
The electronic key has a low
battery.
→ Replace the electronic
key battery. (→P. 443)
Once ⎯
The steering lock could not be
released within 3 seconds of
the engine switch being
pressed.
→ Press the engine switch
while depressing the
brake pedal and moving
the steering wheel left
and right.
Once ⎯
• When the doors were
unlocked with the mechani-
cal key and then the engine
switch was pressed, the
electronic key could not be
detected in the vehicle.
• The electronic key could not
be detected in the vehicle
even after the engine switch
was pressed two consecu-
tive times.
→ Touch the electronic key
to the engine switch
while depressing the
brake pedal.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
502
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Once ⎯
Indicates that:
• With the engine switch off,
the doors were unlocked
and then the driver’s door
was opened and closed
• The engine switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode without starting the
engine
→ Press the engine switch
while depressing the
brake pedal.
Once ⎯
The engine switch has been
turned off with the shift lever in
a position other than P.
→ Shift the shift lever to P.
Once ⎯
After the engine switch has
been turned off with the shift
lever in a position other than
P, the shift lever has been
shifted to P.
→ Turn the engine switch
off.
⎯ ⎯
Power was turned off due to
the automatic power off func-
tion.
→ Next time when starting
the engine, increase the
engine speed slightly and
maintain that level for
approximately 5 minutes
to recharge the battery.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
503
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Warning buzzer
→P. 479
Once ⎯
During a engine starting pro-
cedure in the event that the
electronic key was not func-
tioning properly (→P. 521), the
engine switch was touched
with the electronic key.
→ Press the engine switch
within 10 seconds of the
buzzer sounding.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
504
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If you have a flat tire
l Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
l Set the parking brake.
l Shift the shift lever to P (automatic transmission) or R (manual
transmission).
l Stop the engine.
l Turn on the emergency flashers. (→P. 464)
Your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire. The flat tire can be
replaced with the spare tire.
For details about tires: →P. 4 2 5
WARNING
n If you have a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.
Before jacking up the vehicle
505
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Spare tire
n Jack and tools
Tool bag
Jack
Location of the spare tire, jack and tools
1
2
Access Cab models Double Cab models
506
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Using the tire jack
Observe the following precautions.
Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off
the jack, leading to death or serious injury.
l Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or
installing and removing tire chains.
l Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat
tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for
replacing tires on this vehicle.
l Put the jack properly in its jack point.
l Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported
by the jack.
l Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is sup-
ported by the jack.
l Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside.
l When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
l Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to
replace the tire.
l Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
l When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the
vehicle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering.
n Using the jack handle
Insert the square head securely until you hear a click to prevent the
extension parts from coming apart unexpectedly.
507
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Vehicles with rear seats:
Pull up the lever and raise the
bottom cushion up.
Turn the knob counterclock-
wise.
Open the lid.
Unhook the rubber band and
remove the tool bag.
Taking out the jack and tool bag (Access Cab models)
1
2
3
4
508
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Unhook the rubber band and
take out the jack.
For loosening
For tightening
Swing the bottom cushion up by
pulling the lock release strap.
Turn the knob counterclockwise
and open the lid.
Unhook the rubber band and
remove the tool bag.
5
1
2
Taking out the jack and tool bag (Double Cab models)
1
2
3
509
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Unhook the rubber band and
take out the jack.
For loosening
For tightening
Assemble the jack handle
extension as shown.
Insert the end of the jack han-
dle extension into the lowering
screw and turn it counterclock-
wise.
After the tire is lowered com-
pletely to the ground, remove
the holding bracket.
4
1
2
Taking out the spare tire
1
2
3
510
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Chock the tires.
Slightly loosen the wheel nuts
(one turn).
Assemble the jack handle
extension as shown.
Replacing a flat tire
1
Flat tire Wheel chock positions
Front
Left-hand side Behind the rear right-hand side tire
Right-hand side Behind the rear left-hand side tire
Rear
Left-hand side In front of the front right-hand side tire
Right-hand side In front of the front left-hand side tire
2
3
511
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Position the jack at the correct
jack point as shown.
Front
Rear
Make sure the jack is positioned
on a level and solid place.
Raise the vehicle until the tire is
slightly raised off the ground.
When positioning the jack under
the rear axle housing, make sure
the groove on the top of the jack
fits with the rear axle housing.
Make sure to use only the jack
point indicated.
Remove all the wheel nuts and
the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.
Front
4
1
2
Use only this area
as jack point.
5
6
512
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Remove any dirt or foreign mat-
ter from the wheel contact sur-
face.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is in
motion, causing the tire to come
off.
WARNING
n Replacing a flat tire
l Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury:
• Lower the spare tire completely to the ground before removing it
from under the vehicle.
• Do not try to remove the wheel ornament by hand. Take due care in
handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.
• Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes immedi-
ately after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven the disc wheels and the area
around the brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with
hands, feet or other body parts while changing a tire, etc., may
result in burns.
l Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to
loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
• Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 83 ft·lbf
(113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
• When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been specifi-
cally designed for that wheel.
• If there are any cracks or deformations in the bolt screws, nut
threads or bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
• Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off
the wheel while the vehicle is moving.
• When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install them with the
tapered ends facing inward. (→P. 438)
Installing the spare tire
1
513
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Install the spare tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by
approximately the same amount.
Replacing a steel wheel with a spare steel wheel
Tighten the nuts until the tapered
portion comes into loose contact
with the disc wheel sheet.
Replacing an aluminum wheel with a spare steel wheel
Tighten the nuts until the tapered
portion comes into loose contact
with the disc wheel sheet.
Replacing an aluminum wheel with a spare aluminum wheel
Tighten the nuts until the washer
of the nut comes into loose con-
tact with the disc wheel.
2
Tapered portion
Disc
wheel
sheet
Disc
wheel
sheet
Tapered portion
Disc
wheel
Wash er
514
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Lower the vehicle.
Firmly tighten each nut two or
three times in the order shown
in the illustration.
Tightening torque:
83 ft·lbf (113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m)
3
4
WARNING
n Stowing the flat tire
Failure to follow steps listed under stowing the tire may result in damage
to the spare tire carrier and loss of the tire, which could result in death or
serious injury.
515
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Remove the center wheel ornament by pushing from the reverse
side.
Lay down the tire with the valve
stem facing up and install the
holding bracket, inserting the
claw into the wheel lug nut hole.
Turn the jack handle extension
clockwise to take up slack in
the chain.
Then, check to ensure the claw is
in the wheel lug nut hole and the
holding bracket is centered in the
wheel hub.
Holding bracket
Claw
While raising, secure the tire, tak-
ing care that the tire goes straight
up without catching on any sur-
rounding parts, to prevent it from
flying forward during a collision or
sudden braking.
Tightening torque:
27.6 ft·lbf (37.4 N·m, 3.8 kgf·m)
Confirm it is not loose after
tightening:
Push and pull the tire
Try rotating
Visually check to ensure tire is
not hung on surrounding parts.
If looseness or misassembly exists, repeat step and step .
Repeat step , any time the tire is lowered or disturbed.
Stow the tools and jack securely.
Stowing the flat tire, jack and all tools
1
incorrect
correct
2
1
2
3
1
2
2 3
4 3
5
516
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n The temporary spare tire
l Your vehicle is equipped with a temporary spare tire that may be a differ-
ent size, tread type, and/or manufacturer from the ground tires installed
on your vehicle.
l The temporary spare tire is identified by the “TEMPORARY USE ONLY”
marking on the disc wheel and/or the tire sidewall.
Use the temporary spare tire temporarily, and only in an emergency.
l Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the temporary spare
tire. (→P. 543)
n After completing the tire change (vehicles with the tire pressure
warning system)
The tire pressure warning system must be reset. (→P. 427)
n When using the temporary spare tire (vehicles with the tire pressure
warning system)
As the temporary spare tire is not equipped with the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, low inflation pressure of the spare tire will not be
indicated by the tire pressure warning system. Also, if you replace the
temporary spare tire after the tire pressure warning light comes on, the
light remains on.
n If you have a flat rear tire on a road covered with snow or ice
Install the temporary spare tire on one of the front wheels of the vehicle.
Perform the following steps and fit tire chains to the rear tires:
Replace a front tire with the temporary spare tire.
Replace the flat rear tire with the tire removed from the front of the
vehicle.
Fit tire chains to the rear tires.
1
2
3
517
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n When using the temporary spare tire
l Remember that the temporary spare tire provided is specifically
designed for use with your vehicle. Do not use your temporary spare
tire on another vehicle.
l Do not use more than one temporary spare tires simultaneously.
l Replace the temporary spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possi-
ble.
l Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shift-
ing operations that cause sudden engine braking.
n When the spare tire is attached
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following sys-
tems may not operate correctly:
Also, not only can the following system not be utilized fully, but it may
even negatively affect the drive-train components:
• 4WD system
n Speed limit when using the temporary spare tire
Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a temporary
spare tire is installed on the vehicle.
The temporary spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Fail-
ure to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or
serious injury.
• ABS & Brake assist
• VSC
•TRC
• AUTO LSD
• Dynamic radar cruise control
(if equipped)
• Pre-Collision System (if equipped)
• Automatic High Beam
(if equipped)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert) (if
equipped)
• Hill-start assist control
(if equipped)
• Cruise control (if equipped)
• Active traction control system
(if equipped)
• Multi Terrain ABS (if equipped)
• Multi-terrain Select (if equipped)
• Crawl Control (if equipped)
• Navigation system (if equipped)
518
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n Do not drive the vehicle with a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair.
n Driving with tire chains and the temporary spare tire
Do not fit tire chains to the temporary spare tire.
Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving
performance.
n When replacing the tires (vehicles with the tire pressure warning
system)
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
n To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters (if equipped)
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (→P. 426)
519
7
When trouble arises
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If the engine will not start
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
l There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Refuel the vehicle.
l The engine may be flooded.
Try to restart the engine again following correct starting procedures.
(→P. 201, 204)
l There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system.
(if equipped) (→P. 78)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
l The battery may be discharged. (→P. 523)
l The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical
problem such as an open circuit or a blown fuse. However, an interim
measure is available to start the engine. (→P. 520)
If the engine will not start even though correct starting proce-
dures are being followed (→P. 201, 204), consider each of the fol-
lowing points.
The engine will not start even though the starter motor operates
normally.
The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and head-
lights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low
volume.
The starter motor does not turn over (vehicles with a smart key
system)
520
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
l One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected.
l The battery may be discharged. (→P. 523)
l There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system (vehicles
with a smart key system).
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair
procedures are unknown.
When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as an
interim measure to start the engine if the engine switch is functioning
normally:
Set the parking brake.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode.
Press and hold the engine switch for about 15 seconds while
depressing the brake pedal firmly.
Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and head-
lights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound.
Emergency start function (vehicles with a smart key system)
1
2
3
4
521
7
When trouble arises
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If the electronic key does not operate
properly (vehicles with a smart key system)
Use the mechanical key (
→
P. 114)
in order to perform the following
operations:
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
Turning the key rearward unlocks
the driver’s door. Turning the key
once again unlocks the other
doors.
Ensure that the shift lever is in P and depress the brake pedal.
Touch the Toyota emblem side
of the electronic key to the
engine switch.
If any of the doors is opened or
closed while the key is being
touched to the switch, an alarm will
sound to indicate that the start
function cannot detect the key.
Press the engine switch.
In the event that the engine still cannot be started, contact your Toyota
dealer.
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is
interrupted (→P. 134) or the electronic key cannot be used
because the battery is depleted, the smart key system and wire-
less remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors
can be opened and the engine can be started by following the
procedure below.
Locking and unlocking the doors
1
2
Starting the engine
1
2
3
522
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Stopping the engine
Shift the shift lever to P and press the engine switch as you normally do when
stopping the engine.
n Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted.
(→P. 443)
n Changing engine switch modes
Within 10 seconds of the buzzer sounding, release the brake pedal and press
the engine switch.
The engine does not start and modes will be changed each time the switch is
pressed. (→P. 205)
523
7
When trouble arises
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If the vehicle battery is discharged
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle
with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the
steps below.
Confirm that the key is being
carried.
When connecting the jumper (or
booster) cables, depending on the
situation, the alarm may activate
and the doors may lock. (→P. 9 0)
Open the hood. (→P. 411)
Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:
2TR-FE engine
The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the
vehicle’s battery is discharged.
You can also call your Toyota dealer or a qualified repair shop.
1
2
3
524
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
2GR-FKS engine
Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the positive (+) battery
terminal on your vehicle.
Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the
positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi-
nal on the second vehicle.
Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a
solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery
and any moving parts, as shown in the illustration.
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed
slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to
recharge the battery of your vehicle.
Vehicles with a smart key system only: Open and close any of the
doors of your vehicle with the engine switch off.
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and start the
engine of your vehicle by turning the engine switch to the “ON”
position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON
mode (vehicles with a smart key system).
Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in
the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
525
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
7
When trouble arises
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Starting the engine when the battery is discharged (vehicles with an
automatic transmission)
The engine cannot be started by push-starting.
n To prevent battery discharge
l Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the engine is off.
l Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running
at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
n Charging the battery
The electricity stored in the battery will discharge gradually even when the
vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of cer-
tain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the battery may
discharge, and the engine may be unable to start. (The battery recharges
automatically during driving.)
n When recharging or replacing the battery
l Vehicles with a smart key system: In some cases, it may not be possible to
unlock the doors using the smart key system when the battery is dis-
charged. Use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock or
unlock the doors.
l The engine may not start on the first attempt after the battery has recharged
but will start normally after the second attempt. This is not a malfunction.
l Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch mode is memorized by
the vehicle. When the battery is reconnected, the system will return to the
mode it was in before the battery was discharged. Before disconnecting the
battery, turn the engine switch off.
If you are unsure what mode the engine switch was in before the battery dis-
charged, be especially careful when reconnecting the battery.
526
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
WARNING
n Avoiding battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flam-
mable gas that may be emitted from the battery:
l Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that
it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
l Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” termi-
nal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area,
such as brackets or unpainted metal.
l Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact
with each other.
l Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the battery.
n Battery precautions
The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while
related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following pre-
cautions when handling the battery:
l When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care
not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing
or the vehicle body.
l Do not lean over the battery.
l In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
l Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and
other battery-related parts.
l Do not allow children near the battery.
n To prevent damage to the vehicle
Do not pull- or push-start the vehicle as the three-way catalytic converter
may overheat and become a fire hazard.
NOTICE
n When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entan-
gled in the cooling fan or belt.
527
7
When trouble arises
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If your vehicle overheats
l The needle of the engine coolant temperature gauge (→P. 9 8)
enters the red zone or a loss of engine power is experienced. (For
example, the vehicle speed does not increase.)
l “High Engine Coolant Temperature” is shown on the multi-informa-
tion display. (if equipped)
l Steam comes out from under the hood.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning sys-
tem, and then stop the engine.
If you see steam:
Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides.
If you do not see steam:
Carefully lift the hood.
After the engine has cooled
down sufficiently, inspect the
hoses and radiator core (radia-
tor) for any leaks.
Radiator
Cooling fan
If a large amount of coolant leaks,
immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
The coolant level is satisfactory
if it is between the “FULL” and
“LOW” lines on the reservoir.
Reservoir
“FULL”
“LOW”
Radiator cap
The following may indicate that your vehicle is overheating:
Correction procedures
1
2
3
1
2
4
1
2
3
4
528
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Add coolant if necessary.
Water can be used in an emer-
gency if coolant is unavailable.
Start the engine to check that the radiator cooling fan operates and
to check for coolant leaks from the radiator or hoses.
If the fan is not operating:
Stop the engine immediately and contact your Toyota dealer.
If the fan is operating:
Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer.
5
WARNING
n When inspecting under the hood of your vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns.
l If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot.
l Keep hands and clothing away from the fans, etc., while the engine is run-
ning.
l Do not loosen the radiator cap and the coolant reservoir cap while the
engine and radiator are hot.
High temperature steam or coolant could spray out.
NOTICE
n When adding engine coolant
Add coolant slowly after the engine has cooled down sufficiently. Adding
cool coolant to a hot engine too quickly can cause damage to the engine.
n To prevent damage to the cooling system
Observe the following precautions:
l Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust,
etc.).
l Do not use any coolant additives.
6
7
529
7
When trouble arises
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P
(automatic transmission) or N (manual transmission).
Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the rear wheels.
Place wood, stones or some other material to help provide traction
under the rear wheels.
Restart the engine.
Shift the shift lever to D or R (automatic transmission), or 1 or R
(manual transmission) and release the parking brake. Then, while
exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal.
n When it is difficult to free the vehicle
Press to turn off TRAC.
Turn off TRAC/active traction control system (if equipped) and/or VSC if these
functions are hampering your attempts to free the vehicle.
(→P. 318, 319)
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
WARNING
n When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the
surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
n When shifting the shift lever (vehicles with an automatic transmission)
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
1
2
3
4
5
530
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n To avoid damage to the transmission and other components
l Avoid spinning the rear wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal more
than necessary.
l If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,
the vehicle may require towing to be freed.
l When a warning message for the automatic transmission fluid temperature
is displayed while attempting to free a stuck vehicle, immediately remove
your foot from the accelerator pedal and wait until the warning message
disappears. Otherwise, the transmission may become damaged.
(→P. 483)
531
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
8-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.).......... 532
Fuel information ................ 546
Tire information................. 549
8-2. Customization
Customizable features ...... 560
8-3. Items to initialize
Items to initialize ............... 567
532
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
*
1
: Unladen vehicle
*
2
: P265/60R18 tires
*
3
: Vehicles with a over fender
n
TWR (Trailer Weight Rating)
→P. 1 87
Dimensions
Cab type Access Cab
Overall length 212.3 in. (5392.3 mm)
Overall width 74.4 in. (1890.5 mm)
Overall height
*
1
70.6 in. (1792.2 mm)
Wheelbase 127.8 in. (3247 mm)
Front tread
63.0 in. (1599 mm)
63.3 in. (1609 mm)
*
2
Rear tread
63.2 in. (1606 mm)
63.6 in. (1616 mm)
*
2
Cab type
Double Cab
With short deck With long deck
Overall length 212.3 in. (5392.3 mm) 225.5 in. (5727.3 mm)
Overall width
74.4 in. (1890.5 mm)
75.2 in. (1910.3 mm)
*
3
Overall height
*
1
70.6 in. (1792.2 mm)
Wheelbase 127.8 in. (3247 mm) 141.0 in. (3582 mm)
Front tread
63.0 in. (1599 mm)
63.3 in. (1609 mm)
*
2
Rear tread
63.2 in. (1606 mm)
63.6 in. (1616 mm)
*
2
533
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Access Cab models
*
1
: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (→P. 535)
*
2
: Installing accessories in addition to those installed at the factory
increases vehicle weight, thereby reducing vehicle capacity weight.
Contact your Toyota dealer about the weight of accessory parts.
Vehicle capacity weight
Model code*
1
Engine
Driving
system
Deck
type
Vehicle capac-
ity weight
(Occupants +
luggage)
*
2
TRN265L-CRTSKA
2TR-FE
engine
2WD
Long
deck
1500 lb.
(680 kg)
TRN245L-CRTSKA 4WD
1300 lb.
(590 kg)
GRN325L-CRTSHA
2GR-FKS
engine
2WD
1400 lb.
(635 kg)
GRN305L-CRFSHA
4WD
1100 lb.
(500 kg)
GRN305L-CRTSHA
1150 lb.
(520 kg)
534
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Double Cab models
*
1
: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (→P. 535)
*
2
: Installing accessories in addition to those installed at the factory
increases vehicle weight, thereby reducing vehicle capacity weight.
Contact your Toyota dealer about the weight of accessory parts.
Model code*
1
Engine
Driving
system
Deck
type
Vehicle capac-
ity weight
(Occupants +
luggage)
*
2
TRN265L-PRTSKA
2TR-FE
engine
2WD
Short
deck
1400 lb.
(635 kg)
GRN325L-PRTSHA
2GR-FKS
engine
1200 lb.
(545 kg)
GRN325L-PRTLHA
1250 lb.
(565 kg)
GRN330L-PRTSHA
Long
deck
1195 lb.
(540 kg)
GRN330L-PRTLHA
1200 lb.
(545 kg)
GRN305L-PRFSHA
4WD
Short
deck
945 lb.
(430 kg)
GRN305L-PRTSHA
990 lb.
(450 kg)
GRN305L-PRTLHA
990lb.
(450 kg)
GRN310L-PRTSHA
Long
deck
940 lb.
(425 kg)
GRN310L-PRTLHA
945 lb.
(430 kg)
535
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for
your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your
Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped on the
top left of the instrument panel.
This number is also on the Certification Label.
n Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.
Vehicle identification
Access Cab models Double Cab models
2TR-FE engine 2GR-FKS engine
536
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
2TR-FE engine
2GR-FKS engine
Engine
Model 2TR-FE
Type 4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke 3.74 × 3.74 in. (95.0 × 95.0 mm)
Displacement 164.3 cu.in. (2694 cm
3
)
Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment
Valve clearance
(engine cold)
Automatic adjustment
Model 2GR-FKS
Type 6-cylinder V type, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke 3.70 x 3.28 in. (94.0 x 83.0 mm)
Displacement 210.9 cu.in. (3456 cm
3
)
Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment
Valve clearance
(engine cold)
Automatic adjustment
Fuel
Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only
Octane rating
(Unleaded gasoline)
87 (Research octane number 91) or higher
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
21.1 gal. (80.0 L, 17.6 Imp.gal.)
537
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*: The engine oil capacity is a reference quantity to be used when changing
the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes,
and check the oil level on the dipstick.
n
Engine oil selection
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use
Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent to sat-
isfy the following grade and viscosity.
Oil grade: ILSAC GF-5 multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-20
SAE 0W-20 is the best choice
for good fuel economy and
good starting in cold weather.
If SAE 0W-20 is not available,
SAE 5W-20 oil may be used.
However, it must be replaced
with SAE 0W-20 at the next oil
change.
Lubrication system
Oil capacity
(Drain and refill—reference
*)
With filter Without filter
2TR-FE engine
6.2 qt.
(5.9 L, 5.2 Imp.qt.)
5.8 qt.
(5.5 L, 4.8 Imp.qt.)
2GR-FKS
engine
without towing
package
6.1 qt.
(5.8 L, 5.1 Imp.qt.)
5.9 qt.
(5.6 L, 4.9 Imp.qt.)
with towing
package
6.2 qt.
(5.9 L, 5.2 Imp.qt.)
Outside temperature
538
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained here as an example):
• The 0W in 0W-20 indicates the characteristic of the oil which allows cold
startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow for easier starting
of the engine in cold weather.
• The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil when the
oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity (one with a
higher value) may be better suited if the vehicle is operated at high
speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
How to read oil container label:
The International Lubricant
Specification Advisory Commit-
tee (ILSAC) Certification Mark
is added to some oil containers
to help you select the oil you
should use.
539
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Cooling system
Capacity
2TR-FE
engine
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
9.1 qt. (8.6 L, 7.6 Imp.qt.)
Vehicles with a manual transmission
9.2 qt. (8.7 L, 7.7 Imp.qt.)
2GR-FKS
engine
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
Without towing package:
10.5 qt. (9.9 L, 8.7 Imp.qt.)
With towing package:
11.1 qt. (10.5 L, 9.2 Imp.qt.)
Vehicles with a manual transmission
Without towing package:
10.1 qt. (9.6 L, 8.4 Imp.qt.)
With towing package:
10.8 qt. (10.2 L, 9.0 Imp.qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following.
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-
based non-silicate, non-amine, non-
nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
Ignition system
Spark plug
Make 2TR-FE engine
DENSO FK20HR-A8
2GR-FKS engine
DENSO FK20HBR8
Gap 0.031 in. (0.8 mm)
NOTICE
n Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust the spark plug gap.
540
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
1
: Your Toyota vehicle is filled with “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” at
the factory. Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” or
an equivalent oil of matching quality to satisfy the above specification.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
*
2
: Except for GRN330L-PRTSHA, GRN330L-PRTLHA, GRN310L-PRTSHA
and GRN310L-PRTLHA models
*
6
without rear differential lock system
*
3
: For GRN330L-PRTSHA, GRN330L-PRTLHA, GRN310L-PRTSHA and
GRN310L-PRTLHA models
*
6
without rear differential lock system
*
4
: Except for GRN330L-PRTSHA, GRN330L-PRTLHA, GRN310L-PRTSHA
and GRN310L-PRTLHA models
*
6
with rear differential lock system
*
5
: For GRN330L-PRTSHA and GRN310L-PRTSHA models*
6
with rear differ-
ential lock system
*
6
: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (→P. 535)
Electrical system
Battery
Open voltage at 68°F
(20°C):
12.3V or higher
(Voltage is checked 20 minutes after the engine
and all lights are turned off.
After charging the battery, turn on the high beam
headlights for 30 seconds with the engine switch
to the “LOCK” position [vehicles without a smart
key system] or off [vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem], and turn the headlights off.)
Charging rates 5 A max.
Differential
Oil capacity
(Reference)
Front (4WD models) 1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp.qt.)
Rear
Vehicles with an automatic trans-
mission
3.1 qt. (2.9 L, 2.6 Imp.qt.)
*
2
3.22 qt. (3.05 L, 2.68 Imp.qt.)*
3
4.0 qt. (3.8 L, 3.3 Imp.qt.)*
4
4.2 qt. (4.0 L, 3.5 Imp.qt.)*
5
Vehicles with a manual transmis-
sion
4.0 qt. (3.8 L, 3.3 Imp.qt.)
Oil type and viscosity*
1
Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil
LT 75W-85 GL-5 or equivalent
541
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*: The fluid capacity is the quantity of reference.
If replacement is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.
Automatic transmission
Fluid
capacity
*
2TR-FE engine 9.2 qt. (8.7 L, 7.7 Imp.qt.)
2GR-FKS engine
Vehicles without towing package:
10.6 qt. (10.0 L, 8.8 Imp.qt.)
Vehicles with towing package:
10.8 qt. (10.2 L, 9.0 Imp.qt.)
Fluid type Toyota Genuine ATF WS
NOTICE
n Transmission fluid type
Using transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” may cause
deterioration in shift quality, locking up of the transmission accompanied by
vibration and, ultimately, damage to the vehicle’s transmission.
Manual transmission
Gear oil capacity (Reference) 2.6 qt. (2.5 L, 2.2 Imp.qt.)
Gear oil type
Toyota Genuine Manual Transmis-
sion Gear Oil GL-3 (GL-4) or equiva-
lent
Recommended gear oil viscosity SAE 75W-90
NOTICE
n Manual transmission gear oil
Please be aware that depending on the particular characteristics of the gear
oil used or the operating conditions, idle sound, shift feeling and/or fuel effi-
ciency may be different or affected. Toyota recommends to use “TOYOTA
Genuine Manual Transmission Gear Oil” to achieve optimal performance.
Cluch
Clutch free play 0.2 — 0.6 in. (5 — 15 mm)
Fluid type FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703
542
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*: Your Toyota vehicle is filled with “Toyota Genuine Transfer Gear oil LF” at
the factory. Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Transfer Gear oil LF” or
an equivalent of matching quality to satisfy the above specification. Please
contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
*
1
: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 110 lbf (490 N,
50 kgf) with the engine running.
*
2
: Parking brake lever travel when pulled up with a force of 44.9 lbf (200 N,
20.4 kgf).
Transfer (4WD models)
Oil capacity 1.1 qt. (1.0 L, 0.9 Imp.qt.)
Oil type*
Toyota Genuine Transfer gear oil LF or
equivalent
Recommended oil viscosity SAE 75W
Brakes
Pedal clearance*
1
Vehicles without off-road package:
4.4 in. (111 mm) Min.
Vehicles with off-road package:
3.6 in. (91 mm) Min.
Pedal free play 0.04 ⎯ 0.24 in. (1 ⎯ 6 mm)
Brake pad wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Brake lining wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Parking brake lever travel*
2
5 — 7 clicks
Fluid type FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703
Chassis lubrication
Propeller shaft Spider Lithium base chassis grease, NLGI No.2
Steering
Free play Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)
Power steering fluid type Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON
®
II or III
543
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Type A
Type B
Tires and wheels
Tire size P245/75R16 109S
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold
tire inflation pressure)
Front tires:
32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear tires:
32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare tire:
32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 16 × 7 J, 16 × 7 JJ (spare wheel)
Wheel nut torque 83 ft·lbf (113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m)
Tire size 265/70R16 112T
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold
tire inflation pressure)
Front tires:
30 psi (210 kPa, 2.1 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear tires:
30 psi (210 kPa, 2.1 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare tire:
30 psi (210 kPa, 2.1 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 16 × 7 J, 16 × 7 JJ (spare wheel)
Wheel nut torque 83 ft·lbf (113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m)
544
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Type C
Tire size
P265/65R17 110S, P265/60R18 109H,
P245/75R16 109S (spare tire)
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold
tire inflation pressure)
Front tires:
29 psi (200 kPa, 2.0 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear tires:
29 psi (200 kPa, 2.0 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare tire:
32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size
17 × 7 1/2 J, 18 × 7 1/2 J,
16 × 7 JJ (spare wheel)
Wheel nut torque 83 ft·lbf (113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m)
545
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Bulb type only
*
3
: Parking lights/daytime running lights are LED type
*
4
: Vehicles without a cargo lamp
A: H11 halogen bulbs
B: H9 halogen bulbs
C: H16 halogen bulbs
D: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
E: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
F: Double end bulbs
Light bulbs
Light Bulbs Bulb No. W Type
Exterior
Headlights
Low beam
High beam
H11
H9
55
65
A
B
Front fog lights
*
1
Normal type
Wide angle type
H16
H11
19
55
C
A
Front side marker lights W5W 5 E
Front turn signal lights/
parking lights
*
2
/
daytime running lights
*
2
7442NA 28/8 D
Front turn signal lights
*
3
WY21W 21 D
Stop/tail/rear side marker
lights
7443 21/5 E
Tail/rear turn signal/rear
side marker lights
7443 21/5 E
Back-up lights W16W 16 E
License plate lights W5W 5 E
High mounted stoplight
*
4
168 5 E
Interior
Vanity lights
*
1
7065 5 F
Front personal/interior
lights
W5W 5 E
Rear interior light — 8 F
546
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Fuel information
n Gasoline quality
In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of gaso-
line you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of
gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer.
n Recommendation of the use of gasoline containing detergent additives
l Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to
avoid the build-up of engine deposits.
l All gasoline sold in the U.S.A. contains minimum detergent additives to
clean and/or keep clean intake systems, per EPA’s lowest additives concen-
tration program.
l Toyota strongly recommends the use of Top Tier Detergent Gasoline. For
more information on Top Tier Detergent Gasoline and a list of marketers,
please go to the official website www.toptiergas.com.
n Recommendation of the use of low emissions gasoline
Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol, as well as
reformulated gasolines, are available in some cities. These fuels are typically
acceptable for use, providing they meet other fuel requirements.
Toyota recommends these fuels, since the formulations allow for reduced
vehicle emissions.
You must only use unleaded gasoline.
Select octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87
may result in engine knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to
engine damage.
At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications of
ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A..
547
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n Non-recommendation of the use of blended gasoline
l If you use gasohol in your vehicle, be sure that it has an octane rating no
lower than 87.
l Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol.
n Non-recommendation of the use of gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-
clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel
containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely
affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this
happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
n If your engine knocks
l Consult your Toyota dealer.
l You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerat-
ing or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.
l Use only gasoline containing up to 15%
ethanol.
DO NOT use any flex-fuel or gasoline
that could contain more than 15% etha-
nol, including from any pump labeled
E30, E50, E85 (which are only some
examples of fuel containing more than
15% ethanol).
DO NOT use gasoline contain-
ing more than 15% ethanol.
(30% ethanol)
(50% ethanol)
(85% ethanol)
548
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
NOTICE
n Notice on fuel quality
l Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used, the engine will be
damaged.
l Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle’s three-way catalytic
converters causing the emission control system to malfunction.
l Do not use gasohol other than the type previously stated.
Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
l Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than the
level previously stated will cause persistent heavy knocking.
At worst, this will lead to engine damage.
n Fuel-related poor driveability
If poor driveability (poor hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.) is
encountered after using a different type of fuel, discontinue the use of that
type of fuel.
n When refueling with gasohol
Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicle’s paint.
549
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Tire information
Tire size (→P. 551)
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (→P. 550)
Location of treadwear indicators (→P. 425)
Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands
which form the plies in a tire.
Uniform tire quality grading
For details, see “Uniform Tire Quality Grading” that follows.
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (→P. 555)
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (→P. 555)
This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put into the tire.
A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
Radial tires or bias-ply tires
A radial tire has “RADIAL” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “RADIAL”
is a bias-ply tire.
Summer tire or all season tire (→P. 429)
An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “M+S”
is a summer tire.
Typical tire symbols
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
550
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Tire manufacturer’s identification mark
Tire size code
Manufacturer’s optional tire type code (3 or 4 letters)
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year
Manufacturer’s code
*: The DOT symbol certifies that the tire conforms to applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Typical DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Type A Type B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
551
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
Tire use
(P = Passenger car,
T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio
(tire height to section width)
Tire construction code (R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)
Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)
Speed symbol (alphabet with one letter)
n Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire height
Wheel diameter
Tire size
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
552
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Bead
Sidewall
Shoulder
Tread
Belt
Inner liner
Reinforcing rubber
Carcass
Rim lines
Bead wires
Chafer
Tire section names
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
553
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
n DOT quality grades
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Require-
ments in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
n Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a speci-
fied government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual condi-
tions of their use. Performance may differ significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.
n Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C,
and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turn-
ing) traction.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
554
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing
the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi-
pate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labo-
ratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades of a tire assume that it is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either sepa-
rately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire
failure.
555
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term Meaning
Cold tire inflation pres-
sure
Tire pressure when the vehicle has been
parked for three hours or more, or has not
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under
that condition
Maximum inflation
pressure
The maximum cold inflated pressure to which
a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall
of the tire
Recommended infla-
tion pressure
Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a
manufacturer
Accessory weight
The combined weight (in excess of those stan-
dard items which may be replaced) of auto-
matic transmission, power steering, power
brakes, power windows, power seats, radio
and heater, to the extent that these items are
available as factory-installed equipment
(whether installed or not)
Curb weight
The weight of a motor vehicle with standard
equipment, including the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional
engine
Maximum loaded vehi-
cle weight
The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
Normal occupant
weight
150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column of Table 1
*
that follows
Occupant distribution
Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as speci-
fied in the third column of Table 1
* below
Production options
weight
The combined weight of installed regular pro-
duction options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items which they
replace, not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy
duty battery, and special trim
556
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Rim
A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire beads are
seated
Rim diameter
(Wheel diameter)
Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width
Rim type designation
The industry manufacturer’s designation for a
rim by style or code
Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity
weight (Total load
capacity)
The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb.
(68 kg) times the vehicle’s designated seating
capacity
Vehicle maximum load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter-
mined by distributing to each axle its share of
the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and
dividing by two
Vehicle normal load on
the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter-
mined by distributing to each axle its share of
curb weight, accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight (distributed in accordance
with Table 1
* below), and dividing by two
Weather side
The surface area of the rim not covered by the
inflated tire
Bead
The part of the tire that is made of steel wires,
wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim
Bead separation
A breakdown of the bond between compo-
nents in the bead
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at alternate
angles substantially less than 90 degrees to
the centerline of the tread
Carcass
The tire structure, except tread and sidewall
rubber which, when inflated, bears the load
Chunking
The breaking away of pieces of the tread or
sidewall
Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire
Tire related term Meaning
557
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Cord separation
The parting of cords from adjacent rubber
compounds
Cracking
Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner-
liner of the tire extending to cord material
CT
A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire
and rim system in which the rim is designed
with rim flanges pointed radially inward and
the tire is designed to fit on the underside of
the rim in a manner that encloses the rim
flanges inside the air cavity of the tire
Extra load tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs
Innerliner
The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire
Innerliner separation
The parting of the innerliner from cord material
in the carcass
Intended outboard
sidewall
(a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering, or bears manufac-
turer, brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the same
molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b) The outward facing sidewall of an asym-
metrical tire that has a particular side that
must always face outward when mounted
on a vehicle
Light truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer as pri-
marily intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load rating
The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure for that tire
Maximum permissible
inflation pressure
The maximum cold inflation pressure to which
a tire may be inflated
Measuring rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical
dimension requirements
Tire related term Meaning
558
8-1. Specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Open splice
Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall,
or innerliner that extends to cord material
Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire
Overall width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including ele-
vations due to labeling, decorations, or protec-
tive bands or ribs
Passenger car tire
A tire intended for use on passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks,
that have a gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords
Ply separation
A parting of rubber compound between adja-
cent plies
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber, chemi-
cals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, pro-
vides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread
Reinforced tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Section width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding ele-
vations due to labeling, decoration, or protec-
tive bands
Sidewall
That portion of a tire between the tread and
bead
Sidewall separation
The parting of the rubber compound from the
cord material in the sidewall
Tire related term Meaning
559
8-1. Specifications
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*: Table 1 ⎯ Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for
various designated seating capacities
Snow tire
A tire that attains a traction index equal to or
greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E-
1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when
using the snow traction test as described in
ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for
Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight
Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and
which is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( )
on at least one sidewall
Te s t r i m
The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and
may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire
Tread
That portion of a tire that comes into contact
with the road
Tread rib
A tread section running circumferentially
around a tire
Tread separation Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass
Treadwear indicators
(TWI)
The projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel-holding fixture
The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testing
Tire related term Meaning
Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupants
Vehicle normal load,
Number of occupants
Occupant distribution
in a normally loaded
vehicle
2 through 4 2 2 in front
5 through 10 3
2 in front, 1 in second
seat
11 through 15 5
2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
16 through 20 7
2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
560
8-2. Customization
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Customizable features
n Changing by using the multimedia system
Press the “APPS” button.
Select “Setup” on the “Apps” screen.
Select “Vehicle” on the “Setup” screen.
Select “Vehicle Customization” on the “Vehicle Settings” screen.
“Vehicle Customization” screen will appear.
Choose a category displayed on the screen to display the set-
tings.
Select the setting to be changed. Change each setting.
For items that can be enabled/disabled, and for items with an
operating time that can be changed, select “On” or “Off”, or select
the desired operating time.
For items with sensor sensitivity that can be changed, select “+”
or “-” to choose the desired level, then select “OK”.
A message indicating that the settings are being saved will
appear. Do not perform any other operations while this message
is displayed.
n Changing by using the multi-information display
Select using the meter control switch.
Select an item and then set it with the center button.
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be
personalized to your preferences. The settings of these features
can be changed using the multi-information display, the multi-
media system, or at your Toyota dealer.
Customizing vehicle features
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
561
8-2. Customization
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other func-
tions being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Settings that can be changed using the multi-information display.
Settings that can be changed using the multimedia system.
Settings that can be changed by your Toyota dealer.
Definition of symbols: O = Available, — = Not available
n Gauges, meters and multi-information display (→P. 98, 102)
Customizable features
1
2
3
Function*
1
Default setting
Customized
setting
Language*
2
English
French
O O O
Spanish
Units*
2
miles (MPG US)
km (km/L)
O O O
km (L/100 km)
miles (MPG Impe-
rial)
Drive information 1
Digital speedom-
eter
6 of the following
items: →P. 103
O — O
Distance to empty
Drive information 2
Average fuel
economy (after
reset)
O — O
Current fuel econ-
omy
Drive information 3
Trip distance
(after reset)
O — O
Trip elapsed time
Pop-up display On Off O — O
Accent color Light blue
Blue
O O OOrange
Yellow
1 2 3
562
8-2. Customization
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
*
1
: For details about each function: →P. 105
*
2
: The default setting varies according to country.
*
3
: Speed limit display may not be available for some regions.
*
4
: For U.S.A. only
n
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)* (→P. 257)
*: If equipped
n
PCS (Pre-Collision System)* (→P. 243)
*: If equipped
Speed limit display*
3
On with the speed
limit caution indi-
cator (yellow)
enabled
On with the speed
limit caution indi-
cator (yellow) not
enabled
O — O
Off
Maintenance sys-
tem initialization
*
4
Off On O — O
Function*
1
Default setting
Customized
setting
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
LDA sensitivity 1 (Standard) 2 (High)
O——
Sway warning ON OFF
O——
Sway warning sensitivity 2 (Standard)
1 (Low)
O——
3 (High)
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
PCS ON OFF
O——
PCS sensitivity 2 (Middle)
1 (Near)
O——
3 (Far)
1 2 3
563
8-2. Customization
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Door lock (→P. 119, 521)
*: Vehicles with an automatic transmission
n
Smart key system and wireless remote control* (→P. 119 )
*: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Unlocking using a key
Driver’s door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps
All doors
unlocked in
one step
——O
Speed-detecting auto-
matic door lock function
*
On Off — O O
Shifting gears to position
other than P locks all
doors
*
Off On — O O
Shifting gears to P
unlocks all doors
*
On Off — O O
Opening the driver’s door
unlocks all doors
*
Off On — O O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)
On Off — O O
Operation signal
(Buzzer)
On Off — — O
Operation buzzer volume Level 5 Off to level 7 O O O
Time elapsed before auto-
matic door lock function is
activated if door is not
opened after being
unlocked
60 seconds
Off
—OO
30 seconds
120 seconds
Open door warning
buzzer
On Off — — O
1 2 3
564
8-2. Customization
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Smart key system* (→P. 119, 131)
*: If equipped
n
Wireless remote control* (→P. 113, 119)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Smart key system On Off — — O
Number of permissible
times of continuous smart
lock
Twice Unlimited — — O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Wireless remote control On Off — — O
Unlocking operation
Driver’s door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps
All doors
unlocked in
one step
—OO
Automatic door lock func-
tion to be activated if door
is not opened after being
unlocked
On Off — — O
Time elapsed before auto-
matic door lock function is
activated if door is not
opened after being
unlocked
60 seconds
0 seconds
—OO30 seconds
120 seconds
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)
On Off — O O
Operation signal
(Buzzer)
On Off — — O
Panic function On Off — — O
Open door reminder
buzzer (When locking the
vehicle)
On Off — — O
1 2 3
565
8-2. Customization
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Automatic light off system* (→P. 219)
*: If equipped
n
Illumination (→P. 347)
*: Vehicles with a smart key system
n
Intuitive parking assist* (→P. 283)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Light sensor sensitivity Level 3 Level 1 to 5 — O O
Time elapsed before
headlights automatically
turn off after doors are
closed
30 seconds
0 seconds
—OO60 seconds
90 seconds
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Time elapsed before lights
turn off
15 seconds
7.5 seconds
—OO
30 seconds
Operation after the engine
is off
On Off — — O
Operation when the doors
are unlocked
On Off — — O
Operation when you
approach the vehicle with
the electronic key on your
person
*
On Off — — O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Detection distance of the
rear center sensor
Far Near — O O
Buzzer Volume Level 3 Level 1 to 5 — O O
Display setting
All sensors
displayed
Display off — O O
1 2 3
566
8-2. Customization
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Seat Belt Reminder Buzzer (→P. 476)
n Vehicle customization
l When the speed-detecting automatic door lock function and shift position
linked door locking function (shifting gears to a position other than P locks
all doors) are both on, the door lock operates as follows.
• When shifting the shift lever to any position other than P, all the doors will
be locked.
• If the vehicle is started with all the doors locked, the speed-detecting auto-
matic door lock function would not operate.
• If the vehicle is started with any the door unlocked, the speed-detecting
automatic door lock function will operate.
l When the doors remain closed after unlocking the doors and the automatic
door lock function (Time elapsed before the automatic door lock function is
activated if a door is not opened after being unlocked) activates, the signals
will be generated in accordance with operation signal (buzzers) and the
operation signal (emergency flashers) settings.
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Vehicle speed linked seat
belt reminder buzzer
On Off — — O
WARNING
n During customization
As the engine needs to be running during customization, ensure that the
vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such
as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may
collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or serious health haz-
ard.
NOTICE
n During customization
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while cus-
tomizing features.
1 2 3
567
8-3. Items to initialize
8
Vehicle specifications
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Items to initialize
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: For U.S.A. only
The following items must be initialized for normal system opera-
tion after such cases as the battery being reconnected, or main-
tenance being performed on the vehicle:
Item When to initialize Reference
Moon roof*
1
• After reconnecting or chang-
ing the battery
• After changing a fuse
P. 165
Maintenance required
reminder message indicat-
ing maintenance is
required
*
2
• After the maintenance is per-
formed
P. 404
Tire pressure warning sys-
tem
*
1
• When rotating the tires.
• When changing the tire size.
P. 427
568
8-3. Items to initialize
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
569
9
For owners
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners........................ 570
Seat belt instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 571
SRS airbag instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French) .............................. 573
Camper information ................... 581
570
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
(Toll-free: 1-800-331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from
http://w ww.sa fe r c a r.go v.
571
9
For owners
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners
(in French)
l Tirez sur la ceinture épaulière
jusqu’à ce qu’elle recouvre
entièrement l’épaule; elle ne
doit cependant pas toucher le
cou ni glisser de l’épaule.
l Placez la sangle abdominale de
la ceinture de sécurité le plus
bas possible sur les hanches.
l Réglez la position du dossier du siège. Asseyez-vous le dos le plus
droit possible et calez-vous bien dans le siège.
l Ne pas vriller la ceinture de sécurité.
n Ceintures de sécurité
Nettoyez avec un chiffon ou une éponge humectée d’eau
savonneuse tiède. Par ailleurs, vérifiez régulièrement que les
ceintures ne sont pas effilochées, entaillées, ou ne paraissent pas
exagérément usées.
The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions
extracted from the seat belt section in this manual.
See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in
English.
Utilisation adéquate des ceintures de sécurité
Entretien et soin
572
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
ATTENTION
n Dommages et usure de la ceinture de sécurité
Inspectez les ceintures de sécurité périodiquement. Contrôlez qu’elles ne
sont pas entaillées, effilochées, et que leurs ancrages ne sont pas
desserrés. Ne pas utiliser une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse avant
qu’elle ne soit remplacée. Une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse n’apporte
aucune garantie de protection de l’occupant contre des blessures graves,
voire mortelles.
573
9
For owners
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
SRS airbag instructions for Canadian
owners (in French)
The following is a French explanation of SRS airbag instructions
extracted from the SRS airbag section in this manual.
See the SRS airbag section for more detailed SRS airbag
instructions in English.
574
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
u Coussins gonflables SRS frontaux
Coussins gonflables SRS conducteur/passager avant
Participent à la protection de la tête et du thorax du conducteur et
du passager avant contre les chocs avec les éléments de
l’habitacle
Coussins gonflables SRS de genoux
Participent à la protection du conducteur et du passager avant
u Coussins gonflables SRS latéraux et rideau
Coussins gonflables SRS latéraux
Participent à la protection du haut du corps des occupants des
sièges avant
Coussins gonflables SRS rideau
l Participent principalement à la protection de la tête des
occupants assis dans les sièges des places extérieures
l Peuvent empêcher les occupants d’être éjectés du véhicule en
cas de retournement de celui-ci
Composition du système de coussins gonflables SRS
1
2
3
4
575
9
For owners
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Votre véhicule est équipé de COUSSINS GONFLABLES ÉVOLUÉS,
dont la conception est basée sur les normes de sécurité des véhicules
automobiles américains (FMVSS208). Le boîtier électronique de
coussins gonflables (ECU) utilise les informations reçues des
capteurs, etc., détaillés dans le schéma ci-dessus de composition du
système, pour commander le déploiement des coussins gonflables.
Ces informations comprennent des informations sur la gravité de la
collision et les occupants. Le déploiement rapide des coussins
gonflables est obtenu au moyen d’une réaction chimique dans les
dispositifs pyrotechniques, qui produit un gaz inoffensif permettant
d’amortir le mouvement des occupants.
Prétensionneurs de ceintures
de sécurité
Coussins gonflables de
genoux
Témoins indicateurs “AIR
BAG ON” et “AIR BAG OFF”
Coussin gonflable passager
avant
Coussins gonflables rideau
Coussins gonflables latéraux
(sièges avant)
Système de classification
d’occupant du siège passager
avant (ECU et capteurs)
Témoin d’alerte SRS
Coussin gonflable conducteur
Capteur de position du siège
conducteur
Capteurs d’impact latéral
(arrière)
Capteurs d’impact latéral
(avant)
Contacteur de boucle de
ceinture de sécurité
conducteur
Contacteur de boucle de
ceinture de sécurité passager
avant
Capteurs d’impact avant
Boîtier électronique de
coussins gonflables
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
576
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
ATTENTION
n Précautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS
Respectez les précautions suivantes concernant les coussins gonflables
SRS.
À défaut, des blessures graves, voire mortelles, pourraient s’ensuivre.
l Le conducteur et tous les passagers à bord du véhicule doivent porter leur
ceinture de sécurité correctement.
Les coussins gonflables SRS sont des dispositifs de protection
complémentaires aux ceintures de sécurité.
l Le coussin gonflable SRS conducteur se déploie avec une puissance
considérable et peut occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles,
notamment lorsque le conducteur se trouve très près du coussin
gonflable. Conseils de la National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA):
Sachant que la zone de danger pour le coussin gonflable conducteur se
trouve dans les premiers 2 à 3 in. (50 à 75 mm) du déploiement, placez-
vous à 10 in. (250 mm) du coussin gonflable conducteur pour garantir
une marge de sécurité suffisante. Cette distance est à mesurer entre le
moyeu du volant de direction et le sternum. Si vous êtes assis à moins de
10 in. (250 mm), vous pouvez changer votre position de conduite de
plusieurs façons:
• Reculez votre siège le plus possible, tout en continuant à pouvoir
atteindre confortablement les pédales.
• Inclinez légèrement le dossier du siège.
Bien que les véhicules puissent être différents les uns des autres, la
plupart des conducteurs peuvent s’asseoir à une distance de 10 in.
(250 mm), même avec le siège conducteur complètement avancé,
simplement en inclinant un peu le dossier de siège. Si vous avez des
difficultés à voir la route après avoir incliné votre siège, utilisez un
coussin ferme et antidérapant pour vous rehausser ou, si votre véhicule
est équipé du réglage en hauteur du siège, remontez-le.
• Si votre volant de direction est réglable, inclinez-le vers le bas. Cela
vous permet d’orienter le coussin gonflable vers votre buste plutôt que
vers la tête et le cou.
Le siège doit être réglé selon les recommandations de la NHTSA ci-
dessus, tout en conservant le contrôle des pédales et du volant, et la vue
des commandes au tableau de bord.
577
9
For owners
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
ATTENTION
n Précautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS
l Le coussin gonflable SRS passager avant se déploie également avec une
puissance considérable et peut occasionner des blessures graves, voire
mortelles, notamment lorsque le passager avant se trouve très près du
coussin gonflable. Le siège du passager avant doit se trouver le plus loin
possible du coussin gonflable et le dossier doit être réglé de manière à ce
que le passager avant soit assis bien droit.
l Le déploiement d’un coussin gonflable risque d’infliger des blessures
graves, voire mortelles, aux bébés et aux enfants mal assis et/ou mal
attachés. Installez dans un siège de sécurité enfant les enfants trop jeunes
pour pouvoir utiliser la ceinture de sécurité. Toyota recommande vivement
que tous les nourrissons et enfants soient installés dans les sièges arrière
du véhicule et convenablement attachés. Les sièges arrière sont plus sûrs
pour les nourrissons et les enfants que le siège passager avant.
l N’installez jamais un siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route sur le
siège passager avant, même si le voyant “AIR BAG OFF” est allumé.
En cas d’accident, la force exercée par le déploiement rapide du coussin
gonflable passager peut causer des blessures graves, voire mortelles à un
enfant, si le siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route est installé sur le
siège passager avant.
l Si vous attachez une rallonge de
ceinture de sécurité aux boucles des
ceintures de sièges avant, mais pas au
pêne de la ceinture de sécurité
proprement dite, les coussins
gonflables SRS frontaux déterminent
que le conducteur et le passager avant
portent leur ceinture de sécurité, alors
même qu’elle n’est pas attachée. Dans
ce cas, les coussins gonflables SRS
frontaux risquent de ne pas se déployer
correctement en cas de collision,
causant des blessures graves, voire
mortelles. Veillez à porter la ceinture de
sécurité avec la rallonge de ceinture de
sécurité.
578
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
ATTENTION
n Précautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS
l Ne pas s’asseoir sur le bord du siège et
ne pas s’appuyer contre la planche de
bord.
l Ne laissez pas un enfant debout face
au coussin gonflable SRS passager
avant ni assis sur les genoux d’un
passager avant.
l Ne pas laisser les occupants des sièges
avant voyager avec un objet sur les
genoux.
l Ne pas s’appuyer contre la porte, contre
le rail latéral de toit ou contre les
montants avant, latéraux et arrière.
l Ne laissez personne s’agenouiller face
à la portière sur les sièges du passager
ou sortir la tête ou les mains à
l’extérieur du véhicule.
l Ne fixez ni ne posez aucun objet sur la
planche de bord, la garniture centrale
du volant de direction et la partie
inférieure du tableau de bord.
Lors du déploiement des coussins
gonflables SRS conducteur, passager
avant et de genoux, tout objet risque de
se transformer en projectile.
579
9
For owners
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
ATTENTION
n Précautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS
l Ne suspendez aux crochets à vêtements aucun cintre nu ni aucun objet
dur. En cas de déploiement des coussins gonflables SRS rideau, tous ces
objets pourraient se transformer en projectiles et causer des blessures
graves, voire mortelles.
l Si une housse en vinyle recouvre la partie où le coussins gonflable SRS
de genoux se déploie, veillez à l’enlever.
l N’utilisez aucun accessoire de siège venant recouvrir les zones de
déploiement des coussins gonflables SRS latéraux, car il risquerait d’en
gêner le déploiement. De tels accessoires peuvent empêcher les coussins
gonflables latéraux de fonctionner correctement, désactiver le dispositif ou
entraîner le déploiement accidentel des coussins latéraux, entraînant la
mort ou des blessures graves.
l Évitez de faire subir des chocs ou des pressions excessives aux zones
renfermant les composants des coussins gonflables SRS.
En effet, cela pourrait entraîner un mauvais fonctionnement des coussins
gonflables SRS.
l Ne touchez à aucun composant des coussins gonflables SRS
immédiatement après leur déploiement (gonflage), car ils pourraient être
chauds.
l Si vous avez des difficultés à respirer après le déploiement des coussins
gonflables SRS, ouvrez une porte ou une vitre pour faire entrer de l’air
frais, ou bien descendez du véhicule si cela ne présente pas de danger.
Retirez tout résidu dès que possible afin d’éviter d’éventuelles irritations
de la peau.
l Ne rien fixer sur les parties telles que
les portes, la vitre de pare-brise, les
vitres latérales, les montants avant et
arrière, les rails latéraux de toit et les
poignées de maintien.
l Ne pas attacher à la clé des objets
lourds, pointus ou très durs, comme
d’autres clés par exemple. Ces objets
risquent d’entraver le déploiement du
coussin gonflable SRS de genoux ou
d’être projetés en direction du siège
conducteur par la force de déploiement,
constituant ainsi un danger potentiel.
580
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
ATTENTION
n Précautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS
l Si les parties renfermant les coussins gonflables SRS, telles que la
garniture centrale du volant de direction et les garnitures de montants
avant et arrière, apparaissent abîmées ou craquelées, faites-les remplacer
par votre concessionnaire Toyota.
l Ne placez aucun objet, par exemple un coussin, sur le siège du passager
avant. Cela a pour conséquence de répartir le poids du passager sur toute
la surface du siège, ce qui empêche le capteur de détecter normalement
le poids du passager. En conséquence, les coussins gonflables SRS
frontaux du passager avant peuvent ne pas se déployer en cas de
collision.
n Modification et élimination en fin de vie des éléments du système de
coussins gonflables SRS
Consultez impérativement votre concessionnaire Toyota si vous avez
besoin d’intervenir sur votre véhicule ou de procéder à l’une des
modifications suivantes. Les coussins gonflables SRS peuvent ne pas
fonctionner correctement ou se déployer (gonfler) accidentellement,
provoquant ainsi des blessures graves, voire mortelles.
l Installation, dépose, démontage et réparations des coussins gonflables
SRS
l Réparations, modifications, démontage ou remplacement du volant, du
tableau de bord, de la planche de bord, des sièges ou de leur garnissage,
des montants avant, latéraux et arrière ou des rails latéraux de toit
l Réparation ou modification des ailes avant, du bouclier avant, ou des
flancs de l’habitacle
l Installation d’un équipement de protection sur la calandre (pare-buffle,
pare-kangourou, etc.), d’un chasse-neige, de treuils ou d’une galerie de
toit
l Modification des suspensions du véhicule
l Installation d’appareils électroniques, tels qu’un émetteur/récepteur radio
ou lecteur de CD
l Aménagements du véhicule visant à permettre sa conduite par une
personne atteinte d’un handicap physique
581
9
For owners
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Camper information
The figures given in the illustration indicate the recommended center
of gravity zone.
Recommended location for
cargo center of gravity for cargo
weight rating
Rear end of truck bed
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulation
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation. It provides the purchasers and/
or prospective purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on
truck-camper loading. Your Toyota dealer will help answer any
questions you may have as you read this information.
Center of gravity location
1
2
Access Cab models 49.9 in. (1267 mm) 36.1 in. (917 mm)
Double Cab models
With short deck
With long deck
41.1 in. (1045 mm)
41.5 in. (1055 mm)
31.8 in. (807 mm)
27.8 in. (706 mm)
WARNING
n Loading precaution
If a load is too far back, it can cause dangerous handling. If it is too far
forward, the front axle may be overloaded.
582
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
When the truck is used to carry a slide-in camper, the total cargo load
of the truck consists of the manufacturer’s camper weight figure, the
weight of installed additional camper equipment not included in the
manufacturer’s camper weight figure, the weight of camper cargo, and
the weight of passengers in the camper.
The total cargo load should not exceed the truck’s cargo weight rating
and the camper’s center of gravity should fall within the truck’s
recommended center of gravity zone when installed.
Camper center of gravity
Recommended center of
gravity location zone
Cargo weight rating and proper matching
1
2
583
9
For owners
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
Cargo weight rating
NO. Engine
Trans
missi
on
Drive Cab Bed Grade
Pass
enge
r
V.C.W
Cargo
Weig
ht
Ratin
g
lbs lbs
12TR6AT
2WD
Access Long SR5 4 1,500
900
2 2TR 6AT Double Short SR5 5 1,400
650
3 2GR 6AT Access Long SR5 4 1,400
800
4 2GR 6AT Double Short SR5 5 1,200
450
5 2GR 6AT Double Short Limited 5 1,250
500
6 2GR 6AT Double Long SR5 5 1,200
450
7 2GR 6AT Double Long Limited 5 1,195
445
82TR6AT
4WD
Access Long SR5 4 1,300
700
9 2GR 6MT Access Long SR5 4 1,100
500
10 2GR 6AT Access Long SR5 4 1,150
550
11 2GR 6MT Double Short SR5 5 945
195
12 2GR 6AT Double Short SR5 5 990
240
13 2GR 6AT Double Short Limited 5 945
195
14 2GR 6AT Double Long SR5 5 940
190
15 2GR 6AT Double Long Limited 5 945
195
WARNING
n Overloading
Be careful — overloading can cause dangerous braking and handling
problems, and can damage your vehicle and its tires.
584
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the
balance of your vehicle. When the truck camper is loaded, drive to a
scale and weigh on the front and on the rear wheels separately to
determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not exceed either
of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads
should not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These
ratings are given on the vehicle certification label which is located on
the door latch post on the left side of the vehicle. (→P. 535) If weight
ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights
below the ratings.
Gross axle weight rating
Front GAWR
Rear GAWR
Gross vehicle weight rating
Not exceed GVWR
Gross axle and vehicle weight ratings
1
2
1
585
9
For owners
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
n
GAWR and GVWR
*: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (→P. 535)
Model code*
GAWR
GVWR
Front Rear
Except GRN310L-PRTSHA/
GRN310L-PRTLHA
2940 lb.
(1335 kg)
3280 lb.
(1490 kg)
5600 lb.
(2545 kg)
GRN310L-PRTSHA/
GRN310L-PRTLHA
3050 lb.
(1385 kg)
586
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
587
Index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .................... 588
Alphabetical index ..................... 592
For details of equipment related to the audio/navigation system,
refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
OWNER’S MANUAL”.
588
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
l If you lose your keys or mechanical keys, new genuine mechanical keys
can be made by your Toyota dealer. (→P. 11 5)
l If you lose your keys or electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases
significantly. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. (→P. 118)
l Is the key battery weak or depleted? (→P. 443)
l Vehicles with a smart key system:
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
When locking the doors, turn the engine switch off. (→P. 205)
l Vehicles with a smart key system:
Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on
your person.
l The function may not operate properly due to the condition of the radio
wave. (→P. 134)
l Is the child-protector lock set?
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is
set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector
lock. (→P. 123)
If you have a problem, check the following before contacting
your Toyota dealer.
The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed
You lose your keys
The doors cannot be locked or unlocked
The rear door cannot be opened (Double Cab models only)
589
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Vehicles with an automatic transmission:
Is the shift lever in P? (→P. 201)
l Vehicles with a manual transmission:
Do you turn the key with the clutch pedal depressed firmly? (→P. 201)
l Is the battery discharged? (→P. 523)
l Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal?
(→P. 204)
l Is the shift lever in P? (→P. 207)
l Is the electronic key anywhere detectable inside the vehicle? (→P. 132)
l Is the steering wheel unlocked? (→P. 207)
l Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?
In this case, the engine can be started in a temporary way. (→P. 521)
l Is the battery discharged? (→P. 523)
l Vehicles without a smart key system:
Is the engine switch in the “ON” position?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in the “ON” position. (→P. 213)
l Vehicles with a smart key system:
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in IGNITION ON mode. (→P. 213)
If you think something is wrong
The engine does not start
(vehicles without a smart key system)
The engine does not start
(vehicles with a smart key system)
The shift lever cannot be shifted from P even if you depress
the brake pedal (vehicles with an automatic transmission)
590
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Vehicles without a smart key system:
It is locked to prevent theft of the vehicle if the key is removed from the
engine switch. (→P. 202)
l Vehicles with a smart key system:
It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (→P. 207)
l Is the window lock switch pressed?
The power window except for the one at the driver’s seat cannot be oper-
ated if the window lock switch is pressed. (→P. 156)
l The auto power off function will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACCES-
SORY or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not running) for a period of
time. (→P. 206)
l The seat belt reminder light is flashing
Are the driver and the front passenger wearing the seat belts? (→P. 476)
l The parking brake indicator is on
Is the parking brake released? (→P. 218)
Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound.
(→P. 476, 489)
l Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
Check the message on the multi-information display. (→P. 482)
The steering wheel cannot be turned after the engine is
stopped
The windows do not open or close by operating the power
window switches
The engine switch is turned off automatically
(vehicles with a smart key system)
A warning buzzer sounds during driving
A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle
(vehicles with a smart key system)
591
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
l Did anyone inside the vehicle open a door during setting the alarm?
The sensor detects it and the alarm sounds. (→P. 88)
l Vehicles without a smart key system:
To stop the alarm, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position or start the
engine.
l Vehicles with a smart key system:
To stop the alarm, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode or start
the engine.
l When a warning light turns on or a warning message or indicator is dis-
played, refer to P. 475, 482.
l Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
(→P. 504)
l Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or
snow. (→P. 529)
An alarm is activated and the horn sounds
(vehicles with an alarm)
A warning light turns on or a warning message or indicator
is displayed
When a problem has occurred
If you have a flat tire
The vehicle becomes stuck
592
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Alphabetical index
A/C .................................... 332, 338
Air conditioning filter ............. 440
Automatic air conditioning
system................................ 338
Manual air conditioning
system................................ 332
ABS (Anti-lock Brake
System) .................................. 317
Function................................ 317
Warning light......................... 475
Warning message................. 484
Active head restraints............. 140
Active traction control ............ 306
Air conditioning filter .............. 440
Air conditioning
system............................ 332, 338
Air conditioning filter ............. 440
Automatic air conditioning
system................................ 338
Manual air conditioning
system................................ 332
Airbags ....................................... 36
Airbag operating conditions .... 43
Airbag precautions
for your child......................... 39
Airbag warning light .............. 475
Correct driving posture ........... 28
Curtain shield airbag
operating conditions ............. 44
Curtain shield airbag
precautions........................... 40
Front passenger occupant
classification system............. 48
General airbag precautions .... 39
Locations of airbags................ 36
Modification and disposal
of airbags.............................. 42
Side airbag operating
conditions ............................. 44
Side airbag precautions .......... 40
Side and curtain shield
airbags operating
conditions............................. 44
Side and curtain shield
airbags precautions.............. 40
SRS airbags ........................... 36
Alarm
Alarm ...................................... 88
Warning buzzer ............ 475, 482
Anchor brackets........................ 58
Antennas
(smart key system) ............... 131
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS)...................................... 317
Function................................ 317
Warning light......................... 475
Warning message................. 484
Assist grips.............................. 382
Audio remote control
switches
*
Audio system*
AUTO LSD system................... 301
Automatic High Beam............. 223
Automatic light control
system.................................... 219
Automatic transmission
Automatic transmission ........ 210
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P..................... 213
S mode ................................. 212
Power mode switch .............. 211
Auxiliary boxes........................ 359
A
593
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Back window
Back window......................... 159
Power back window .............. 160
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 457
Wattage ................................ 545
Battery ...................................... 422
If the vehicle battery is
discharged.......................... 523
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 323
Warning message................. 483
Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) ....... 289
Bluetooth
®
*
Bottle holders .......................... 354
Brake
Fluid...................................... 419
Parking brake........................ 218
Warning buzzer..................... 475
Warning light......................... 475
Warning message................. 482
Brake assist ............................. 317
Brake Override System........... 170
Break-in tips............................. 171
Brightness control
Instrument panel light
control................................... 99
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ....... 289
Blind Spot Monitor
function............................... 291
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
function............................... 294
Camper information ................ 581
Care .................................. 396, 400
Aluminum wheels ................. 397
Exterior ................................. 396
Interior .................................. 400
Seat belts.............................. 401
Cargo capacity......................... 182
Cargo lamp
Light switch........................... 349
Replacing light bulbs ............ 460
Certification label .................... 535
Chains ...................................... 324
Child restraint system............... 54
Booster seats, definition ......... 55
Booster seats, installation....... 65
Convertible seats, definition ... 55
Convertible seats,
installation ...................... 63, 64
Front passenger occupant
classification system ............ 48
Infant seats, definition............. 55
Infant seats, installation.......... 63
Installing CRS
with LATCH anchors ...... 61, 62
Installing CRS with seat
belts...................................... 63
Installing CRS
with top tether strap........ 66, 68
B
C
*: For vehicles with Audio Plus or Premium Audio, refer to the “NAVIGA-
TION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”
594
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Child safety ................................ 53
Airbag precautions.................. 39
Battery precautions............... 526
Child restraint system ............. 54
How your child should
wear the seat belt................. 32
Installing child restraints ......... 58
Moon roof precautions .......... 165
Power back window
precations........................... 161
Power window lock switch .... 156
Power window precautions ... 158
Rear door child-protector ...... 123
Removed wireless remote
control/electronic key
battery precautions............. 445
Seat belt extender
precautions........................... 35
Seat belt precautions.............. 57
Seat heater precautions........ 345
Child-protectors....................... 123
Cleaning ........................... 396, 400
Aluminum wheels.................. 397
Exterior ................................. 396
Interior................................... 400
Seat belts.............................. 401
Clock
*
Compass .................................. 390
Condenser................................ 419
Console box............................. 352
Consumption screen....... 103, 109
Cooling system........................ 417
Capacity................................ 539
Checking............................... 417
Engine overheating............... 527
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 323
Crawl Control........................... 312
CRS............................................. 54
Cruise control
Cruise control ....................... 279
Dynamic radar cruise
control ................................ 265
Cup holders ............................. 353
Curtain shield airbags............... 37
Customizable features............ 560
595
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Daytime running light
system.................................... 221
Deck hooks .............................. 361
Defogger
Outside rear view
mirrors ........................ 334, 341
Windshield .................... 334, 341
Differential................................ 540
Dimensions .............................. 532
Dinghy towing.......................... 200
Display
Drive information................... 103
Dynamic radar cruise
control................................. 265
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert)........ 257
Multi-information display ....... 102
Warning message................. 482
Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 409
Door lock
Doors .................................... 119
Key........................................ 119
Smart key system ................. 120
Wireless remote control........ 119
Doors ........................................ 119
Automatic door locking
and unlocking system......... 123
Door lock............................... 121
Door windows ....................... 156
Open door warning
message............................. 488
Outside rear view mirrors...... 154
Rear door child-protector ...... 123
Drive-Start Control .................. 170
Driving...................................... 168
Break-in tips.......................... 171
Correct driving posture ........... 28
Driving assist system............ 317
Procedures ........................... 168
Winter drive tips.................... 323
Dynamic radar cruise
control.................................... 265
Constant speed control
mode .................................. 274
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode ...................... 272
D
*: For vehicles with Audio Plus or Premium Audio, refer to the “NAVIGA-
TION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”
596
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
EDR (Event data recorder)........ 11
Electronic key .......................... 112
Battery-saving function ......... 133
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ........... 521
Replacing the battery............ 443
Emergency, in case of
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ........... 521
If the engine will not start ...... 519
If the vehicle is trapped
in rising water ..................... 467
If the vehicle battery is
discharged.......................... 523
If the warning buzzer
sounds................................ 475
If the warning light turns
on ....................................... 475
If the warning message
is displayed......................... 482
If you have a flat tire ............. 504
If you think something
is wrong.............................. 473
If your vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 529
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an emergency ... 465
If your vehicle needs
to be towed......................... 468
If your vehicle overheats....... 527
Emergency flashers ................ 464
Engine
Compartment........................ 413
Engine switch ............... 201, 204
Hood..................................... 411
How to start the
engine ........................ 201, 204
Identification number ............ 535
If the engine will not start...... 519
Ignition switch
(engine switch) ........... 201, 204
Immobilizer system................. 78
Overheating .......................... 527
Engine coolant......................... 417
Capacity................................ 539
Checking............................... 417
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 323
Engine coolant temperature
gauge ....................................... 98
Engine immobilizer system ...... 78
Engine oil ................................. 415
Capacity................................ 537
Checking............................... 415
Oil level warning message.... 485
Oil pressure warning
message............................. 483
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 323
E
597
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Engine switch
(ignition switch)............. 201, 204
Engine switch light
(ignition switch light)............ 347
Event data recorder (EDR)........ 11
Flat tire...................................... 504
Floor mats .................................. 26
Fluid
Automatic transmission......... 541
Brake .................................... 542
Power steering...................... 542
Washer ................................. 424
Fog lights ................................. 228
Replacing light bulbs............. 455
Switch ................................... 228
Wattage ................................ 545
Four-wheel drive system ........ 297
Front passenger occupant
classification system.............. 48
Front personal lights............... 348
Front seats ............................... 139
Adjustment............................ 139
Cleaning................................ 400
Correct driving posture ........... 28
Head restraints ..................... 145
Seat heaters ......................... 345
Front side marker lights
Light switch ........................... 219
Replacing light bulbs............. 453
Wattage ................................ 545
Front turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 454
Turn signal lever ................... 217
Wattage ................................ 545
Fuel........................................... 536
Capacity................................ 536
Fuel gauge.............................. 98
Fuel pump shut off system ... 474
Information............................ 546
Refueling .............................. 232
Type...................................... 536
Warning light......................... 476
Warning message................. 486
Fuel consumption
Average fuel
consumption............... 103, 109
Current fuel
consumption............... 103, 109
Fuel filler door ......................... 234
Fuel pump shut off system..... 474
Fuses........................................ 446
Garage door opener................ 383
Gas station information.......... 608
Gauges ....................................... 98
Glove box................................. 351
Grocery bag hooks.................. 366
F
G
598
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)
*
Head restraints ........................ 145
Headlights ................................ 219
Automatic High Beam ........... 223
Light switch ........................... 219
Replacing light bulbs..... 451, 452
Wattage ................................ 545
Heaters
Automatic air conditioning
system................................ 338
Manual air conditioning
system................................ 332
Seat heaters ......................... 345
Outside rear view
mirrors ........................ 334, 341
High mounted stoplight
Replacing.............................. 459
Wattage ................................ 545
Hill-start assist control............ 318
Hood ......................................... 411
Hooks
Deck hooks ........................... 361
Grocery bag hooks ............... 366
Retaining hooks (floor mat)..... 26
Horn .......................................... 149
I/M test...................................... 408
Identification
Engine .................................. 535
Tire ....................................... 550
Vehicle.................................. 535
Ignition switch
(engine switch).............. 201, 204
Ignition switch light
(engine switch light) ............. 347
Illuminated entry system ........ 349
Immobilizer system................... 78
Indicators ................................... 95
Initialization
Maintenance......................... 404
Moon roof ............................. 165
Tire pressure
warning system .................. 427
Inside rear view mirror............ 151
Instrument panel light
control...................................... 99
Interior lights ........................... 347
Personal lights...................... 348
Switches ............................... 348
Wattage ................................ 545
Intuitive parking assist ........... 283
Function................................ 283
Warning message......... 488, 488
H
I
599
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Jack
Positioning the jack............... 511
Vehicle-equipped jack........... 505
Jack handle.............................. 509
Jam protection function
Moon roof.............................. 163
Power windows..................... 157
Keyless entry
Smart key system ................. 120
Wireless remote control........ 119
Keys.......................................... 112
Battery-saving function ......... 133
Electronic key ....................... 112
Engine switch................ 201, 204
If the electronic key does not
operate properly ................. 521
If you lose your keys............. 115
Ignition switch ............... 201, 204
Key number plate.................. 112
Keyless entry ........................ 119
Mechanical key ..................... 114
Replacing the battery............ 443
Warning buzzer..................... 132
Wireless remote control........ 119
Knee airbags.............................. 37
Lane Departure Alert (LDA) .... 257
Language
(multi-information display)... 105
LATCH anchors ................... 61, 62
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert).......... 257
Lane departure alert
function............................... 257
Vehicle sway warning........... 258
Lever
Auxiliary catch lever.............. 411
Hood lock release lever ........ 411
Shift lever...................... 210, 215
Tilt and telescopic steering
lock release lever ............... 149
Turn signal lever ................... 217
Wiper lever ........................... 229
License plate lights
Light switch........................... 219
Replacing light bulbs ............ 458
Wattage ................................ 545
Light bulbs
Replacing.............................. 449
Wattage ................................ 545
Lights
Automatic High Beam........... 223
Cargo lamp switch................ 349
Center tray light .................... 347
Engine switch light
(ignition switch light)........... 347
Fog light switch..................... 228
Headlight switch ................... 219
Illuminated entry system....... 349
Interior lights......................... 348
Interior lights list.................... 347
J
K
L
*: For vehicles with Audio Plus or Premium Audio, refer to the “NAVIGA-
TION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”
600
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Personal lights ...................... 348
Replacing light bulbs............. 449
Turn signal lever ................... 217
Vanity lights .......................... 368
Wattage ................................ 545
Load capacity........................... 182
Lock steering column ............. 149
Luggage compartment
features .................................. 358
Luggage storage box .............. 355
Maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance... 409
General maintenance ........... 405
Maintenance data ................. 532
Maintenance requirements ... 403
Resetting the maintenance
required remainder light
or message........................ 404
Malfunction indicator lamp..... 475
Manual air conditioning
system.................................... 332
Manual transmission............... 215
Master warning light........ 476, 482
Meter
Indicators ................................ 95
Instrument panel light
control................................... 99
Meters..................................... 98
Multi-information display ....... 102
Warning lights......................... 93
Warning message................. 482
Meter control switches............ 103
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror .......... 151
Outside rear view
mirror defoggers......... 334, 341
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 154
Vanity mirrors ....................... 368
Moon roof................................. 162
Jam protection function ........ 163
Operation.............................. 162
Multi-information display........ 102
Customizing vehicle
features .............................. 105
Driving information................ 103
Dynamic radar cruise
control ................................ 265
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert) ....... 257
Navigation system-linked...... 102
Settings display .................... 105
Switching the display ............ 103
Warning message................. 482
Multi Terrain ABS .................... 317
Multi-terrain Select.................. 308
Navigation system
*
Noise from under vehicle ........... 8
M
N
601
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Odometer.................................... 98
Off-road precautions............... 327
Oil
Engine oil.............................. 537
Differential oil........................ 540
Manual transmission oil ........ 541
Transfer oil............................ 542
Opener
Hood ..................................... 411
Outside rear view mirrors ....... 154
Adjusting and folding ............ 154
Blind spot monitor................. 289
Outside rear view
mirror defoggers......... 334, 341
Outside temperature
display...................................... 98
Overhead console ................... 352
Overheating.............................. 527
Parking assist sensors
(intuitive parking assist)....... 283
Parking brake........................... 218
Operation.............................. 218
Parking brake engaged
warning buzzer................... 476
Parking brake engaged
warning message............... 489
Parking lights........................... 219
Light switch........................... 219
Replacing light bulbs .... 454, 460
Wattage ................................ 545
PCS
(Pre-Collision System).......... 243
Pre-collision brake assist...... 244
Pre-collision braking ............. 244
Pre-collision warning ............ 244
Warning light......................... 477
Personal lights......................... 348
Wattage ................................ 545
Power back window ................ 160
Power mode switch................. 211
Power outlets................... 369, 370
Power steering fluid................ 420
Power windows ....................... 156
Jam protection function ........ 157
Operation.............................. 156
Power back window
switch ................................. 160
Window lock switch .............. 156
Pre-Collision System (PCS).... 243
O
P
*: For vehicles with Audio Plus or Premium Audio, refer to the “NAVIGA-
TION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”
602
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Radar cruise control (dynamic
radar cruise control) ............. 265
Radiator.................................... 419
Radio
*
Rear differential
lock system............................ 303
Rear seat
Adjustment precautions ........ 144
Child seats/child restraint
system installation................ 58
Cleaning................................ 400
Folding down ........................ 142
Head restraints ..................... 145
Raising the bottom
cushion ............................... 142
Rear side marker lights........... 219
Light switch ........................... 219
Replacing light bulbs............. 457
Wattage ................................ 545
Rear step bumper.................... 130
Rear turn signal lights............. 217
Replacing light bulbs............. 457
Turn signal lever ................... 217
Wattage ................................ 545
Rear view mirror
Inside rear view mirror .......... 151
Outside rear view mirrors...... 154
Rear view monitor system
*
Refueling.................................. 232
Capacity................................ 536
Fuel types ............................. 536
Opening the fuel tank cap..... 234
Replacing
Electronic key battery ........... 443
Fuses.................................... 446
Light bulbs ............................ 449
Tires...................................... 504
Wireless remote control
battery ................................ 443
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners...................... 570
Resetting the remainder light
or message indicating
maintenance is required....... 404
R
603
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Safety Connect .......................... 72
Seat belt reminder light........... 476
Seat belts.................................... 30
Adjusting the seat belt ............ 31
Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) .................... 32
Child restraint system
installation ............................ 58
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belt........................ 401
Emergency Locking
Retractor (ELR) .................... 32
How to wear your seat belt ..... 30
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 32
Pregnant women, proper
seat belt use......................... 33
Reminder light and buzzer.... 476
Seat belt extender................... 32
Seat belt pretensioners........... 31
SRS warning light ................. 475
Seat heaters ............................. 345
Seating capacity ...................... 182
Seats, Front.............................. 139
Adjustment............................ 139
Adjustment precautions ........ 141
Cleaning................................ 400
Head restraints ..................... 145
Properly sitting in the seat ...... 28
Seat heaters ......................... 345
Seats, Rear............................... 142
Adjustment precautions........ 144
Child seats/child restraint
system installation................ 58
Cleaning ............................... 400
Folding down ........................ 142
Head restraints ..................... 145
Raising the bottom
cushion............................... 142
Sensor
Automatic headlight
system................................ 221
Automatic High Beam........... 223
Camera sensor..................... 238
Inside rear view mirror .......... 153
Intuitive parking assist .......... 283
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert) ....... 257
Radar sensor ........................ 238
Shift lever ......................... 210, 215
Automatic transmission ........ 210
If the shift lever
cannot be shifted from P .... 213
Manual transmission............. 215
S mode ................................. 212
Shift lock system..................... 213
Side airbags............................... 37
S
*: For vehicles with Audio Plus or Premium Audio, refer to the “NAVIGA-
TION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”
604
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Side marker lights ................... 219
Light switch ........................... 219
Replacing light bulbs..... 453, 457
Wattage ................................ 545
Side mirrors ............................. 154
Adjusting and folding ............ 154
BSM (Blind spot monitor)...... 289
Side turn signal lights............. 217
Replacing light bulbs............. 460
Turn signal lever ................... 217
Smart key system.................... 131
Antenna location................... 131
Entry functions...................... 120
Starting the engine................ 204
Warning message................. 498
Snow tires ................................ 325
Spare tire.................................. 504
Inflation pressure .................. 543
Replacing.............................. 504
Storage location.................... 505
Spark plug................................ 539
Specifications .......................... 532
Speech command system
*
Speedometer.............................. 98
Steering
Column lock release ..... 202, 207
Warning message................. 501
Steering wheel
Adjustment.................... 149, 149
Audio remote control
switches
*
Meter control switches.......... 103
Steering wheel audio
switches
*
Stop lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 457
Wattage ................................ 545
Storage box.............................. 355
Storage feature........................ 350
Stuck
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 529
Sun visors................................ 368
Switches
Active traction control
switch ................................. 306
Audio remote control
switches
*
Automatic High Beam........... 223
BSM (Blind spot monitor)
main switch ........................ 289
Cargo lamp main switch ....... 349
“CLUTCH START
CANCEL” switch ................ 316
Crawl Control switch............. 312
Cruise control switch ............ 279
Door lock switches................ 121
Dynamic radar cruise
control switch ..................... 265
Emergency flashers switch... 464
Engine switch ............... 201, 204
Fog light switch..................... 228
Front-wheel drive control
switch ................................. 297
Garage door opener
switches ............................. 383
605
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Headlight switch.................... 219
Ignition switch ............... 201, 204
Intuitive parking assist .......... 283
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert) switch........................ 257
Light switches ....................... 219
Moon roof switches............... 162
Multi-terrain Select
switches.............................. 308
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers switch ........ 334, 341
Outside rear view mirror
switches.............................. 154
Power door lock switch ......... 121
Power mode switch............... 211
Power outlet main switch...... 370
Power window switches........ 156
Rear differential lock
switch ................................. 303
Seat heater switches ............ 345
Talk switch
*
Telephone switches*
Tire pressure warning
reset switch ........................ 427
Turn signal lights................... 217
VSC off switch ...... 301, 318, 319
Window lock switch............... 156
Windshield wipers
and washer switch.............. 229
Wireless charger switch........ 377
Tachometer................................ 98
Tail lights.................................. 219
Light switch........................... 219
Replacing light bulbs ............ 457
Wattage ................................ 545
Tailgate
Removing the tailgate........... 127
Tailgate................................. 126
Talk switch
*
Telephone switches*
Theft deterrent system
Alarm ...................................... 88
Engine immobilizer system..... 78
Tire inflation pressure............. 434
Maintenance data................. 543
Warning light......................... 477
Warning message......... 484, 486
Tire information....................... 549
Glossary ............................... 555
Size....................................... 551
Tire identification number ..... 550
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading .............................. 553
Tire pressure warning
system.................................... 426
Initializing.............................. 427
Installing tire pressure
warning valves and
transmitters ........................ 426
Registering ID codes ............ 428
Tire pressure warning reset
switch ................................. 427
Warning light......................... 477
Warning message......... 484, 486
T
*: For vehicles with Audio Plus or Premium Audio, refer to the “NAVIGA-
TION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”
606
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Tires.......................................... 425
Chains................................... 324
Checking............................... 425
If you have a flat tire ............. 504
Inflation pressure .................. 543
Information............................ 549
Replacing.............................. 504
Rotating tires......................... 425
Size....................................... 543
Snow tires............................. 325
Spare tire .............................. 505
Tire pressure warning
system................................ 426
Warning light......................... 477
Warning message......... 484, 486
Tonneau cover......................... 362
Tools......................................... 505
Top tether strap ................... 66, 68
Total load capacity .......... 182, 533
Towing
Bumper towing...................... 190
Dinghy towing ....................... 200
Emergency towing ................ 470
Trailer towing ........................ 183
Toyota Safety Sense P............ 236
Automatic High Beam ........... 223
Dynamic radar cruise
control................................. 265
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert)........ 257
PCS
(Pre-Collision System)........ 243
TRAC (Traction Control) ......... 317
Transmission ........................... 210
Automatic transmission......... 210
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P ..................... 213
Manual transmission............. 215
Power mode switch............... 211
S mode ................................. 212
Trip meters................................. 98
Turn signal lights .................... 217
Replacing light
bulbs................... 454, 457, 460
Turn signal lever ................... 217
Wattage ................................ 545
USB charging ports................. 375
USB port
*
Vanity lights
Vanity lights .......................... 368
Wattage ................................ 545
Vanity mirrors.......................... 368
Vehicle data recordings.............. 9
Vehicle identification
number................................... 535
Vehicle Stability Control
(VSC) ...................................... 317
Voice command system
*
VSC
(Vehicle Stability Control) .... 317
U
V
607
Alphabetical index
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
Warning buzzers
Brake Override
System ............................... 485
Brake system................ 475, 482
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ..... 289
Crawl Control........................ 314
Downshifting ......................... 214
Four-wheel drive control ....... 297
Intuitive parking assist .......... 284
Key reminder ........................ 202
Light reminder....................... 222
Open door............................. 488
Open moon roof............ 164, 490
Parking brake................ 476, 489
PCS
(Pre-Collision System)........ 243
Reverse warning................... 216
Seat belt reminder ................ 476
Warning lights............................ 93
ABS....................................... 475
Brake system........................ 475
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert)........ 257
Low fuel level........................ 476
Low speed four-wheel
drive indicator..................... 476
Malfunction indicator lamp .... 475
Master warning light.............. 476
Parking brake indicator ......... 476
PCS
(Pre-Collision System)........ 243
Rear differential lock
indicator light ...................... 476
Seat belt reminder light......... 476
Slip indicator ......................... 476
SRS ...................................... 475
Tire pressure......................... 477
Warning messages.................. 482
Washer ..................................... 229
Checking............................... 424
Low windshield washer fluid
warning message............... 486
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 323
Switch................................... 229
Washing and waxing............... 396
Weight
Cargo capacity...................... 182
Cargo weight rating .............. 583
Gross axle weight rating....... 584
Gross combination
weight rating....................... 187
Gross vehicle weight
rating .................................. 585
Load limits ............................ 182
Towing capacity ............ 182, 187
Trailer Weight
Rating......................... 182, 187
TWR ............................. 182, 187
Vehicle capacity
weight......................... 182, 533
Wheels
Replacing wheels ................. 437
Size....................................... 543
Window lock switch ................ 156
Windows................................... 156
Back window......................... 159
Power back window.............. 160
Power windows..................... 156
Windshield wipers................... 229
Winter driving tips................... 323
Wireless charger ..................... 377
Wireless remote control key
Locking/Unlocking ................ 119
Replacing the battery............ 443
W
*: For vehicles with Audio Plus or Premium Audio, refer to the “NAVIGA-
TION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”
608
TACOMA_OM_USA_OM04025U_20MY
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever Fuel filler door
P. 411 P. 234
Hood lock release
lever
Tire inflation pressure
P. 4 11
P. 543
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
21.1 gal. (80.0 L, 17.6 Imp.gal.)
Fuel type P. 536, 546
Cold tire inflation pressure P. 543
Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill — reference)
P. 537
Engine oil type P. 537
